Nu 3rd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 3p2a

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Sanskrit

Four-Year B.A. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Sanskrit Session: 2013-2014

THERD YEAR Paper Code 231301 231303 231305 231307 231309 231311 231313 231315

Paper Title Sanskrit Grammar- I Vedic Literature and Grammar Sanskrit Drama (Kalidasa and Pre-Kalidasa) Vedic and Sanskrit Prosody Linguistics and Sanskrit Philology Indian Philosophy Ancient Indian History and Culture Manuscript Studies Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title

231301

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

ms¯‹…Z e¨vKiYÑ1

Class Hours : 60 hrs. Exam Duration : 4 Hours

cvV¨ welq f‡ÆvwR`xw¶Z

:

wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x (msÁv I cwifvlv; KviK I wefw³)

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ †`‡e›`ªKzgvi we`¨viZœ mvi`viÄb ivq mw”P`vb›` gy‡Lvcva¨vq A‡hva¨vbv_ mvb¨vj kv¯¿x kªxkP›`ª emy mZ¨bvivqY PµeZ©x w`jxc Kzgvi fÆvPvh©¨ jwjZ‡gvnb mvsL¨-†e`vš—Zx_©

Paper Code Paper Title

231303

cvwYwbi Aóva¨vqx wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x (KviK I mgvm) wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x cvwYbxq kãkv¯¿ f‡ÆvwR`xw¶‡Zi wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x (msÁv cÖKiY) êqvKiY wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

êw`K mvwnZ¨ I e¨vKiY


cvV¨ welq (K) F‡M¦` mswnZv 40 AwMœ 1/1, B›`ª 2/12, Dlm& 4/51, hg 10/14, A¶ 10/34, cyi“l 10/90, cigvZ¥b& 10/129 (L) C‡kvcwbl` 12 (M) ïK¬hRy‡e©`xq kZc_eªvþY (cÖ_g KvÊ cÖ_g Aa¨vq cÖ_g cÖcvVK : cÖ_g I wØZxq eªvþY) 12 (N) êw`K e¨vKiY 16 (cÖavb Av‡jvP¨ welq: aŸwb I eY©, êw`K I ms¯‹…Z fvlvi cv_©K¨, êw`K ¯î, c`web¨vm, wefw³ I cÖZ¨q, DcmM©, kãiƒc I avZziƒc, wµqvi Kvj I fve, mwÜ, KviK I wefw³, mgvm, mswnZv cvV I c`cv‡Vi wbqg) Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ i‡gkP›`ª `Ë (m¤úv) AZzjP›`ª †mb I Ab¨vb¨ (Aby I m¤úv) `yjvj †fŠwgK (Aby I m¤úv) D‡gkP›`ª cv‡Êq †MŠix ag©cvj †hvMxivR emy Awbe©vY cwi‡Zvl VvKzi (m¤úv)

F‡M¦` mswnZv Dcwbl` kZc_eªvþY êw`K e¨vKiY êw`K e¨vKiY †e‡ì cwiPq †e`mswnZv mvg‡e`-mswnZv

weRbwenvix †Mv¯^vgx (m¤úv) weRbwenvix †Mv¯^vgx (m¤úv)

hRy‡e©`-mswnZv A_e©‡e`

AA Macdonell AA Macdonell

A Vedic Reader for Students A Vedic Grammar for Students


231305

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

ms¯‹…Z bvUK (Kvwj`vm I Kvwj`vmc~e©)


cvV¨ welq (K) fvm (L) Kvwj`vm

: :

¯^cœevme`Ëg& AwfÁvbkKzš—jg&

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ iex›`ªbv_ †NvlVvKzi mvi`viÄb ivq i‡g›`ª‡gvnb †evm mvi`viÄb ivq weayf~lY †Mv¯^vgx mZ¨bvivqY PµeZ©x cÖm~b emy (m¤úv) mw”P`vb›` gy‡Lvcva¨vq mvab Kzgvi fÆvPvh©¨ `yM©vksKi gy‡Lvcva¨vq bvivqY P›`ª wek¦vm iwÄZ e‡›`¨vcva¨vq †`‡e›`ªbv_ emy Kgj Kzgvi mvb¨vj

¯^cœevme`Ëg& ¯^cœevme`Ëg& AwfÁvbkKzš—jg& AwfÁvbkKzš—jg& AwfÁvbkKzš—jg& AwfÁvbkKzš—jg& ms¯‹…Z mvwnZ¨m¤¢vi (LÊ- 1,2) fviZxq bvU¨‡e` I evsjv bvUK bvU¨ZË¡ gxgvsmv bvU¨ZË¡ wePvi Kvwj`v‡mi kKzš—jv AwfÁvbkKzš—jg& mnvwqKv kKzš—jvq bvU¨Kjv Kvwj`v‡mi beg~j¨vqb

PC Mandal AB Keith

Kalidas as a dramatist -- A Study Sanskrit Drama


231307

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

êw`K I ms¯‹…Z Q›`


cvV¨ welq (K) êw`K Q›` MvqÎx, DwòK&, Abyózc&, e„nZx, cO&w³, wÎózc&, RMZx (L) ms¯‹…Z Q›` M½v`vm : Q‡›`vgÄix Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ wc½j

20 60 hrs.

Q›`tm~Î

M½v`vm bvivqYP›`ª wek¦vm I w`jxc Kzgvi fÆvPvh©¨


Q‡›`vgÄix ms¯‹…Z Q›`-cwiwPwZ

231309

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

fvlvweÁvb I ms¯‹…Z fvlvZË¡


cvV¨ welq (K) fvlvweÁvb fvlvweÁv‡bi f~wgKv: fvlv, fvlvi Dcv`vb (aŸwb/aŸwbg~j, iƒcg~j/kã, evK¨), fvlvweÁvb, fvlvweÁv‡bi wewfbœ kvLv I c×wZ, fvlvZË¡ PP©vi cÖ‡qvRbxqZv, fvlvZË¡ PP©vi iƒc‡iLv|

60 hrs.

aŸwbZË¡, iƒcZË¡, evK¨ZË¡ I kãv_©ZË¡; c„w_exi fvlveM©: B‡›`v-BD‡ivcxq fvlv‡Mvôx; fviZxq Avh©fvlv Ñ êw`K, ms¯‹…Z, cvwj I cÖvK…Z| (L) ms¯‹…Z fvlvZË¡ ms¯‹…Z fvlvi aŸwbZË¡, iƒcZË¡ I evK¨ZË¡ Ges evsjv fvlvq ms¯‹…Z Dcv`vb| Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ iv‡gk¦i kÕ Aveyj Kvjvg gbRyi †gvi‡k` gwbi“¾vgvb gyn¤§` Ave`yj nvB iex›`ªbv_ VvKzi ûgvqyb AvRv` gyn¤§` knx`yj−vn& mybxwZKzgvi P‡Ævcva¨vq myKzgvi †mb c‡ikP›`ª gRyg`vi AZx›`ª gRyg`vi mZïÄb gRyg`vi iZœv emy

mvaviY fvlvweÁvb I evsjv fvlv AvaywbK fvlvZË¡ fvlvZË¡ Abykxjb aŸwbweÁvb I evsjv aŸwbZË¡ kãZË¡ evK¨ZË¡ evsjv fvlvi BwZe„Ë fvlv cÖKvk evsjv e¨vKiY fvlvi BwZnvm c„w_exi fvlv : B‡›`v-BD‡ivcxq cÖm½ fvlvZË¡ ms¯‹…Z fvlvZË¡ fvlvweÁvb I ms¯‹…Z fvlv

SK Chatterji


20

The Origin and Development of the Bengali Language 231311

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

fviZxq `k©b


cvV¨ welq (K) fviZxq `k©‡bi mvaviY cwiPq (L) m`vb›` †hvMx›`ª : †e`vš—mvi (M) AbœsfÆ : ZK©msMÖn

10 30 40

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ cÖ‡evaP›`ª †mb¸ß bxièiY PµeZ©x igv gy‡Lvcva¨vq Kvjxei †e`vš—evMxk (m¤úv) wec`fÄb cvj (m¤úv) wbiÄb ¯îƒc eªþPvix (m¤úv) bvivqYP›`ª †Mv¯^vgx (m¤úv)

fviZxq `k©b fviZxq `k©b †e`vš— cwiPq †e`vš—mvi †e`vš—mvi ZK©msMÖn ZK©msMÖn

Radhakrisnan

Indian Philosophy


231313

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

cÖvPxb fviZxq BwZnvm I ms¯‹…wZ


cvV¨ welq wmÜz I Avh© mf¨Zv; Av‡jKRvÛv‡ii fviZ AvµgY; †eŠ× I ˆRb ag©; b›`, †gŠh© I ¸ßesk; nl©ea©b; cvj I †mb esk| Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ `yM©v`vm jvwnox i‡gkP›`ª gRyg`vi ivgkiY kg©v cÖdzj−P›`ª †Nvl mybxj P‡Ævcva¨vq AZzj myi ivLvj`vm e‡›`¨vcva¨vq bxnviiÄb ivq wmivRyj Bmjvg (m¤úv)

cÖvPxb fvi‡Zi BwZnvm evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm (cÖvPxb hyM) cÖvPxb fviZ cÖvPxb fviZxq mf¨Zvi BwZnvm cÖvPxb fvi‡Zi BwZnvm gnvfviZ I wmÜzmf¨Zv ev½vjvi BwZnvm ev½vjxi BwZnvm (Avw`ce©) evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm

VA Smith RC Majumdar Majumdar & Abekar RC Mookherjee Romila Thapar

Early History of India The Vedic Age A New History of Indian People History of Imperial Guptas Asoka and Decline of Mauryas


231315

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

cvÊywjwc cvV


cvV¨ welq cvÊywjwc cwiwPwZ, cvÊywjwc cwiPvqb c×wZ, cvÊywjwci wjLb ixwZ, cvÊywjwc m¤úv`bv c×wZ, cÖvPxb cvÊywjwci cv‡Vv×vi| Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’

iex›`ªbv_ †NvlVvKzi Kíbv †fŠwgK Kíbv †fŠwgK gyn¤§` Ave`yj KvBDg Rqš— †Mv¯^vgx L›`Kvi gyRvw¤§j nK gyn¤§` kvnRvnvb wgqv weg‡j›`y PµeZ©x

ms¯‹…Z eY©gvjvi BwZnvm cvÊywjwc cVb mnvwqKv ms¯‹…Z I evsjv fvlv-mvwn‡Z¨ msL¨vevPK k‡ãi eënvi cvÊywjwc cvV I cvV mgv‡jvPbv cÖvPxb cuyw_ M‡elYv : c×wZ I cÖ‡qvM cvÊywjwc cvV I cvV-m¤úv`bv evsjv cvÊywjwc cvV mgx¶v fvi‡Zi ¸nvwPÎ

RD Banerjee LS Katre DB Disalkar

The Origin of Bengali Script Introduction to Indian Textual Criticism Selection from Sanskrit Inscription

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus

Department of Bangla

Four-Year B.A. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four year B.A. Honours (Integrated) Course Subject: Bangla Session : 2013-2014

Year Wise Papers and Marks distribution Third Year Paper Code 231001 231003 231005 231007 231009 231011 231013 231015

Paper Title History of Bangla Literature-II, First part of Modern AGE (1801-1947) Poetry of Anciant and Medieval AGE Bangla Short Story-I Theory of Folklor and Bangla Folk Literature Literary forms, Literary principles (Theory Rasa), Ornamentation, Rhythm Bangla Prose-I Bangla Comedy and Literature of Traveling Bangla Novel-2 Total =

Marks 100

Credits 4

100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4

100 100 100 800

4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title :

231001

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

Class Hours : 60 hrs.

evsjv mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm-2 (AvaywbK hy‡Mi cª_g ce© : 1801 wLª. †_‡K 1947 wLª.ch©šÍ)

mnvqK Mªš’ AwRZKygvi †Nvl Ac‚e©Kygvi ivq AwmZKygvi e‡›`¨vcva¨vq Avwbmy¾vgvb Aveyj Kv‡mg dRjyj nK A‡jvKiÄb `vk¸ß I †èxcªmv` e‡›`¨vcva¨vq Avï‡Zvl fÆvPvh© †Mvcvj nvj`vi †Mvjvg gyiwk` webq †Nvl f‚‡è †PŠayix k¨vgjKygvi P‡Ævcva¨vq kªxKygvi e‡›`¨vcva¨vq mRbxKvšÍ `vm kwkf‚lY `vk¸ß myKygvi †mb ûgvqyb Kwei S.K. De

: evsjv bvU‡Ki BwZnvm : Dwbk kZ‡Ki evsjv M`¨mvwnZ¨ : Bs‡iwR cªfve : evsjv mvwn‡Zï m¤c‚Y© BwZe„Ë : cy‡iv‡bv evsjv M`¨ ; gymwjg gvbm I evsjv mvwnZ¨ : Dwbk kZ‡Ki ga¨‡kªYx I evsjv mvwnZ¨ : AvaywbK evsjv KweZvi BwZnvm : evsjv bvU¨mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm : evsjv mvwn‡Zï iƒc‡iLv (2q LÛ) : KvjvšÍ‡i evsjv M`¨ : Jcwb‡ewkK Avg‡ji evsjv M`¨| : evsjvi beRvMiY : evsjv mvwn‡Zï BwZK_v (2q LÛ) : evsjv M‡`ï µgweKvk : e½mvwn‡Z¨ Dcb¨v‡mi aviv ; evsjv mvwn‡Zï weKv‡ki aviv (2q LÛ) : evsjv M`¨ mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm : evsjv mvwn‡Zï GKw`K : ev½vjv mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm (3-5 LÛ) ; ev½vjv mvwn‡Z¨ M`¨ : evOjvi Kve¨ : History of Bengali Literature in the Nineteenth Century

Paper Code Paper Title:

231003

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Class Hours: 60 hrs.

cªvPxb I ga¨hy‡Mi KweZv

K. Ph©vc` : gyn¤g` knx`yj−vn m¤cvw`Z Buddhist Mystic Songs MÖ‡š’i wb¤œewY©Z wbe©vwPZ 10 wU c` : : 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 10, 18, 28, 33, 49 L. kªxK„òKxZ©b : eoy PÊx`vm (gyn¤g` Ave`yj nvB I Av‡bvqvi cvkv m¤cvw`Z eoy PÊx`v‡mi Kve¨) b¤î) wbe©vwPZ Ask : eskx LÛ I wein LÊ M. êòec` : gyn¤g` Ave`yj nvB I Avng` kixd m¤cvw`Z ga¨hy‡Mi evOjv MxwZKweZv MÖ‡š’i wb¤œewY©Z

(30 b¤î) (30

(30 b¤î) wbe©vwPZ 20wU c` : 4, 15, 24, 52, 57, 61, 83, 91, 114, 124, 150, 165, 188, 190, 249, 271,

286, 290, 291, 308 N. evDjc` : gyn¤g` Ave`yj nvB I Avng` kixd m¤cvw`Z ga¨hy‡Mi evOjv MxwZKweZv MÖ‡š’i wb¤œewY©Z b¤î) wbe©vwPZ 7 wU c` : 3, 4, 5, 12, 13, 38, 50

(10

mnvqK Mªš’ AZx›`ª gRyg`vi AZyjP›`ª gy‡Lvcva¨vq Aiwe›` †cvÏvi AjKv P‡Ævcva¨vq AwmZKygvi e‡›`¨vcva¨vq Avwbmy¾vgvb †¶Î ¸ß Zvivc` gy‡Lvcva¨vq wbg©jKygvi `vk bxwjgv Beªvwng bxjiZb †mb wegvbwenvix gRyg`vi eª‡R›`ªbv_ fÆvPvh© gbx›`ª‡gvnb emy gvneyeyj nK gyn¤g` Ave`yj nvB I Av‡bvqvi cvkv (m¤cvw`Z) k¼ixcªmv` emy myKygvi †mb nicªmv` kv¯¿x n‡iK„ò gy‡Lvcva¨vq


: Ph©vc` : †MŠoxq êòeKve¨ : gvbeag© I evsjv Kv‡e¨ ga¨hyM : Pyivwk wm×vi Kvwnbx : bePh©vc` : ¯îƒ‡ci mÜv‡b ; evsjv mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm-1g LÊ (m¤cvw`Z) : cªvPxb Kve¨ : †mŠ›`h© wRÁvmv I be-g‚j¨vqb : Ph©vMxwZ ; kªxK„òKxZ©b ; Old Bengali Text : Ph©vMxwZ cwiµgv : kªxK„òKxZ©b Kve¨cv‡Vi f‚wgKv : Ph©vMxwZ‡Kvl ; êòe c`vejx cwiPq : †lvok kZvãxi c`vejx mvwnZ¨ : c`vejx cwiPq : Ph©vc` : Ph©vMxwZ cvV : Ph©vMxwZKv : ga¨hy‡Mi Kwe I Kve¨ ; PÐx`vm I we`¨vcwZ : Ph©vMxwZ c`vejx : nvRvi eQ‡ii cyivY ev½vjv fvlvq †eŠ× Mvb I †`vnv : c`vejx cwiPq

Marks: 100

231005

Credits: 4


evsjv †QvUMí-1

K. iex›`ªbv_ VvKyi : GKivwÎ, gaëwZ©bx, kvw¯Í, mgvwß, AwZw_, ¶ywaZ cvlvY, ¯¿xi cÎ, mgm¨vc‚iY| L. Zvivk¼i e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : imKwj, RjmvNi, bvix I bvwMbx, ZvwiYx gvwS, cÙeD, AMª`vbx, WvBbx, gvwU| M. ebdyj (ejvBPuv` gy‡Lvcva¨vq) : gvby‡li gb, gvbyl, wbgMvQ, ZvRgnj, M‡Yk-Rbbx, AR©yb gÐj, eyabx, cvV‡Ki g„Zy¨| N. nvmvb AvwRRyj nK : AvZœRv I GKwU Kiex MvQ, Avg„Zÿ AvRxeb, Rxeb N‡l Av¸b, m‡¤§jb, kKzb, LvuPv, kvwYZ †mZz, weaev‡ì K_v| mnvqK Mªš’ Awbw›`Zv e‡›`¨vcva¨vq

: †cª‡g›`ª wg‡Îi †QvUMí : gb‡b I m„R‡b

AiæYKygvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq : Kv‡ji cyËwjKv AvRvnvi Bmjvg : evsjv‡`‡ki †QvUMí : welq-fvebv ¯îƒc I wkíg~j¨ Av‡bvqvi cvkv : iex›`ª-†QvUMí mgx¶v (1-2 LÛ) AvjgMxi Uzjy : nvmvb AvwRRyj n‡Ki Mí : wk‡íi `vq I wk‡íi RMr Ewg© b›`x : ebdyj : Rxeb, gb I mvwnZ¨ PÂjKzgvi †evm : evsjv‡`‡ki †QvUM‡íi wkíiƒc aªyeKygvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq (m¤cvw`Z) : Zvivk¼i : mgKvj I DËiKv‡ji `„wó‡Z ; hyMje›`x MíKvi : Zvivk¼i-gvwbK bvivqY M‡½vcva¨vq : K_v‡Kvwe` iex›`ªbv_; mvwn‡Z¨ †QvUMí wbkx_ gy‡Lvcva¨vq : K_v‡Kvwe` ebdyj ey×‡è emy : iex›`ªbv_ : K_vmvwnZ¨ fx®§‡è †PŠayix (m¤cvw`Z) : `y-PvwiwU AkÖæRj : iex›`ªM‡íi wfbœcvV; Zvivk¼i ¯§viKMªš’ (m¤úvw`Z) f‚‡è †PŠayix : evsjv mvwn‡Z¨ †QvUMí I MíKvi wgRvbyi ingvb Lvb : ebdz‡ji †QvUMí : Rxeb`„wó I wkíixwZ wgëb wek¦vm : Zvivk¼‡ii †QvUM‡í wb¤œe‡M©i gvbyl wkwkiKygvi `vk : evsjv †QvUMí m‡ivR e‡›`¨vcva¨vq (m¤cvw`Z) : Zvivk¼i-A‡š^lv m‡ivR‡gvnb wgÎ : ebdyj : mvwnZ¨ I Rxeb mv‡q`v evby : evsjv‡`‡ki †QvUM‡í ev¯ÍeZvi ¯îƒc ˆmq` AvKig †nv‡mb : cªm½ : evsjv K_vmvwnZ¨


231007

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


†dvK‡jvi ZË¡ I evsjv †jvKmvwnZ¨

K. †dvK‡jvi-welqK ZË¡ I gZev` (40 b¤î) †dvK‡jv‡ii cªavb cªavb ZË¡ I gZev`; †jvKmvwn‡Zï msÁv_© I †kªYxweb¨vm; evsjv †jvKmvwnZ¨ msMª‡ni BwZnvm; msMªn I m¤cv`bv-c×wZ ; †jvKmvwn‡Z¨ mgvR I ms¯‹„wZ | L. evsjv †jvKmvwnZ¨ (60 hrs. b¤î) 1. 2. 3. 4.

`x‡bkP›`ª †mb-msKwjZ Òˆggbwmsn MxwZKvÓ (ÔgûqvÕ I Ô†Ìqvbv gw`bvÕ) iƒcK_v (`w¶YviÄbwgÎ gRyg`vi-msKwjZ ÕVvKyigvi SywjÕ) iex›`ªbv_ VvKyi : †jvKQov WvK I Lbvi ePb

mnvqK-Mªš’ Aiƒc ivnx (m¤cvw`Z) Avwj †bIqvR Avkivd wmwÏKx Avï‡Zvl fÆvPvh© IqvwKj Avng` Zylvi P‡Ævcva¨vq

: Lbvi weÁvb : Lbvi ePb, K„wl I ev½vjx ms¯‹„wZ : †jvKmvwnZ¨ : evsjvi †jvKmvwnZ¨ (1-6 LÐ) : †jvKK_v : ZË¡ I gZev` : †jvKms¯‹„wZi ZË¡iƒc I ¯îƒc-mÜvb `yjvj †PŠayix (m¤cvw`Z) : evsjvi †jvKms¯‹„wZi wek¦‡Kvl eiæYKygvi PµeZ©x (m¤cvw`Z) : e½xq †jvKms¯‹„wZ†Kvl wè¨‡R¨vwZ gRyg`vi : evOjv †jvKK_vi UvBc I †gvwUf Bb&‡WKm& wek¦wRr †Nvl : mvwn‡Z¨ bvixi gyL I Ab¨vb¨ ; `w¶YviÄb wgÎgRyg`v‡ii VvKyigvi Sywj(m¤cvw`Z) feZviY `Ë (msKjb I m¤cv`bv) : evsjvi Qov

gvhnviæj Bmjvg gjq emy gyn¤g` nvweeyi ingvb iex›`ªbv_ VvKyi kxjv emvK ˆmq` AvwRRyj nK ˆmq` †gvnv¤g` kv‡n`

: iƒcK_v : ePb I cªePb : †jvKmvwnZ¨ : evsjv auvavi welqêwPÎ¨ I mvgvwRK cwiPq : gqgbwms‡ni MxwZKv : Rxebag© I Kve¨g‚j¨ ; ˆggbwmsn-MxwZKv (m¤cv`bv) : Qovq evOvjx mgvR I ms¯‹„wZ

Alen Dundees Jaharlal Handoo

: The Study of Folklore : Folklore : An Introduction

Paper Code Paper Title :

: †dvK‡jvi-cwiwPwZ I †jvKmvwn‡Zï cVb-cvVb

Marks : 100 231009 iƒcZË¡, imZË¡, AjsKvi, Q›`

Credits : 4


K. iƒcZË¡ : KweZv (gnvKve¨, MxwZKweZv, m‡bU) ; Dcb¨vm ; †QvUMí; bvUK (GKv¼, Kve¨bvUK, bvU¨Kve¨, mvs‡KwZK bvUK) ; cªe‡Üi msÁv_©, cªKvi‡f` I wkíiƒc| (25 b¤î) L. imZË¡ : Kve¨ ; Kv‡eï †`n I AvZ¥v ; aŸwb ; im; AjsKvi ; ixwZ ; MyY ; fve; evP¨ ; JwPZ¨| (25 b¤î) M. AjsKvi : kãvjsKvi : Abycªvm, hgK, †køl, e‡µvw³| A_©vjsKvi : mv`„k¨g‚jK AjsKvi (Dcgv, Dr‡cª¶v, iƒcK, åvwšÍgvb, mgv‡mvw³ I AwZk‡qvw³) ; we‡ivag‚jK AjsKvi (we‡ivavfvm, wel‡gvw³ I we‡k‡lvw³) ; `„pcªZxwZg‚jK AjsKvi (e¨vR¯‘wZ I ¯^fv‡evw³) )| (25 b¤î) N. Q›` : aŸwb I gvÎv ; PiY, cO&w³, ce©, ¯ÍeK ; ¯îe„Ë, gvÎve„Ë I A¶ie„Ë Q›` : weKvkaviv I êwPÎ¨ ; Q›`-we‡kølY| (25 b¤î) mnvqK-Mªš’ AwRZKygvi †Nvl AZyjP›`ª ¸ß Awfbe ¸ß Ave`yj Kvwì D¾¡jKygvi gRyg`vi ¶ywìvg `vm Rx‡e›`ª wmsn ivq b‡ib wek¦vm w`jxcKygvi ivq †èxc` fÆvPvh© bvivqY M‡½vcva¨vq cweÎ miKvi cª‡evaP›`ª †mb wegjK„ò miKvi †gvnv¤g` gwbiæ¾vgvb

: bvU‡Ki K_v : Kve¨wRÁvmv : aŸb¨v‡jvK I †jvPb (my‡evaP›`ª †mb¸ß I Kvwjc` †mb Ab‚w`Z) : Q›`-mgx¶v : mvwn‡Zï iƒc-ixwZ : evsjv Kv‡eï iƒc I ixwZ : evsjv Q›` : Aj¼vi A‡š^lv ; Kve¨ZË¡ A‡š^lv ; fviZxq Kve¨ZË¡ : Qv›`wmKx : Dcb¨v‡mi K_v : mvwn‡Z¨ †QvUMí : evsjv Q›` : Q›`-cwiµgv : KweZvi K_v : evsjv KweZvi Q›`

i_x›`ªbv_ ivq iex›`ªbv_ VvKzi wkwkiKygvi `vk kªxkP›`ª `vk k¨vgvc` PµeZ©x nx‡ib P‡Ævcva¨vq

Paper Code: Paper Title :

: †QvUM‡íi K_v : Q›` : Avwi÷Uj : Kve¨ZË¡ : mvwnZ¨ m›`k©b : Aj¼vi-Pw›`ªKv : mvwnZ¨ cªKiY

231011

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


evsjv cªeÜ-1

K. ew¼gP›`ª P‡Ævcva¨vq : evey, MÏ©f, MxwZKve¨, we`¨vcwZ I Rq‡è, Ávb, wPËïw×, ev½vjv fvlv, gbyl¨Z¡ wK? L. iex›`ªbv_ VvKyi : †mŠ›`h©-m¤^Ü, †KKvaŸwb, kªveYmÜ¨v, †gN`‚Z ("cªvPxb mvwnZ¨Õ), mvwnZ¨, ¯^‡`kx mgvR, wk¶vi wgjb, mf¨Zvi msKU| M. KvRx bRi“j Bmjvg : ivRe›`xi Revbe›`x, Avi hw` euvwk bv ev‡R, Ôa~g‡KZzÕi c_, gw›ì I gmwR`, evOvjxi evsjv, i“`ª g½j, behyM, eZ©gvb wek¦mvwnZ¨| N. KvRx Ave`yj I`y` : Kvwj`vm I iex›`ªbv_, im I e¨w³Z¡, ms¯‹„wZi K_v, bRi“j Bmjvg, †M¨‡U, evOjvi RvMiY, †KviAv‡bi Avj−vn, m‡¤gvwnZ gymjgvb| mnvqK Mªš’ Aaxi †` Aiwe›` †cvÏvi AiæYKygvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq †Lv›`Kvi wmivRyj nK Rwni“j nvmvb Rx‡e›`ª wmsn ivq bxnviiÄb ivq fe‡Zvl `Ë i_x›`ªbv_ ivq mvC`-Di ingvb (m¤cvw`Z)

myKygvi †mb ûgvqyb AvRv`

Paper Code Paper Title :

Marks : 100 231013 evsjv ig¨ I ågY mvwnZ¨

K. ew¼gP›`ª P‡Ævcva¨vq L. Aveyj gbmyi Avng` M. iex›`ªbv_ VvKzi N. ˆmq` gyRZev Avjx mnvqK Mªš’ AwRZKygvi †Nvl

: AvaywbK evsjv cªeÜmvwn‡Zï aviv : ew¼g-gvbm : exiej I evsjv mvwnZ¨ : gymwjg mvwnZ¨ mgvR : mgvRwPšÍv I mvwnZ¨Kg© : KvRx Ave`yj I`y` : cªg_ †PŠayix : iex›`ªmvwn‡Zï f‚wgKv : wPšÍvbvqK ew¼gP›`ª : evsjv mvwn‡Z¨ cªg_ †PŠayix : I`y`-PP©v : ev½vjv mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm (3q LÐ) ; ev½vjv mvwn‡Z¨ M`¨ : iex›`ª-cªeÜ : ivóª I mgvRwPšÍv

: KgjvKvšÍ : Avqbv : BD‡ivc cªevmxi cÎ : †`‡k-we‡`‡k : e½mvwn‡Z¨ nvmï‡mi aviv

Credits : 4


AwRZ `Ë Aiwe›` †cvÏvi Avng` kixd b‚i“i ingvb Lvb wegjP›`ª gwjøK fe‡Zvl `Ë ivRxe ûgvqyb wiwlY cwigj I nvmvb Awi›`g (m¤cvw`Z) myKygvi †mb Paper Code Paper Title

K. L. M. N.

: evsjv mvwn‡Z¨ nvmïm : ew¼g-gvbm : ew¼g-ex¶v : ˆmq` gyRZev Avjx : Rxeb-K_v ; gyRZev-mvwn‡Zï iƒc‰ewPÎ¨ I iPbv‰kjx : wek¦cw_K evOvjx : wPšÍvbvqK ew¼gP›`ª : Aveyj gbmyi Avng‡ì e¨½iPbv : Aveyj gbmyi Avng‡ì ÔAvqbvÕ : welq I cªKiY : ev½vjv mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm (2q LÊ) Marks : 100

231015

Credits : 4


Bangla Novel–2

kirP›`ª P‡Ævcva¨vq wef‚wZf‚lY e‡›`¨vcva¨vq gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq knx`yj−vn Kvqmvi

: M„n`vn : c‡_i cuvPvjx : cyZyjbv‡Pi BwZK_v : mskßK

mnvqK Mªš’ AwRZKygvi †Nvl Ai“YKygvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq A‡kvK wgw¯¿ AkÖæKygvi wmK`vi †MvwcKvbv_ ivq‡PŠayix Rx‡e›`ª wmsn ivq †`‡ek ivq wek¦wRr †Nvl fx®§‡è †PŠayix fx®§‡è †PŠayix I ˆmq` AvwRRyj nK (m¤cvw`Z)

f‚Bqv BKevj (m¤cvw`Z) i‡Yk `vk¸ß iwdKDj−vn Lvb kvšÍby Kvqmvi kªxKygvi e‡›`¨vcva¨vq m‡Z¨›`ªbv_ ivq m‡ivR e‡›`¨vcva¨vq m‡ivR‡gvnb wgÎ myZcv fÆvPvh© my‡eva †mb¸ß my‡ikP›`ª ˆgÎ (m¤cvw`Z) ˆmq` AvKig †nv‡mb ûgvqyb Kwei

: kirP‡›`ªi Rxebx I mvwnZ¨wePvi : Kv‡ji cªwZgv ; kirP›`ª : cybwe©Pvi : knx`yj−vn Kvqmvi : Rxeb I mvwnZ¨ : AvaywbKZv I evsjv Dcb¨vm : `yB wek¦hy‡×i ga¨Kvjxb evsjv K_vmvwnZ¨; wef‚wZf‚lY : gb I wkí; gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : Rxeb`„wó I wkíixwZ; : kir-m›`k©b : Dcb¨vm wb‡q : evsjv K_vmvwnZ¨ cvV; †jvKcyivY RbmgvR I K_vwkí : wbqwZi cj−-wecj− I wewea cÖeÜ : gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : kZevwl©K ¯§iY : gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : Dcb¨v‡mi wkíiƒc : evsjv‡`‡ki Dcb¨vm : welq I wkíiƒc : A‰ØZ gj−eg©Y : Rxeb, mvwnZ¨ I Ab¨vb¨ cªm½ : e½mvwn‡Z¨ Dcb¨v‡mi aviv : evsjv Dcb¨vm I Zvi AvaywbKZv : evsjv Dcb¨v‡mi KvjvšÍi : gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : Rxeb I mvwnZ¨ : K_vmvwn‡Zï GKjv cw_K wef‚wZf‚lY : kirP›`ª : kir-mvwn‡Zï f‚wgKv : cªm½ : evsjv K_vmvwnZ¨ : kir mvwn‡Zï g‚jZË¡

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of English


1

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: English Session: 2013-2014

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 231101 231103 231105 231107 231109 231111 231113 231115

2

Paper Title Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama 16th and 17th Century Poetry 17th and 18th Century Non‐Fictional Prose Restoration and Eighteenth Century Fiction Restoration and Eighteenth Century Poetry and Drama Victorian Poetry Introduction to Literary Criticism (Up to Romantic Period) Introduction to Linguistics Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

100 800

4 32

Detailed Syllabus Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Paper Code : 231101 Paper Title : Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama C. Marlowe

The Tragical History of Doctor Faustus

W. Shakespeare

Macbeth, The Merchant of Venice

Ben Jonson

Volpone

John Webster

The Duchess of Malfi

Marks : 100 Paper Code : 231103 Paper Title : 16th and 17th Century Poetry

Credits : 4



Edmund Spenser

The Faerie Queene, Book I Canto –I

John Donne

“The Sun Rising”, “A Valediction: Forbidding Mourning”,“The Canonization”, “Batter my Heart”, “Death, be not proud”

Andrew Marvell

“To His Coy Mistress”, “The Definition of Love”

George Herbert

“Easter Wings”, “The Collar”

John Milton

Paradise Lost, Book –I

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Paper Code : 231105 th th Paper Title : 17 and 18 Century Non-Fictional Prose


F. Bacon

“Of Marriage and Single Life”, “Of Truth”, “Of Plantation”, “Of Great Place”, “Of Revenge”, “Of Love”

Addison and Steele

“The Spectator’s of Himself”, “Of the Club”, “Sir Roger at Church”, “His of His Disappointment in Love”, “Death of Sir Roger” “Life of Cowley” “Speech on East India Bill”

Samuel Johnson Edmund Burke

3

Paper Code : 231107 Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Paper Title : Restoration and Eighteenth Century Fiction

Aphra Ben Daniel Defoe Henry Fielding Jonathan Swift


Oroonoko Robinson Crusoe Tom Jones Gulliver’s Travels

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. Paper Code : 231109 Paper Title : Restoration and Eighteenth Century Poetry and Drama John Dryden William Congreve Alexander Pope Oliver Goldsmith

Absalom and Achitophel: A Poem The Way of the World The Rape of the Lock She Stoops to Conquer

Paper Code : 231111 Marks : 100 Paper Title : Victorian Poetry A. Tennyson R. Browning M. Arnold G. Manley Hopkins

Credits : 4


“Locksley Hall”, “Oenone”, “The Lotos Eaters”, “Tithonus” “The Last Ride Together”, “Andrea del Sarto”, “Fra Lippo Lippi”, “My Last Duchess” “Thyrsis”, “Dover Beach”, “The Scholar Gypsy” “The Windhover”, “Felix Randal”, “Spring and Fall: to a young child”, “Pied Beauty”

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. Paper Code : 231113 Paper Title : Introduction to Literary Criticism (Up to Romantic Period) a) b) c) d) e)

4

Aristotle Sydney Dr. S. Johnson W. Wordsworth S.T. Coleridge

Poetics (Chapter: 1-14, 24, 26) “An Apology for Poetry” “The Preface to Shakespeare” “Preface to Lyrical Ballads” “Biographia Literaria” ( 4, 14, 17)

Paper Code : 231115 Marks : 100 Paper Title : Introduction to Linguistics

Credits : 4


The Paper introduces students to fundamentals of Linguistics. It covers: a) Definition and characteristics of language, b) Basic concepts in Linguistics : Langue and Parole, Syntagmatic and Paradigmatic perspectives of language, Competence and performance. c) Consonant and vowel sounds in English. Basic Rules of elision and assimilation, Stress and intonation. d) Morphology : Free and Bound Morphemes, Word formation rules e) Psycholinguistics : PS & IC rules of second language acquisition, Monitor Model Theory, Nativist Theory, Acculturation Theory, Accommodation Theory f) Sociolinguistics : Language Varieties, Language and Social Class, Spir-Whorf Hypothesis.

5

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus

Department of History


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: History Session: 2013-2014

THIRD YEAR Paper Code 231501 231503 231505 231507 231509 231511 231513 231515

Paper Title History of Bengal, 1765-1905 History of South Asia, 1757-1857 History of West Asia, 1560 hrs.-1914 History of United States, 1776-1860 hrs. History of England, 1485 to 1945 History of Africa Since Colonial Period History of Europe, 1453-1815 Far East and South-East Asia in Modern Times Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title:

231501

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of Bengal 1765-1905

1. Acquisition of Dewani by the East India Company and the Dual istration. 2. Movements against the British during the company’s rule. Fakir-Sanyasi Revolt. Rangpur Revolt Revolt of Balki Shah Aga Mohammad Reza Paglapanthi Revolt Santal Revolt Chakma rising Revolt of Titumir 3. Faraizi and Wahabi movement 4. Western Education: the Anglicist- Orientalist debate 5. Political consciousness during the British rule and foundation of associations : Zamindars Association, Bengal British India Society, British India Association, Anjumane Islamia and India Association. 6. Bengal Renaissance: Raja Rammohan Roy, The Young Bengal Movement, Hindu Widow Remarriage Act. 7. Nawab Abdul Latif and Syed Amir Ali. 8. Act of 1859 and the Tenancy Act, 1885 9. Partition of Bengal (1905): background. Arguments for the Partition of Bengal. Implementation of the partition scheme. Suggested Readings: 1. Ramsay Muir : The Making of British India. 2. N. Chaterji : Bengal under the Dewani istration 3. K. M. Mohsin : A Bengal District in Transition (1965-1793) 4. Sirajul Islam : The Permanent Settlement in Bengal. 5. A. N. Chandra : The Sannyasi Rebellion. 6. Muinuddin Ahmed Khan : A History of Faraizi Movement in Bengal. 7. Blair Kling : The Blue Mutiny. 8. Sufia Ahmed : Muslim Community in Bengal 1884-1912. 9. Nurul H. Choudhury : Peasant Radicalism in Nineteenth Bengal : The Farazi, Indigo and Pabna Movement 10. wmivRyj Bmjvg (m¤úv.) : evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm (3q LÛ) 11. Avãyj iwng I Ab¨vb¨ : evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm 12. wmivRyj Bmjvg : Dcwb‡ewkK kvmb KvVv‡gv| 13. wmivRyj Bmjvg : evsjv‡`‡ki fzwg eë¯’v I mvgvwRK KvVv‡gv 14. wmivRyj Bmjvg (m¤úv.) : evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm (1704 †_‡K; 2q LÐ) 15. i‡gk P›`ª gRyg`vi : evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm, ga¨ I AvaywbK hyM 16. G. Avi. gwjøK : weªwUk kvmbbxwZ I gymjgvb 17. gybZvmxi gvgyb (m¤úv.) : wPi¯’vqx e‡›`ve¯Í I evOvjx mgvR 18. gybZvmxi gvgyb (m¤úv.) : e½ f½ 19. Avãyi iwng : evsjvi gymjgvb‡ì BwZnvm 20. Kgj `vm¸ß : bxj we‡`ªvn 21. webq †Nvl : evsjvi beRvMwZ 22. gynv¤§` Bbvg Dj nK : fvi‡Zi gymjgvb I ¯^vaxbZv Av‡›`vjb 1707-1947


231503

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of South Asia 1757-1857

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

The Rise of the English power in Bengal Clive’s second Governorship of Bengal 1765-67 Warren Hastings (1772-85): istrative and judicial reforms and policy of expansion Experiments on land revenue system 1765-1993 istrative reforms of Cornwallis, 1786-93 Lord Wellesley, 1798-1805 Mysore under Haider Ali and Tipu Sultan Lord Hastings and establishment of British Paramountcy in India William Bentinck, 1828-35 Lord Dalhousie, 1848-56 Constitutional development: Regulating Act and the Charters Acts Impact of East India Company’s rule on istrative and agrarian structure, traditional industries, judiciary and education. 13. The Great Revolt (Sepoy Mutiny) of 1857: its causes, nature.

Suggested Readings: 1.

Sumit Sarker

: Modern India

2.

P. E. Roberts

: History of British India

3.

K. K. Aziz

: British and Muslim India

4.

P. Spear

: The Oxford History of Modern India 1740-1947

5. Gurmak Nihal Singh : Constitutional History of India (1740-1947) 6.

E. Muir

: The Making of British India

6.

V. D. Mahajon

: Modern Indian History

6. mywgZ miKvi

: AvaywbK fviZ

7.

cÖYe Kzgvi P‡Ævcva¨vq : AvaywbK fviZ (1g I 2q LÐ)

8.

mgi Kzgvi gwjøK

: AvaywbK fvi‡Zi †òk eQi (1707-1857)

9.

mgi Kzgvi gwjøK

: AvaywbK fvi‡Zi iƒcvšÍi (ivR †_‡K ¯îvR (1858-1947)

10. KvwjcÖmbœ gwjøK †mb ¸ß

: AvaywbK fviZ

11. Ave`yi iwng

: evsjvi gymjgvb‡ì BwZnvm

12. mij P‡Ævcva¨vq

: fvi‡Zi ¯^vaxbZv msMÖv‡gi µgweKvk

13. G. †K. Gg Ave`yj Avjxg : fvi‡Zi gymwjg ivR‡Z¡i BwZnvm


231505

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

History of West Asia 1560-1914

1. Ottoman dynasty: decline and attempts at revival 2. Reforms of Salim II (1566-1574) 3. Later Ottoman Empire: reforms of Abdul Hamid I, Sultan Selim III


4. Mahmud II (1808-1839), the Greek War of Independence, relations with Muhammad Ali Pasha of Egypt. 5. Abdul Majid (1839-1861) and the beginning of the Tanjemat, 6. Sultan Abdul Hamid II: (a) Constitutional Movement (b) Young Turk Movement. 7. The Ottoman Institutions, society and culture 8. Egypt: (a) the French occupation, French istration, its importance and, (b) Mohammad Ali Pasha, reforms and foundation of modern Egypt. 9. Egypt under the Khedives: Khedive Ismail, European crisis over Egypt 10. Khedive Mohammad Tawfique, political instability in Egypt, British occupation of Egypt and Sudan (1882) 11. Egypt under the British occupation: nature of British Rule, British istration in Egypt, Nationalist Movement in Egypt upto 1914 12. The decline of Kaisar dynasty in Iran. Suggested Readings: 1. P. Sykes 2. George E. Kirk 3. Jacob 4. Philips Price 5. Yahya Armyani 6. A. H. Hourani 7. A. S. Marsat 8. Nikshoy Ghattori Chattoryi 9. Bqvwnqv AvigvRvbx (Aby. Bbvg Dj nK) 10. gynv¤§` Avjx AvmMi Lvb 11. Gbvgyj nK 12. gymv Avbmvix 13. mwdDÏxb †Rvqvi`vi 14. ˆmq` gvngy`yj nvmvb 15. Avkivd DÏxb Avng`

Paper Code Paper Title: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

231507

: History of the Middle East : A short History of Middle East : History of the Ottoman Empire : A History of Turkey (from Empire to Republic) : Middle East Past and Present. : The Emergence of the Modern Middle East : A Short History of Modern Egypt. : A History of Modern Middle East. : ga¨cÖvP¨ AZxZ I eZ©gvb : AvaywbK Zzi‡¯‹i BwZnvm : AvaywbK Bivb, Zzi¯‹ I wgki : AvaywbK wgk‡ii HwZnvwmK weKvk aviv : AvaywbK ga¨cÖvP¨, cÖ_g I wØZxq LÛ : gymwjg I AvaywbK we‡k¦i BwZnvm : ga¨hy‡Mi gymwjg BwZnvm (1258-1800)

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of United States 1776-1860

Background of the American Revolution and Paris Peace Treaty (1783) Confederation Era: The Articles of Confederation, its Failure The Philadelphia Convention (1787) and the main features of the US constitution of 1789 istration of George Washington, reforms of Hamilton, the Secretary of Treasury. Foreign policy of the Federalists, rise of political Parties. Republican Era: istration of Thomas Jefferson and his Democratic Ideals, War of 1812, background and effects, Monroe Doctrine (1823) and its impact. 7. Westward Expansion: causes and Historical Significance 8. istration of Andrew Jackson: democratic ideals and istrative policy 9. Mexican-American War (1848) : causes and effects.

Suggested Readings: 1. Hicks & Mowry : A Short History of American Democracy 2. Morrison & Commager : The Growth of the American Republic 3. H. B. Parkes : The United States of America- A History 4. Nevins and Commager : A Short History of United States 5. Remis : The Diplomatic History of the United States 6. Reard & Beard : The Rise of the American Civilization, vol. I & II. 7. Kvwd Lvb : Av‡gwiKvi mswÿß BwZnvm 8. gwimb, K‡gRvi I wjDK‡UbevM©: Av‡gwiKv cÖRvZ‡š¿i BwZnvm 9. †WMjvi : Av‡gwiKv t AZxZ †_‡K AvaywbK Av‡gwiKv cÖRvZ‡š¿i iƒc †iLv 10. †gvt Avãyj KzÏym wmK`vi : Av‡gwiKv hy³iv‡óªi BwZnvm, 1776-1945 11. †WMjvi : Av‡gwiKv : AZxZ †_‡K AvaywbK

231509 Paper Code Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Paper Title: History of England, 1485 to 1945 1. War of Roses and the foundation of Tudor dynasty. 2. Henry VIII: restoration of royal power, king and parliament, relation with Ireland, commercial policy, foreign policy. 3. Henry VIII: istrative system, conflict with Pope and English Reformation, abolition of monastery, relation with Parliament, Irish policy, foreign policy. 4. Elizabeth: Church Settlement, relation with Parliament, foreign policy, Irish policy. 5. James I: istrative measures, religious policy, relation with Parliament. 6. Charles I: Religious policy, relation with Parliament, “Eleven Years Tyranny”, foreign policy, Long Parliament, the beginning of Civil War and constitutional experiments under Cromwell. 7. Restoration and Charles II: Restoration settlement, domestic policy, foreign policy, relation with Parliament. 8. James II: Glorious Revolution, (1688) its causes and results 9. George I and George II: Robert Walpole, his economic reforms, Pitt the Elder, Jacobite risings. 10. Industrial Revolution: Definition, causes and results. 11. American was of Independence: causes and results. 12. England, the French Revolution and Napoleon Bonaparte 13. Parliamentary reform: Reform Act of 1832 and the Chartist Movement. 14. Benjamin Disraeli: Disraeli as a conservative politician. 15. William Edward Gladstone: reforms, Irish policy, foreign policy. 16. Parliamentary Act of 1911 17. Britain and the two World Wars. Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Adams, G. Burton Brett. S. Reed ___________ Keir, Sir David Lindsay Lockyer Roger Tanner, J. R. Tudor ________________ Trevelyan, G. M Green, V. H. H Muir, Ramsay Rovertson, Sir Charles Grant J. A. R. Marriott

: Constitutional History of England : British History 1485-1688 : British History 160 hrs.3-1785 : The Constitutional History of Modern Britain Since 1485 : Tudor and Stuart Britain 1471-1714 : Constitutional Documents, 485-160 hrs.3 : English Constitutional Conflicts of the Seventeenth Century 160 hrs.3-1689 : England under the Stuarts : The Hanoverians 1783-1939. : A Short History of the British Commonwealth, vol. I & II : England under the Hanoverians : England Since Waterloo

13. 14. 15.

W. Iqv‡R` Avjx W. Gg kg‡ki Avjx G. we. Gg kvgmywÏb

Paper Code Paper Title: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 10.

: Bsj¨v‡Ûi BwZnvm : Bsj¨v‡Ûi ivR‰bwZK I kvmbZvwš¿K BwZnvm w : AvaywbK Bsj¨v‡Ûi BwZnvm

231511

Marks: 100

UDWi I ÷zqvU© Avgj

Credits: 4

Pre-colonial Africa: ancient and medieval Period Geography, climate, resources and geo-political importance of Africa. The Scramble for Africa: coming of the European powers. Colonial rule in Africa: foundation of the colonial rule and its causes. Colonial istration: characteristics of colonial istrative system: influence of colonial Rule on African society, politics and economy. Africa between the two World Wars: nationalism and Pan-Africanism. The road to independence: de-colonization, different phases and the Independence of Nigeria, Congo, Ghana and Senegal. Problems of independent Africa: (a) political instability, (b) border disputes, (c) democracy, (d) economy, (e) military rule, (f) national integration, (g) socialism and communism, (h) neocolonialism, (i) apartheid. Efforts at African integrity and unity: a) Non-alignment movement, B) Organization of African Unity (OAU), African Union (AU) Africa in world affairs: (a) United States and Africa, (b) Soviet Russia and Africa, (c) China and Africa, (d) United Nations Organization (UNO) and Africa.

Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.


History of Africa Since Colonial Period

J. M. Mackenzie James Cameron R. W. July T. Walter Wallbank Robin Hallett T. L. Hodjkin J. D. Fage Colin Leguem Basil Davidson Geoge Peter Murdock Vinant Bakpetu Thompson

12. Roland Oliver & Anothony Atanore 13. Avey †gv. †`‡jvqvi †nv‡mb, †gvnv¤§` †Mvjvg mvKjv‡qb mvKx, †gvt gziv` †nv‡mb Lvb 14. mywgZ e‡›`vcva¨vq 15. aªæe ¸ß 17. nicÖmv` P‡Ævcva¨vq 18. aªæe ¸ß (m¤úvw`Z) 19. †bjmb g¨v‡Ûjv 20. kixdDwÏb Avn‡g`

: The Partition of Africa : The African Revolution : A History of the African People : Contemporary Africa : Africa Since 1875 : Nationalism and Colonialism in Africa : A History of Africa : Africa: A Hadbook : The Africans An Entry to Cultural History : Africa : Its Peoples and their culture, History : Africa and Unity of the Evolution of Pan-Africanism. : Africa since 1800. : Avwd«Kvi BwZnvm : Avwd«Kvi wPÎ : cwðg Avwd«Kvi BwZnvm : `wÿY Avwd«Kvi BwZnvm : `wÿY Avwd«Kv : msMÖvgB Avgvi Rxeb : µvwšÍKv‡j Ac~e© `wÿY Avwd«Kv

Paper Code Paper Title: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

231513

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of Europe 1453-1815

Transition from Medieval to Modern Period Renaissance: definition, Italian Renaissance and characteristics Reformation and Counter Reformation movements, and the results of the religious movements. Geographical discoveries: causes, main discoveries and effects. Charles V and Philip II Dutch War of Independence Foundation of the Bourbon Dynasty in and Henry IV Cardinal Richelieu. Thirty years War: causes, results and significance. Peter, the Great. Internal and foreign policies of Louis XIV Enlightened Despots: Frederick William II, Maria Theresa, Joseph II and Catherine II, Austrian War of Succession: causes and results. Seven Years War: causes and results Partition of Poland. Mercantilism: development of industries, trade & commerce. on the eve of the Revolution of 1789: political, social, economic conditions and the writings of the intellectuals. The works of the National Constituent Assembly (1789-1791) Reign of Terror (1739-94) The Directory Napoleon: reforms, Continental system, downfall.

Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

R. Ergang C. J. H. Hayes Burns Wakeman Riker V. H. H. Green Wallbank and Taylor myfvl iÄb PµeZx© Aveyj Kvjvg Aveyj Kvjvg cÖdzjø Kzgvi PµeZx© cyj‡Kk ivq, mvqšÍb `vm ixjv gyLvRx© †gvt kvn AvjgMxi


231515

: Europe From Renaissance to Waterloo : Modern Europe to 1870 : Western Civilization : The Ascendancy of : A History of Modern Europe : Renaissance and Reformation : Civilization: Past and Present, Vol. 2. : BD‡iv‡ci BwZnvm : divmx wecø‡ei cUf~wg : divmx wecø‡ei BwZnvm : †qv‡iv‡ci BwZnvm 1789-1919 : DËi‡Yi c‡_ BD‡ivc (1400-1700) : iƒcvšÍwiZ BD‡ivc (900-1800) : BD‡iv‡ci BwZnvm 1789-1945

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Far East and South-East Asia in Modern Times

Part A: Far East: From the opening of China upto 1939

1. 2. 3. 4.

Introduction: general overview of China: land and people, society, economy, political structure Opening of China: background, Opium Wars, Unequal Treaties. Open Door Policy. Chinese reaction and resistance: Taiping rebellion, Boxer Movement. Hundred Days’ Reforms Nationalist Movements in China: Chinese Revolution of 1911, its causes and results

5. China in Transformation: The Nationalist Revolution, 1920-28, China under Chiang K’ai Shek, the birth of Communist Party: the Kuomintang and Communist Alliance, the rise of Mao 6. Opening of Japan: The Perry Mission 1868, the opening of Japan, the end of Shogunate. Meiji Restoration, Sino-Japanese war 1894-95, Russo-Japanese war 1904-05. 7. The Washington Conference (1921-22) 8. Japanese aggressions in China, 1931 9. Indonesia: rise of Indonesian nationalism. political parties, Indonesian Revolution and Independence. 10. Malaysia: British rule in Malaya states, emergence of nationalist movement and independence. Suggested Readings: 1. 2.

Beasley, W.G.

3. 4. 5. 6.

Crowley, J.B. Farmen, Hambley et.al. Hsu, Immanuel C.Y. Vinacke, H.A.

Clyde and Beers

7. W. wm×v_© ¸n ivq 8. nicÖmv` P‡Ævcva¨vq 9. nicÖmv` P‡Ævcva¨vq 10. Sardesai 11. Hall 12. Legge 13. Bastin & Benda 14. Miller 15. Cady 16. gymv Avbmvix

: The Modern History of Japan : The Far East: A History of the Western Impact and the Eastern Response (1830- 1970), : Modern East Asia: Essays in Interpretation,

: Comparative History of Civilizations in Asia, Vol II, 1986. : The Rise of Modern Chin. : A History of the Far East in Modern Times.

: AvaywbK `~icÖvP¨: Pxb Rvcv‡bi BwZnvm : Px‡bi BwZnvm : Rvcv‡bi BwZnvm : Southeast Asia: Past and Present. : Southeast Asia. : Indonesia. : A History of Modern South East Asia. : A Short History of Malaysia. : South-East Asia. : B‡›`v‡bwkqv I gvj‡qwkqv

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Islamic History and Culture


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Islamic History and Culture Session: 2013-2014

THIRD YEAR Paper Code Paper Title 23160 hrs.1 History of the Muslims in Persia and Central Asia (13th – 18th century) 23160 hrs.3 History of the Ottomans (upto 1924) 23160 hrs.5 History of Bengal (1757-1947) 23160 hrs.7 History of Modern Europe (Since 1789) 23160 hrs.9 Muslim Minorities in the Contemporary World 231611 History of Muslim istration (570-1258) 231613 History of World Civilizations 231615 Development of Religious Principles, Institutions, Literature and Science in Islam. Total =

Marks 100

Credits 4

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

800

32


231601

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of the Muslims in Persia and Central Asia (13th – 18th century)

Outline: Mongols – Il Khans – their transformation under Islam – Muzaffarids – Zands – Jalairids- Afsharids– Chagtais–Safavids–Afghans: Nadir Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali–socio-cultural trends of the periodwestern expansion into Muslim world- socio-political economic and cultural consequences. Reading List: Imamuddin, S.M. A Modern History of the Middle East And North Africa. Dhaka, 1960 hrs. Mahmud, Sayyid Fayyaz., A Short History of Islam, Karachi, 1960 hrs. Nadvi, S.A. Hasan Ali., Islam And the World, Lucknow, 1980 Shustery, A.M.A., Outline of Islamic Culture, Bangalore, 1938 Smith, Wilfred Cantwell., Islam in Modern History, Prenceton, 1957 Spuler, Bertold., History of the Mongols, London, 1972 ....................., The Muslim World A Historical Survey Parts III-IV, Leiden, 1981 Avng`, Avkivd DÏxb., ga¨hy‡Mi gymwjg BwZnvm, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv- 1976 imyj,†Mvjvg., ga¨cÖv‡Pï BwZnvm, XvKv, 1984 Kvwì, Gg, Ave`yj., Zzi‡¯‹i BwZnvm, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb, XvKv, 1986 Lvb I ingvb., ga¨ cÖv‡Pï BwZnvm, evsjv GKv‡Wgx , XvKv, 1979 Bqvwnqv AvigvRvbx., ga¨cÖvP¨ AZxZ I eZ©gvb (Abyev`: gyn¤§` Bbvg-Dj-nK) evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1978


231603

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of the Ottomans (upto 1924)

Outline: Origin– rise of Ottomans–Uthman the founder- Orkhan- the Janissaries- Murad I – Bayazid– Muhammad I– Murad II– the Battle of Verna–Muhammad II –conquest of Constantinople – Bayazid II – Relation with Mamluks and Safavids–Selim I– Battle of Marj-i Dabiq and Raydaniyah– Sulayman the Magnificent–Selim II– Beginning of Decline of Ottomans– Kuprili Wazirs– Eastern Question– Treaty of Kutchuk Kainardji– Selim-III– His reforms– Mahmud II: westernization, relation with Serbia, Greek and Egypt province– Abdul Majid I–Tanzimat–Millet System– Capitulation-the Crimean War– Neo-Ottomanism–Abdul Aziz– Murad V–Abdul Hamid II– Treaty of San Stefano– Congress of Berlin– Constitutional Movement– Young Turks–Pan Islamism– Pan Turkanism– Muhammad VI– The Balkan League– The Balkan Wars– The First World War and Ottoman Turkey– Treaty of Sevres– Nationalist Movement– Rise of Mustafa Kamal– Treaty of Lausanne– Abdul Majid II– Abolition of Sultanat and Ottoman Khilafat– Society, Culture istration, Army, Judiciary, Economic System and Foreign Policy upto 1924. Reading List: Creasy, E.S., History of the Ottoman Turks, London, 1956 Ekram,Selma., Turkey Old and New, New York, 1974 Fraser., Turkey Ancient and Modern, Edinburgh, 1854 Gibb, H.A.R., Muhammadanism-An Historical Survey, London, 1949 Imamuddin, S.M., Modern History of the Middle East and North Africa, Dhaka, 1960 hrs. Inalcik, Halil., The Ottoman Empire: The Classical Age (1300-160 hrs.0), New York, 1973 Jacob., History of the Ottoman Empire, London, 1954 Lane Poole., Stanely. Turkey, Beirut, 1966

Lewis, B., Emergence of Modern Turkey, London, 1972 Lewis, G., Turkey, London, (3rd ed.), 1965 Lord Eversley., The Turkish Empire, Lahore, 1959 Thornburg., Max Weston. Turkey, London, 1984 Price, Philips., A History of Turkey (from Empire to Republic), London, 1956 Shaw, Stanford J., History of the Ottoman Empire and Modern Turkey, London, Reprint, 1978 Smith, Wilfred Cantwell., Islam in Modern History, Princeton, 1957 Spuler, Bertold., The Muslim World- A Historical Survey Parts III-IV, Modern Times, Leiden, 1981 Toyenbee and Kirkwood., Turkey, London, 1968 Avn¤§`, Avkivd DÏxb, ga¨hy‡Mi gymwjg BwZnvm, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1976 AvigvRvbx, BqvnBqv, ga¨cÖvP¨, AZxZ I eZ©gvb (Abyev`: gyn¤§` Bbvg-Dj-nK), evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1978 Kvwì, Avãyj, Zzi‡¯‹i BwZnvm, BmjvwgK dvD‡Êkb, XvKv, 1986 Lvb, gynv¤§` Avjx AvmMi, AvaywbK Zzi‡¯‹i BwZnvm, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1984 †Rvqv`©vi, mwdDwÏb, AvaywbK ga¨cÖvP¨, cÖ_g I wØZxq LÊ, XvKv : cybg©y`ªY, 2005 fzBquv, †Mvjvg wKewiqv, AvšÍR©vwZK m¤úK© I AvaywbK BwZnvm Awfavb, XvKv, 2009 nK, Gbvgyj, AvaywbK Bivb, Zzi¯‹ I wgki, XvKv, 1969


231605

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of Bengal (1757-1947)

Outline: Background and Sources Battle of Plassey (1757)– Third battle of Panipat– Battle of Buxar (1764)- Grant of Diwani to Engligh East India Company (1765) – Company`s territorial expansion – Land Revenue Policy upto 1793 – Permanent Settlement – Resumption Proceedings – Commercial, Judicial and Educational Policies of Company– Peasant Revolution- Faqir Majnu Shah- Shah Wali Ullah and his followers – Wahhabi Movement – Faraizi Movement – Indian Revolt – Fall of Muslim Aristocracy The Great Indian Revolt – Beginning of British Imperial Rule – Rejuvenation of Muslim community – Nawab Abdul Latif – Syed Ameer Ali- Karamat Ali – Munshi Muhammad Meherullah- Partition of Bengal – Simla Deputation - Muslim Nationalism- formation of Muslim League – Swadeshi & Boycott Movement – Annulment of Partition Political Reforms and the Act of 1909 upto the Government of India Act 1935– the Growth of Nationalism– Pakistan Movement: Two Nation theory–Lahore Resolution (1940)– the Move for United Independent Bengal– the Indian Independence Act (1947) and the birth of India and Pakistan Reading List: Ahmad, Qiyamuddin., The Wahabi Movement in Bengal frontier, California, 1993 Ahmad, Rafiuddin., The Bengal Muslims, Delhi, 1976 Ahmed, A.F., Salauddin. Social Ideas And Social Change in Bengal (1815-35), Leiden, 1965 Ahmed, Sufia., Muslim Community in Bengal, Reprint, Dhaka, 1974 Akanda, Latifa., Social History of the Muslim of Bengal, Dhaka, 1986 Eaton. R.M. The Rise of Islam and the Bengal Frontier, California, 1993 Gupta, B.K, Siraj ud Daula And The East India Company ( 1756-57), Leiden, 1962 Hamid, Abdul. Muslim Separatism in India, Lahore, 1967 Hardy, Peter., Muslims of British India, London, 1992 Hunter, W.W., The Indian Musalmans, London, 1922 Huq, Enamul., Nawab Bahadur Abdul Latif, Dhaka, 1968 Islam, Sirajul (ed.)., History of Bangladesh, 3 Vols. Dhaka. 1991 ............................................ ., The Permanent Settlement, Dhaka, 1979 Karim, K.M., The Provinces of Bihar and Bengal under Shah Jahan, Dhaka, 1974

Khan, Akbar Ali., The Discovery of Bangladesh, Dhaka, 1993 Khan, Muinuddin Ahmad., History of the Faraidi Movement in Bengal, Karachi, 1965 Mallick, A.R., British Policy And the Muslims in Bengal (1757-1856), Dhaka, 1961 Momen , Humaira., Muslim Politics in Bengal, Dhaka, 1972 Mulla, M. K. U., The New Province of Eastern Bengal And Assam, New Delhi, 1978 Neogy A.K., The Partition of Bengal, New Delhi, 1987 Qureshi, Ishtiaq Husain., The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pak sub-continent, 1962 Rahim, M.A., The Muslim Society and Politics In Bengal (1757-1947), Dhaka, 1978 Ray, Benoy., Religious Movement in Modern Bengal, Calcutta, 1965 Sarkar, Sumit., The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal, 1903-08, New Delhi, 1973 Sen, Shila., Muslim Politics in Bengal, New Delhi, 1976 Sinha, N.K., Economic History of Bengal, Vol. I, Calcutta, 1967 Ave`yj−vn&, gyn¤g`., bIqve mjxgyj−vn, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb, XvKv, 1986 Avng`, IqvwKj., Dwbk kZ‡K evOvwj gymjgv‡bi wPšÍv †PZbvi aviv, 2q LÊ, XvKv 1983 Bmjvg, wmivRyj., evsjvi BwZnvm Dcwb‡ewkK kvmb KvVv‡gv, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1984 ......................, evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm (1704-1971), 1g, 2q I 3q LÊ, XvKv, 1993 Kwig, Ave`yj., evsjvi BwZnvm (gyNj Avgj), 1g LÛ , ivRkvnx, 1993 gI`y`, Ave`yj.,Iqvnvex Av‡›`vjb, XvKv, 1985 gy‡Lvcva¨vq, myLgq., cÖvK cjvkx evsjvi mvgvwRK I Avw_©K Rxeb (1700-1757) Lªxt, KwjKvZv, 1982 inxg, Gg. G., evsjvi gymjgvb‡ì BwZnvm, 3q LÊ, KwjKvZv 1986 Paper Code Paper Title:

231607

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

The Hague,


History of Modern Europe (since 1789)

Outline: French Revolution (1789)– Napoleon Bonaparte– Metternich Era–Concert of Europe – July Revolution (1830) – February Revolution (1848)- Napoleon III – Unification of Italy (1870) – Unification of (1871) – Eastern Question– Creamean War–Parris peace conference (1856)– Russian empire (1801-1917)– Congress of Berlin (1878) – Balkan Wars – Greek war of independence– OttomanEgyptian relation (1831-41)– Russo-Japanese War– World War I– Treaty of Versailles – Treaty of Sevres – Treaty of Lausanne– League of Nations- Bolshevik Revolution 1917- Second World War – Hitler – Mussolini – U.N.O. Reading List: Brown and Coysh., The Map Approach to Modern History, London, 1959 Carr, E.H., International Relations between the Two World Wars ( 1919-1939), London,1955 Carlyle, Thomas., The French Revolution, London, 1864 Cobban, Alfred., A History of Modern , 2 vols, (1799-1981, New York, 1966 Ergang, Robert., Europe, Boston, 1966 Fisher, H.A.L., History of Europe, Vol. II, London, 1951 Fletcher, E., World History, New York, 1968 Harold, J., Christopher, The Age of Napoleon, Oxford, 1952 Hazen, C.D., Europe Since 1815, London, 1935 Ketelbey, C.D.M., History of Modern Times, London, 1933 Myers, P.V.N., A Short History of Modern Times, London, 1966 Riker., A Short History of Modern Europe, London, 1967 Wells., H.G. The Outline of History, London, 1951 Lvb, Avjx AvmMi., AvaywbK BD‡iv‡ci BwZnvm, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1983 Kvjvg Aveyj., bv‡cv‡jI u †evbvcvZ© : iYbxwZ I KzUbxwZ, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1988 .................. ., BD‡ivcxq ivRbxwZ I KzUbxwZ, XKv wek¦we`¨vjq XvKv, 1988

.................. .,divmx wec−‡ei cUf‚wg , evsjv GKv‡Wgx XvKv, 1982 fyuBqv, †Mvjvg wKewiqv, AvšÍR©vwZK m¤úK© I AvaywbK BwZnvm Awfavb, XvKv, 2009


231609

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Muslim Minorities in the Contemporary World

Outline : Race and Ethnic group: Theories of migration and ethnicity –Minority religious minority and diasporic society Introduction and spread of Islam in Europe. Formation of Muslim communities in Europe: Early Muslim communities–conversion to Islam; Muslim migration in colonial and post-colonial times– living conditions, religious institutions and community organisations Islam and politics in Europe: Government policies and the legal system in the UK and – European Union’s foreign policy– ‘The War on Terrorism’ (?) Muslims in North America Islam in the USA: Migration of Muslims to America– Changes in the US legal system and Muslim community in the USA –Muslim religious groups and movements in the USA Muslims in Canada and the West Indies The Chinses Muslims – Ughuirs Muslims in Russia – the Chechens Myanmar: History of the Rohingyas and their current problems Muslims in Sri Lanka, Nepal and China Muslims in Philippines– Moro Muslims Recent Labour migration and Muslim communities in East Asia: Japan, Korea and Singapore Muslims in South Africa Reading List: Hunter, Shireen T. (Editor)., ISLAM: Europe’s Second Religion, London, 2002 Kettani, M. Ali., Muslim Minorities in the World Today, London and New York, 1986 Nielsen, Jorgen S., Muslims in Western Europe, Edinburgh, 2004 ............................, and Stefano Allievi (Editors). Muslim Networks and Transnational Communities in and across Europe, Leiden, 2003 Ramadan, Tariq., Western Muslims and the Future of Islam, Oxford, 2003 ..........................., To Be a European Muslim, Leicester, 1999 Svenberg, Ingvar and Westerlund, David. Islam Outside the Arab World, Richmond, 1999 Matar, Nabil., Islam in Britain 1558-1685, Cambridge, 1998 Saeed, Edward., Orientalism the Western Concept of Orient, New York, 1979 Smith, Jane., Islam in America, Columbia, 2000 Israeli, Raphael., Islam in China: Religion, Ethnicity, Culture and Politics, New York, 2002 Journal of the Muslim Minority Affairs, London


231611

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of Muslim istration (570-1258)

Outline: Background-Pre-Islamic Political Institutions-al-Mala: The city state of Mecca, Arab Tribal System- Arab istration under Prophet (sm) and Khulafa-i-Rashidun: Charter of MadinahSovereignty in Islam-Majlis-us-Shurah-Civil, Military, Judicial and Revenue istration under the Prophet Concept of Khilafat and mode of succession-istrative system under Khulafa-I-Rashidun, Central & Provincial istration-istration under the Ummayads: Central and Provincial

grovernment-various Diwans- istrative reforms of Umar-II-Development of Arab NavyMawali-Zimmi istration under Abbasids: Nature of istration-Wazarat-Central and Provincial government-Army-various Diwans: Judiciary-Revenue-Shurtah- Hisbah-Development of Arab Navy Reading List: Aghnides, N.P., Mohammadan Theories of Finance. Lahore, 1961 Arnold, T.W., The Caliphate, Oxford, 1974 Barakatullah, Mohammad., The Khilafat, Dhaka, 1970 Hamidullah, M., Muslim Conduct of State, Lahore, 1958 ........................, Rasul-i-Akram ki Siyasi Zindigi, Karachi, 1961 Hitti, P.K., History of the Arabs, ( 7th ed. ), London, 1961 Hussaini, S.A.Q., Arab istration , Lahore, 1956 .......................... The Constitution of Arab Empire, Lahore, 1959 Imamuddin, S.M., Arab Muslim istration, Karachi, 1976 Numani, Shibli., The Great Omar Al-Farook, 2 Vols. (tr. into English by Maulana Zafar Ali Khan), New Delhi, 1992 Siddiqui, S.A., Public Finance in Islam, Lahore, 1952 Al-Baladhuri., Al-Futuh-al-Buldan (tr. into English by P.K.Hitti), New York, 1966 Ibn Hawqal., Al-Masalik Wal Mamalik, Leiden, 1938 Ibn Ishaq., Sirat-i-Rasul Allah, Oxford, 1955 Muir, William., Annals of Early Caliphate, London, 1883 Watt, W. M., Muhammad at Mecca, Oxford, 1953 ......................, Muhammad at Medina, Oxford, 1956 Kwei, gwdRyj−vn, gymwjg mf¨Zvi ¯^Y©hyM, XvKv, 1987 Lvb, Avjx AvmMi I Ab¨vb¨. gymwjg cÖkvmb eë¯’vi µgweKvk, ivRkvnx, 1979 231613 Paper Code Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Paper Title: History of World Civilizations Outline: Civilization-elements of civilization-culture and civilization-prehistory-Paleolithic and Neolithic culture-factors behind origin and growth of civilization Ancient civilizations: Egypt-Mesopotamia: Sumer, Akkad, Bablyon, Assyria, Chaldea or New Babylonia, Phoenicians, Lydians-Hebrews-ancient Persia-Hittites-ancient Greece-Aegean (Minoan & Mycenean) civilization-Hellenistic Age-ancient India upto the 3rd century BC: the Indus Valley civilization-Ancient China Rome: Origins-early Republic-late Republic-Pax Romana-Graeco-Roman cultural synthesiseconomy-society-law & culture India: The Gupta Empire-the rise of Thaneshwar-Northern India after the Guptas-House of Thaneshwar-Harshvardhana and Sasasnka-The Northern dynasties-The Rajputs: society, economy and culture China: The T'ang Dynasty-Mongols Japan: Evolution of Japan Early Middle Ages: Rise of Christianity and the Fall of Rome-Byzantine Empire: economyOrthodox Church-art & architecture, Preservation of classical learning society-economy and cultureHoly Roman Empire-economic, social and political institutions in the High Middle ages: Feudalism and the Manorial system, agricultural revolution-Making of European nations or national monarchies (11th to 14th centuries): (a) England, , Spain; (b) Failure of national States: & Italy Crusades and rise of trade, towns and universities-transformation to modern times-religion and politics in the Later Middle Ages: decline of medieval church-Unification of Spain and PortugalInquisition, Hundred Years War-Economic Depression-Formation of Empire of Russia

Reading List: Andres, A., The Greeks, New York, 1967 Basham, A.C., The Wonder that was India, Teplinger, 1968 Burns, E.M. et al., Western Civilization, 10th edition, New York, 1984 Childe, V.G. What Happened in History, New York, 1943 ...................... ., New Light on the Most Ancient East, 14th edition, New York, 1957 ....................... ., Man Makes Himself, London, 1956 Doods, E.R., Pagan and Christian in an age of Anxiety, Cambridge, 1965 Frye R.N., The Heritage of Persia, New York, 1963 Gibbon, Edward., Decline And Fall of the Roman Empire (ed. by J.B. Bury), 7 Vols, London, 18961900 Hookham, Hilda., A Short History of China, New York, 1972 Macnill, William., The Rise of the West, Chicago, 1963 Orlinsky, H.M., Ancient Israel, 2nd edition, New York, 1960 hrs. Ralph and Burns., World Civilization, Karachi, 1961 Raychaudhuri, H.C., A Brief Survey of Indian History, London, 1952 Reither, Joseph., World History at a Glance, London, 1957 Stayer, J.R., Western Europe in the Middle Ages, 3rd edition, Glenview III, 1982 Thapar, Romila., A History of India, Vol. I. London, 1966 Walbank, T.W. et al., Civilization Past & Present, 5th edition, Glenview, 1982 eg©Y, †ieZx., mgvR I mf¨Zvi µgweKvk, XvKv, 1987 kvnbvIqvR, G.†K.Gg., wek¦mf¨Zvi BwZnvm, cÖ_g I wØZxq LÊ, cÖZxK cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, XvKv, 2003 nvwjg, Avãyj I Ab¨vb¨., gvby‡li BwZnvm, cÖvPxb hyM, XvKv, 1993 †nv‡mb, Avey †gv. †`‡jvqvi I Avãyj KzÏym, mf¨Zvi BwZnvm: cÖvPxb I ga¨hyM, XvKv, 2003


231615

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Development of Religious Principles, Institutions, Literature and Science in Islam

Outline: Part I : Religious Principles and Institutions

Concept of Religion–Major Religions–Distinctive Features of Islam–Ummah or Muslim MillatSources of Islam: al-Quran, al-Hadith and Sunnah, Ijma, Qiyas, Ijtihad–Four Sunni Schools of Fiqh (Jurisprudence)– fundamental principles of Islam: Iman (faith) in Allah–His Attributes–Malaika (Angels)– Kitab (Divine Scriptures)– Rasul (Prophets)– finality of Prophethood–Akhirah (Hereafter)– Jannat and Jahannam (Paradise & Hell)– Taqdir– Fundamental duties and obligations: al-Salat (Prayer), al-Sawam (Fasting), al-Zakat (alms giving), Hajj (Pilgrimage to holy Kaaba), Jihad against enemies of Islam and the evil-self (Nafs)– Marriage– Law of inheritance–Islamic festivals. Part II : Literature and Science a. Arabic literature: Al- Sab’a al- Mua’llaqat− Pre-Islamic poetical features of the Arabs, Poetry during Khulafa-i-Rashidun, Literary activities under the Umayyads: Oratory−Correspondence (Rasail) −Poetry−Qasida−Ghazal; Literary personalities: Umar Ibn Abi Rabiah−Al-Jarir−Al-Akhtal−AlFarazdaq. Literary Progress under the Abbasids: Belles-lettres−Badi al-Zaman−Al-Hamadani−AlHarriri−Abul-Faraj-al-Ispahani. Alf-Laylah-wa-Laylah (Thousand and One Nights Fables). Poetry: Bashshar, Abu Nuwas−Abu-al-Atahiya−Abu Tammams−Buhturi. b. Persian Poetry: Abul Qasim Firdausi −Umar al-Khayyam −Sadi −Hafeez− Jalaluddin Rumi −Abdur Rahman Jami. c. Science: Greek Legacy and independent inquiry of the Arab scientists on the following fields: Alchemy : Jabir Ibn Hayyan; Medicine: Alim al-Razi−Ali al-Tabari, Al-Majusi, Ibn-Sina; Astronomy, Mathematics: Al-Khawarizmi, Al Battani, Umar al-Khayyam; Astrology: Al-Jahiz; Geography: Greek antecedents, Geographers: Al-Idrisi−Al-Istakhri−Ibn Hawqal−Muqaddas (Maqdisi) −alHamadani−al-Yaquti, their influence upon the West.

Reading List: Ahmad , Panaullah., Creator And Creation, Islamic Foundation, Dhaka, 1986 Al-Gazzali, Abu Hamid., Yahya al-Ulum al-Deen (The Revival of Religious Learning, tr. into English by Maulana Fazlul Karim), Dhaka, 1971 Ali, Kazi Ayub., Introduction to Islamic Culture, Dhaka, 1962 Grunebeaum, Alfred., The Faith of Islam, London, 1976 Hakim, Khalifa Abdul., Islamic Ideology, Lahore, 1974 Hashim, Abul., The Creed of Islam, Islamic Foundation, Dhaka, 1980 Hitti, P.K., Islam: A Way of Life, London, 1970 Lammens, H., Islam Belief and Institutions, New Delhi, 1979 Macdonald, Duncan Black., Development of Muslim Theology. Jurisprudence And Constitutional Theory, London- 1902 ..............................., The Religious Attitude And Life in Islam, Beirut, 1965 Ali,Muhammad., The Religion of Islam, Lahore 1950 Nadvi, S.A.H., The Five Pillars of Islam, Lucknow, 1972 Pickthal, M., Marmaduke. The Meaning of the Glorious Quran, New York, 3rd (edition), 1954 Rahim, Abdur., The Principles of Muhammadan Jurisprudence, Lahore 1968 Rahman, Ahmadur., Islam A Glorious Teaching, Dhaka, 1993 Shushtery, A.M.A., Outlines of Islamic Culture, Bangalore, 1938 Tritton, A. S., Muslim Theology, Bristol, 1947 Wensinck, A.J., Muslim Creed, Cambridge, 1932 Browne, E.G., A Literary History of Persia, 4 Vols., London, 1902-1906 Faridi, Abid Hasan., An Outline History of Persian literature. Delhi, 1927-28 Fitzgerland, E., Rubaiyyat of Umar Khayyam. London, 1909 Hitti, P.K., Islam and the West, Princeton, 1962 Huart, A., History of Arabic Literature, London, 1903 Lal, J.W., An Introductory History of Persian Literature, New York, 1978 Levy, Reuben., Persian Literature an Introduction, London, 1968 Nasr, Seyyed Hossain., Science And Civilization In Islam, Massachusetts., U.S.A, 1968 Nicholson R.A.., Literary History of the Arabs, Cambridge, 1930, Reprint, 1948 Rumi, Jalal Uddin., Mathnawi, (Translated into English by R. A. Nicholson), London, 1960 hrs. Sarton, George., Introduction to the History of Science, 3 Vols. New York, 1968 knx`yj−vn, gyn¤§`., `xIAvb -B-nvwdR, XvKv, 1959 DÏxb, gynv¤§` gybmyi., Biv‡bi Kwe, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1375 (evsjv mb) eiKZzj−vn, gyn¤§`., cvim¨ cÖwZfv, 1g I 2q LÊ, XvKv, 1965 BDmyd, gbxiDÏxb., kvnbvgv, 1g LÊ , evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1991 ingvb, MvRx kvgmyi., Bmjv‡gi cÂ ¯—¤¢, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb, XvKv, 1982 Avhgx, b~i gynv¤§`., nvw`‡mi ZË¡ I BwZnvm, XvKv, 1966

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Islamic Studies


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Islamic Studies Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title Study of al-Tafsir Principles and History of Tafsir Literature Muslim Philosophy and Philosophers Sufism and some Prominent Sufis and their Contribution Economic System in Islam Study of Islamic Law, Personal Law and Law of Inheritance in Islam Ethics and Values in Islam History of Muslim World Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4

100 100

4 4

100 100 800

4 4 32


231801 Study of al-Tafsir

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


231803 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Principles and History of Tafsir Literature


This paper will focus on the following topic: Texual study of Tafsir of Surah al-Anfal a) Book Prescribed: 1. Al-Baidawi : Anwar al-Tanzil wa Asrar al-Tawil. Books Recommended : 1. 2. 3. 4.

Mufti Muhammad Shafi : Tafsir-e-Ma’arif al-Quran Maulana Ashraf Ali Thanawi : Bayan- al-Quran Al-Sabuni : Safwat al-Tafasir Abdullah Yusuf Al : The Holy Quran


This paper will focus on the following topics: a)

Principles of Tafsir: Importance of Knowing asbab al-Nuzul, Asbab al-Tankir wal Ta’rif; Damir alFasl, Damir al-Shan wa'l Qissa; Wjuh al-Ifrad wa'1 Jam', al-'Am and al-Khas; al-Mutlaq and alMuqayyad; Amsal al-Quaran; Aqsam al-Quran; al-Muhkam and al-Mutashabih; Izaz al-Quran; alNasikh wa'l Mansukh.

b)

History of Tafsir: Study of Tafsir during the period of the prophet (SM.), the shahabah, the Tabiun and Tabi Tabiun; Biographies of the following Mufassirs: Ibn Jarir al-Tabari; Ibn Kathir; Jar-Allah al-Zamakhashari, Fakhr al-Din al-Razi and Al-Qadi al-Baidawi.

a)

Book Prescribed: 1. Jalal al-Din al-Suyuti: Al-Itqan.

Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 1. 2.

Mufti Muhammad Shafi : Tafsir-e-Ma’arif al-Quran Maulana Ashraf Ali Thanawi : Bayan- al-Quran Al-Sabuni : Safwat al-Tafasir A Yusuf Al : The Holy Quran Badr al-Din al-Zarkashi : Al-Burhan Fi ‘Ulum al-Quran Mann'a Qattan : Mabahish Fi’Ulum al-Quran Dr. Subhi Saleh : Mabahis Fi Ulum al Quran Al-Qasim al-Qaisn : Tarikh al-Tafsir Abdus Samad Sarim : Tarikh al-Tafsir Maulana Abdul Haque : Tarikh-i-‘Ilm-i-Tafsir W. †gvnv¤§` †ejvj †nv‡mb : gydvmwmi cwiwPwZ I Zvdmxi ch©v‡jvPbv W. gynv¤§` kwdKzj−vn : ÔDjygyÕj KziÔAvb


231805 Marks: 100 Muslim Philosophy and Philosophers

Credits: 4


This paper will consist of the following topics:Origin of Muslim Philosophy, Nature and Scope of Muslim philosophy; Muslim Philosophy and Philosophy of Islam; General Characteristics of Muslim Philosophy; Different Theological Schools in Islam: Sunni, Shia, Khar-ijites, Murjites, Jabrites, Qadarites; Mutazilites and Asharites; Ikhwan al-Safa: Sufism. Muslim Philosophers : Al-Kindi, Ai-Farabi, Ibn Sina, Ibn Bajjah; Ibn Tufail, Al-Ghazali, Ibn Rushd, Ibn Khaldun, Allahma Iqbal; Jamaluddin Afgani, and Shah Waliullah. Books Recommended: 1. T.J. De Boer 2. Fakhiry, M. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

: History of Philosophy in Islam, London, 1965 : A Histor of Islanic Philosophy, New York, 1970 Hai, S.A. : Muslim Philosophy, Dhaka, 1982 Hakim, K.A. : Islamic Ideology, Lahore, 1974; [evsjv Abyev` : mvB‡q` Avãyj nvB, Bmjvgx fveaviv, XvKv, 1987] Iqbal, M. : The Secret of the Self (Asrar-e-Khudi) Eng. tr. R. A. Nicholson, Lahore, 1950 Quasem, M.A. : The Ethics of al-Ghazzali, New York, 1979 Rahman, S. : An lrtroduction to Islamic Culture and Plilosophy, Dhaka, 1970 Sharif, M.M. (ed.) : A History of Muslim Philosophy, 2 Vols. Wiesbaden, , Otto Harrassowitz, 1963 Sharif, M. M. : Muslim'Thought & Its Origin and Achievements, Lahore, 1959 Watt, W. M. : Islamic Philosophy and Theology; 1979 Avwgbyj Bmjvg :gymwjg `k©b I ms¯‹…wZ, bI‡ivR wKZvwe¯—vb, XvKv, 4_© cÖKvk, 2001 Avwgbyj Bmjvg : gymwjg ag© ZË¡ I `k©b, gvIjv eªv`vm©, XvKv, 3q gy`ªY, 2000 Avng` kixd : mydx mvwnZ¨, mgq cÖKvkbx, XvKv, 2002 gyn¤§` Ave`yj evix : gymwjg `k©b : ag©ZË¡ I ms¯‹…wZ, nvmvb eyK nvDm, XvKv, 2001 †gv: Avãyj nvwjg : gymwjg `k©b : †PZbv I cÖevn, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1998 †Mvjvg mvKjv‡qb : evsjv‡`‡ki m~dx mvaK, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k, PZz_© ms¯‹iY, 1987


231807 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Sufism and Some Prominent Sufis and their Contribution

Edinburgh,


This paper will consist of the following topics: Sufism Definition of Sufism with the meaning of the word Sufi; origin and development of Sufism; Principles of Sufism; Internal and external Sources of Sufism; Sufi doctrines; Fana and Baqa; Sufi order; Sufism in Bangladesh; Sufism and Orthodox Islam. Some Prominent Sufis and their Contribution Lives of Some prominent Sufis such as Hasan al-Basri, Ibrahim bin-Adham, Abu Hashim Kufi, Dhunnun al-Misri, Bayazid al-Bostami, Junaid al-Baghdadi, Mansur al Hallaj; Imam Ghazali, Hazrat Abdul Quader Jilani, Khawja Muinuddin Chisti, Nizamuddin Awlia, Hazrat Shah Jalal, Shah Paran;

Shah Amanat, Sharaf Uddin Abu Tawama, Shah Sharafuddin Munayri, Baba Adam Shahid, Shah Makhdum, Shah Doulah, Shah Sultan Roposh, Moulana Karamat Ali, Khan Jahan Ali, Nur Qutbul Alam, Shah Fariduddin, Nur Muhammad Nizampuri, Shah Sufi Fateh Ali, Shah Sufi Nisaruddin Ahmad, Shah Abu Bakar Siddiqi, Shah Abdul Hai Siddiqi, Hazi Shariat Ullah, Pir Dudumia and Shah Imamuddin, Ahmad Ullah Maizbhandari. Books Recommended 1. Saiyed Abdul Hai : Muslim Philosophy 2. Dr. Muhammad Ishaq : India’s Contribution to the Study of Hadith Literature 3. W. Av.b.g. iBQ DwÏb : m~dxev` I cÖvmw½K welq 4. W. iwk`yj Avjg : gymwjg `k©‡bi BwZnvm 5. gynv¤§` i“ûj Avgxb : gymwjg ms¯‹…wZi BwZnvm 6. W. dwKi Ave`yi iwk` : m~dx `k©b 7. W. KvRx `xb gyn¤§` : m~dxev` I Avgv‡ì mgvR 8. Bgvg Mvhvjx, ZvmvDd Ges Bmjv‡gi †gŠwjK wk¶v, g`xbv cvewj‡Kkb, XvKv 2001 9. kvn wbmvi DÏxb, wgbnvRyj Iqvm~j, QviQxbv `vi“”Qybœvr jvB‡eªix, wc‡ivRcyi, 2006 10. gvIjvbv Avhxhyi ingvb †bQviev`x, Bmjvg I ZvQvId, †bQviev`, SvjKvwV 11. gydZx gvIjvbv †gvnv¤§` Avjx, K¡je ms‡kvab, g`xbv cvewj‡KkÝ, XvKv, 2002 12. gynv¤§` gy¯—dv nvgx`x, LvhxbvZzj Aveivi, QviQxbv `vi“”Qybœvr jvB‡eªix, wc‡ivRcyi, 2005 13. Bgvg Mvhvjx, Gmjv‡n bd&m, ikx` eyK nvDm, XvKv, 2001 14. gvIjvbv Avãyj Lv‡jK, †QivRyQ-Qv‡jKxb, †mev cvewj‡KkÝ, wmwe-110 gnvLvjx, XvKv 1402 15. W. Av.d.g. Avey eKi wmÏxK, i“‡ni †LvivK, gyRv‡Ïw`qv Kg‡c·, cj−ex, XvKv 2004 16. Avjvgv nvwdh Bebyj Kvwq¨g, i“‡ni inm¨, Avnmvb cvewj‡KkÝ, Avnmvb cvewj‡KkÝ, XvKv 1998 17. Lvbevnv`yi AvnQvbDjvn, Qzdx, XvKv, Avnmvwbqv wgkb, XvKv, 1996 18. W. Ave`yj Kwig : evsjvi gymjgvb‡ì mvgvwRK BwZnvm 19. Ave`yj Kwig : gymwjg evsjvi BwZnvm I HwZn¨ 20. ‡Mvjvg mvKjv‡qb : evsjv‡`‡ki m~dx 21. AvmKvi Be‡b kvqL : gymwjg Avg‡j evsjvi kvmbKZ©v 22. gvneyeyi ingvb : gymwjg evsjvi Afy¨`q 23. AveŸvm Avjx Lvb : evsjvi gymjgvb‡ì BwZnvm 24. gvIjvbv Gg Ievq`yj nK : evsjv‡`‡ki cxi AvIwjqvMY 25. ikx` Avng` : evsjv‡`‡ki m~dx mvaK

26. ‡gveviK Kwig RInvi : fvi‡Zi m~dx (1g, 2q I 3q LÊ) 27. gvIjvbv b~i“i ingvb : Zvh&‡KivZzj AvIwjqv


231809 Marks: 100 Economic System in Islam

Credits: 4


This paper will consist of the following topics: Meaning, Nature, Scope and Sources of lslamic Economic System; Islamic Economy Compared to modern Economic System; Tax structure in Islam; Zakat, Ushar, Kharaj and Sadaqat, Factors of Production; Concept of Ownership; Concept of income and expenditure in Islam; Land policy of Islam; concept of profit and interest in Islam. Books Recommended : 1. Imam Abu Yusuf : Kitab al-Kharaj 2. A.I. Qureshi : Islam and Thoery of Interest 3. Dr. M. A. Mannan : Islamic Economics: Theory and Practice

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

M. Raihan Sharif : Guidelines to Islanic Economics (Nature, Concepts and Principles) Dr. Abdul Mannan Chowdhury : An outline of Islamic Economics : Theory and Practice gvIjvbv gynv¤§v` Ave`yi inxg : Bmjv‡gi A_©bxwZ W. Gg.G. gvbœvb : Bmjvgx A_©bxwZ : ZË¡ I cÖ‡qvM Av.R.g.kvgmyj Avjg : Bmjvgx A_©bxwZi iƒc‡iLv gydZx gynv¤§` kdx : Bmjv‡g f~wg eë¯’v kvn gynv¤§` nvexeyi ingvb : Bmjvgx A_©bxwZ : wbe©vwPZ cÖeÜ W. gynv¤§` BDm~d ingvb, Bmjv‡gi A_©‰bwZK gZv`k© kvn& Avãyj nvbœvb, Bmjvgx A_©bxwZ: `k©b I Kg©‡KŠkj m¤úv`bv cwil`, Avj KziAv‡b A_©bxwZ, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k W. ‡K, G, Gb, Gm, Avãyj−vn Rvnv½xi, evsjv‡`‡k Dki dm‡ji hvKvZ: ¸i“Z¡ I cÖYqb ‡gvt Aveyj dvZvn BqvnBqv, Bmjvgx A_©bxwZi AvaywbK iƒcvqb


231811 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Study of Islamic Law, Personal Law and Law of Inheritance in Islam

This paper will consist of the following topics:a)

This section will cover the following Topics: Nikah (Marriage), Talaq (Divorce)

Nikah (Marriage) : Definition; the words by which marriage is contracted and not contracted. goals, purpose witnesses and Their qualifications. Muharramat : Mentioning of the women with whom marriage is unlawful; Nikaha Mut’ah and Nikaha Muwaqqat (Temporary marriage). Wali and Kufo (Guardianship and equality) : Who is one allowed to marry? Qualities to look for a spouse. The Mahr or Dowary : meaning, amount of Mahr, various types of Masalah and solution related to mahr or dower. Nikahao-Raqeq (The Marriage of slaves) Nikahao-Ahle-Shirk (The marriage of infidels) Riza or fosterage : Difinition and tenets related to Riza or fosterage. Talaq or Divorce : meaning, the Talaq-al-sunna or Regular Divorce, Execution of Divorce, Delegation of Divorce, Divorce by a conditional vow, the Divorce of the sick, Rijat or returning to a divorced wife, Ila, Khoola, Zihar, Liaan or Imprecation, Impotence, Iddah, the Establishment of parentage, Hijanan or the care of infant children and Nafaqa or expersesle. Book prescribed: 1. Burhan al-Din al-Marginani : Al-Hidalya b) This section will cover the following topics: Personal Law and Law of Inheritance in Islam Definition of Ilm al-Farayid (Law of inheritance) Meaning of the Dhawil Furud; different kinds, and their rights; Definition of al-Asaba; and their kinds. Meaning of al-Aul aand its kinds. Definition of ‘Tamasul; Tadakhul; Tawafuq and ‘Tabayun. Definition of ‘al-Rad’ and its method. Definition of ‘al-Munsasakha’ and its method.

Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27.

Joseph scha cht: An Introcution to Islamic law. A.B.M. Hossain : Criminal Laws in Islam. Allama Muhammad Iqbal: The Reconstruction of Religious Thought in Islam, Lahore, 1954. Suhbi Mahmassani : Falasafa Al-Rashri fi Al-Islam, Beirut, 1961. Muhammad Al-Khudri: Tarikh Al-Tashri Al-Islam, Cairo, 1964. W.W. Hunter : The Indian Mussalman, Calcutta, 1986. H.A.R. Gibb. Mohammadanism : An Historical Survery. Abd al-Wahhab Khallaf : Khulassat Tarikh Al-Tashiri Al-Islami Beirut, 1968. Burhan Uddin Al-Maarghinani : Al-Hidya Sirajul Haq : Al-Siraji Robert Roberts : The Social Laws of the Quran Muhammad Mustafa Khan : Islamic Law of Inheritance (A new approach) Islamic Foundation : Codified Islamic Law Dr. Jamal Badawi : Islamic Teaaching Paper Moulana Fazlur Rahman Ashrafi : Rights of Women in Islamic Inheritance and Farayez Shah Abdul Hannan : Social Laws of Islam. Charles Hamilton : The Hedaya MvRx kvgQzi ingvb : gymwjg cvwievwiK AvBb Ave`yi inxg : Bmjvgx AvBb Z‡Ë¡i weKvk I cwiwPwZ knx` mvB‡q` Ave`yj Kv‡ì AvI`v : Bmjvgx AvBb ebvg gvbe iwPZ AvBb| Bmjvgx AvBb wewae×KiY †evW© BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k : wewae× Bmjvgx AvBb| mvwn`v †eMg : gymwjg AvBb I cvwievwiK Av`vjZ KvRx kvgQzi ingvb : dviv‡qh Avwjgy¾vgvb †PŠayix : evsjv‡`‡k gymwjg AvBb MvRx kvgQzi ingvb : Bmjvgx AvBb byi“j †gv‡gb : gymwjg AvBb ‡gvnv¤§` gwRei ingvb : gymwjg I cvwievwiK AvBb cwiwPwZ


231813 Marks: 100 Ethics and Values in Islam

Credits: 4


This paper will consist of the following topics: Definition, scope and source of ethics, The place of ethics in Islam. the relation between religion and ethics, ethical systems : religious and secular, Significance of the akhlaq and ‘amal in the context of ethical behaviour, Moral duties and obligations : Duties to Allah, family, believers, nonhuman beings, the self. Study of selected verses from the Holy Quran and Hadith from prophetic sunna relating to central ethical concepts such as Khayr (good) ma’ruf and munker, adl (justice), rahmah (mercy). Selected contemporary ethical problems such as economic injustice, Gambling and lottery, Interest, Bribery, Falshood, Deceiving, Theft, Robbery, Hijacking, Drug-addiction, Deprivation of right, killing, violence, sexuality and problems related to the medical profession and their solutions from Islamic perspective. Books Recommended 1. B.A. Dar, Quranic Ethics, Institure of Islamic Culture, Lahore, 1979 2. Muhammad Al-Ghazali : Muslim’s Character, Hindustan Publications Bombay, 1982 3. Fazlur Rahman Ansari: The Quranic Foundations and Structure of Muslim Society, vols. I & II, WFIM, Kaarachi, 1977. 4. Amin Ahsan Islahi : How to Attain True Piety and Righteousness. 5. M. Yusuf Islahi : Etiquette of Life in Islam. 6. Joseph Gric : Moral Choices, West Publishing Company, New York, 1989

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Abu Hamid Al-Ghazali : Ihya’ Ulum al Din Ansari, M.A.H.: The Ethical Philosophy of Miskawayh, A.M.U. Aligarh, 1964. M. Umaruddin : The Ethical Philosophy of al-Zhazzali, Lahore, 1977. Hasna Begum : Ethics in Social Practice, Dhaka, Academic Press. Majid Fakhry : Ethics Theories in Islam. Rokeach, M (1987) : Understanding Human Values, New York. G.Gd. †gv: Gbvgyj nK : g~j¨‡eva wK I †Kb ? BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k, XvKv-1207


231815

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of Muslim World

This paper will cover the following: The geographical location and the political, cultural and economic conditions of the following Muslim countries: kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Islamic Republic of Iran, Iraq, Egypt, Algeria, Libya, Indonesia, Malaysia, Pakistan, Sudan, Palestine, Maldives and Bangladesh. Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

A. Karim : Social History of Muslims in Bengal M.A Rahim : Social and Culrural History of Bengal W. Gm.Gg. nvmvb : Bmjvg I AvaywbK wek¦ ‡gvnv¤§` g~mv Avbmvix : B‡›`v‡bwkqv I gvj‡qkxqvi HwZnvwmK µgweKvk †K. Avjx : ga¨ cÖv‡Pï BwZnvm †mvnive DwÏb Avnv¤§` : gymwjg Rvnvb, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k GwkqvwUK †mvmvBwU Ae evsjv‡`k : evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm W. G. Kwig : cvK fvi‡Zi gymwjg kvmb W. Ave`yj gywgb †PŠayix, wmivRyj Bmjvg I G we Gg gvngy` : evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Library and Information Science (LIS)


1

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Library and Information Science (LIS) Session: 2013-2014

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 233801 233803 233805 233807 233809 233811 233813 233815

Paper Title Information Networking and Resource Sharing Database Design and Application Documentation International and Comparative Librarianship Research Methodology and Studies Automation of Library and Information Centres Indexing and Abstracting Information and Communication Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

OBJECTIVES (1) To give the students an understanding of the basic principles of fundamental laws of Library and Information Science and to enable them to understand and appreciate the functions, purposes and services of Libraries and Information Organizations in this fast changing world of ‘Information Age’. (2) To train the students in the techniques of Information Management and equip them with the latest developments in Information Technology (IT) and its applications in libraries and information centres. (3) To acquaint the students with the organizations and development of the Universe of Knowledge.

2

Details Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title:

233801

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Information Networking and Resources Sharing

Unit 1 Resource sharing and information networking: definition, origin and gradual development; scope and importance of information networking; fields and objectives of information resource sharing; functions and activities of information networking and resource sharing Unit 2 Basic agreements of library networking and resource sharing; limitations/barriers; methods of information networking and resource sharing; components of networking; essential factors, tools and logical techniques for networking and resource sharing Unit 3 Networking configurations: definitions, types, procedures, tools and techniques; network topologies Unit 4 Application and usefulness of computer technologies in information networking; LAN, WAN and Internet; types of LAN and WAN; network protocols Unit 5 Introduction to Internet; Internet application and services; tools of Internet; operational problems and Internet communications; Web pages and Web sites Unit 6 National, regional and international library networking systems in major information institutions around the world; problems and prospects of library networking system with special reference to Bangladesh

Reading list: Chandel and Veena S. Planning Library Resource Sharing. Arnold, D.V. The Management of the Information department. Eyer, J. and Kent, A. Resource Sharing Techniques. Henely, J. P. Computer Based Library and Information System. Marlin, E. W. Computers and Information System. Tonks, P. Computers and System: an introduction for Librarians.


Marks: 100 233803 Database Design and Application

Credits: 4


Unit 1 Basic concepts of data, information, bit, byte, field, and record; evolution, purpose and functions of database Unit 2 Organization of file: direct access files; sequential access files; data files; program Files: inverted/indexed files; buffer management; file addressing; access methods, physical, sequential, indexed sequential, index random, direct, inverted, hashing; data retrieval, flat, hierarchical and multiple structure; data storage devices, different secondary storage devices Unit 3 Database design: functional steps in database design; database models, relational DM, hierarchical DM, network DM; data integrity; file systems; access control; data security, back-up and recovery Unit 4 Introduction to some available database management software: DBMS packages; recent trends in library database management; problems and prospects of database management systems in Bangladesh Unit 5 Development of database using CDS/ISIS package: CDS/ISIS system overview, hardware requirement, software installation, steps in database development in ISIS environment, deg data structure, data entry worksheet, inverted file and display format, prepared data for computer use, rules for data entry,

3

searching and retrieval logic, sorting and printing. Exporting and importing data, data security, control and recovery, customizing the package (Practical) Reading list: Buxton, A. and Hopkinson, A. The CDS/ISIS Handbook. Everest, G. C. Database Management: Objectives, System Functions and istration. Kooth, H. F. and Silberschatz, A. Database System Concepts. Martin, J. Computer Database Organization. Wiederhold, G.O. Relational Databases: Concepts, Selection and Implementation


233805 Documentation

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Unit 1 Basic concept of document, documentation and information retrieval; meaning and definitions of documents, kind of documents, sources of documents Unit 2 Documentation: definitions and development, aims, scope and types, active and ive, documentation work and services, distinctions and relationships among documentation, librarianship and information science. Unit 3 Documentation techniques: preparation of documentation lists, document collection and scanning, content analysis, file organization Unit 4 Concepts, types, purposes, methods o disseminating current information, criteria for assessment or current information, current awareness service (CAS), definition, purpose characteristics, types and channels, selective dissemination of information (SDI) service, definition, techniques and procedures of providing SDI service, conversion process of CAS into SDI, difference between CAS and SDI, profile, definition, principle of construction, characteristics, model of profile, methods of notification. Unit 5 Documentation and information services in Bangladesh with special reference to BANSDOC, BIDS, ICCDDR,B, AIC, etc.

Reading list: Guha, B. Documentation and Information retrieval. Sengupta, B. and Chatterjee, M. Documentation and Information Retrieval. Lancastester, F. W. Information Retrieval System. Rowley, J.E. and Turner, C.M.D. The Dissemination of Information. Rowley, J. Mechanized In-house Information System Vickery, B.C. Techniques of Information Retrieval.


233807

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


International and Comparative Librarianship

Unit 1 Definition of comparative librarianship; comparative librarianship and international librarianship; benefits and goals; comparative librarianship and comparative sciences; comparative method as a scientific method; types of comparative librarianship Unit 2 Library systems in USA, UK, JAPAN and SAARC countries; public libraries and media centres; academic Libraries; special libraries and information centres; national libraries Unit 3 The role of national and international organization; role of library associations in the development of libraries in both developed and developing countries

4

Unit 4 Education for librarianship in developed and developing countries: USA, UK, Pakistan, India and Bangladesh Unit 5 Library legislations in USA, UK, India, Pakistan and Bangladesh Unit 6 Interlibrary cooperation and resource sharing in different countries Unit 7 Application of new technologies in the UK, USA, Japan, India and Bangladesh Unit 8 Application of information technologies in Bangladesh with comparison to developed and developing countries Reading list: Kawatra, P. S. Comparative and International Librarianship. Kawatra, P. S. Encyclopedia of Library and Information Science Education. Allen K. Encyclopedia of Library and Information Science. Whathy, A. International and Comparative Librarianship Group Handbook. Parker, J. S. Unesco and Library development Planning. Foskett, D. J. Readers in Comparative Librarianship


233809

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Research Methodology and Studies

Unit 1 Concept of Research: historical growth and development of research, its objectives, types and significance. Research paradigm: positivist, interpretative, action research model, research processes, criteria of good research, qualities and ethics of research, area of research in library and information science; different methods of research Unit-2 Research problem: concept of research problem, Characteristics of research problem; sources of information, personal experience, literature review, theories, paradigm, Hypothesis, scope of hypothesis, testing of hypothesis, selection of research problems, techniques involved in defining a problem, different steps involved in writing a research proposal. Unit 3 Research design (RD): Meaning, need, features of a good research design, concepts relating to RD, different types of RD, basic principles of experimental design. Unit 4

Methods of research: survey, case study, historical documentary research, characteristics, advantages, limitations and techniques, collection of primary data, observation method, interview method, questionnaire method, other methods, their advantages and disadvantages, deg questionnaire and structured interview

Unit 5

Sampling: concepts, characteristics, requirement of a good sample, types of sampling, random and purposive sampling, systematic sampling, cluster, multiple sampling, sampling errors

Unit 6 Data collection techniques: questionnaires, mailed, structured, non-structured, close-ended and openended questionnaire; Interviews, structured and non-structured; Observations, structured, nonstructured and participatory; selection of appropriate method in of research problems, understanding sources and note taking Unit 7

Data Processing and Analysis: Editing- central editing, field editing; coding and decoding; tabulation; application of statistics and statistical package in data processing

Unit 8 studies: definition, importance, types of library , methods and techniques of studies Unit 9 Report writing and evaluation: writing a research report, characteristics of a good research report; deg framework of a research report, drafting report, reviewing and editing, rules for using

5

quotations, footnotes, references and bibliographies, Techniques and criteria for the evaluation of a report Reading list: Good, C. and Scates, D.E. Methods of Research. Kothari, C.R. Research Methodology: methods and techniques. Kumar, K. Research Methods in Library and Information Science. Nachimias, C. F. and Nachimias, D. Research Methods in social sciences. Raj, H. Theory and Practice in Social Research. Stewart N. B. Operations Resaerch methods: A general approach in primary health care PRICOR. Zainul Abeden, M.A. A Handbook of Research for the Fellows of M.Phil. and Ph.D. Programmes.


233811

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Automation of Library and Information Centres

Unit-1: Library automation: definition and basic functions and component of an automated library system of library automations. Operational functions: Acquisition, cataloguing; processing, serial control, services to the s, circulation function, reference service, collection maintenance, ing and budgeting, public relations Unit-2: Automated Acquisition: application of IT, computer aided verification of frequents, online and offline access, access to publishers databases, ordering, accession and notification to s Unit-3: Automated processing: locating, creating, editing, machine readable cataloguing, development and maintenance of CD-ROM databases Unit-4: Circulation functions: introduction to different types of circulation systems (CS) and application of IT, technology/instruments required in a CS; Data item to be considered in CS. Record Keeping, inventory and overdue functions; charging systems; creating and maintaining profiles; checking materials in and out; reservation systems Unit-5: Information Systems: access to in-house databases and retrieval issues, CD-ROM search, access through online web-pages, web-sites and remote CD-ROM data bases. Application of IT in different services: CAS, SDI, Preparation of reading list, bibliographies, indexing, etc.; information storage and retrieval issues Unit-6: Automated function: Library correspondence, inventory, electronic spreadsheet, database creation and maintenance, management issues in library automation, recent treads and development of library automation in Bangladesh Reading list: Kazi Mostak G. H. Tatthya Protishthaner Shayangkriyakaran Duvel, B. K. and Linda M. Automated Library Systems: a librarian’s guide and teaching manual. Kent, A. Planning for Library Automation. Ojha, D.C. Computer Application in Library & Information Science. Rice, J. Introduction to Library Automation. Rowley, J. Computer for Libraries. Rowley, J. The Electronic Library.


Marks: 100 233813 Indexing and Abstracting

Credits: 4


Unit-1: Indexing: definition of index, origin and development, importance and types of indexes-author index, alphabetic subject index, classified, cumulative and collective and subject index

6

Unit-2: Indexing methods: steps in indexing, indexing aids, rules, manuals, operatives system; subject determination, different techniques, citation indexing, Pre co-ordinate indexing, post co-coordinating indexing, chain indexing, POPSI, PRECIS, KWIC, KWOC, etc.; rules of arranging index entries; tools for an indexes Unit-3: Book indexing: principles techniques and entries, heading, subheading, style and layout Periodical indexing: techniques and arrangement; newspaper indexing; indexing non-book materials including music, sound recordings, films, etc.; computer-based indexing systems Unit-4: Concepts of indexing language: vocabulary control; deg a treasures; subject determination Unit-5: Index evaluation: different methodologies, recall, precision and cost-analysis Unit-6: Definition, importance, aims and objectives, types of abstracts; qualities of a good abstract; abstract vs. bibliography; abstract vs. index Unit-7: Methods and procedure of abstracting, international standards of abstracting, evaluation of abstracts; online abstracting systems Unit-8: Recent trends is indexing and abstracting services; problems and prospects of indexing of abstracting services in Bangladesh

Reading list: Borka. H. B. C.L. Abstracting Concepts and Methods Collison, R.L. Indexes and Indexing. Doxle, L.D. Indexing and Abstracting. Knight, N. G. The Indexes: training indexing. Rowley, J.E. Abstracting and Indexing Bryandt, M. S. Bibliographies, Abstracts and Indexes Oswald, V. A & Others. Automatic indexing and abstracting of the contents and documents


Marks: 100 233815 Information and Communication

Credits: 4


Unit 1 Nature of Information: Concepts of data, information and knowledge; Data processing; Nature, characteristics and properties of information; Types and parameters of information; Information explosion; Theories of information Unit 2 Information and Social Change: Changing context of the society; Information as a human resource and its role in social change; Information society; Infoculture; Information science and its linkage with other disciplines Unit 3 Information Need and Access to Information: Information and its use; Nature of information need/different approaches of information; Information needs covering a wide cross-section of people; Barriers to access to information; Functions of information services in overcoming the difficulties of information s Unit-4 Information Resource Management (IRM): Definition, objectives and elements of Information Management; Functions of IRM; Techniques of IRM; Role of IT in IRM; Global IT-management; Global challenges of IRM; Ethical and social dimensions of IT; MIS; Information management and policies at national and international levels: national information policy; duties and responsibilities of an information manager Unit-5 Information Systems: Concept of information systems; Components and types of information systems; Information systems crime; Managing information systems performance and security

7

Unit-6

Information communication: Information cycle: generation, collection, storage, transmission, and dissemination of Information; Communication: definition, communication process; Functions/role, forms/types, good qualities of communication; Barriers to communication; various models of communication

Unit-7 Media of communication: oral, documentary, audio-visual, mass media, and electronic media of communication; Library as a media of communication; Communication tools and techniques; Internet and its impact on library environment Unit-8 Telecommunications: concept of telecommunications; telecommunications network model (components); factors affecting telecommunications; role of telecommunications in information systems; problems and prospects of telecommunications in Bangladesh Reading list: Foskett, A. C. The subject approach to information. Gupta, B. In the library and information science horizon Omar A. M. Business communication: theory and application, Parida, B. Studies on information systems, services and programs in India and abroad. Roise, A. M. Information and communication theory Sharma, C. K. and Arya, S.B. Documentation, information science and automation in libraries.

8

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Philosophy


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Philosophy Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title Ancient Philosophical Classics : Plato and Aristotle Modern Philosophical Classics : Hume and Kant Symbolic Logic Moral Philosophy of Immanuel Kant and J.S. Nill Philosophy of the Bangalees : Ancient and Medieval Muslim Philosophers Indian Philosophy : Theistic School Philosophy of Education Total =

2

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus 231701


Marks: 100

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs.

Ancient Philosophical Classics : Plato and Aristotle

Students will be expected to have a thorough knowledge of the problems discussed in the following texts: Texts : 1. Plato, The Republic, tr. A. D. Lindsay, London, 1961 Abyev` : mi`vi dRjyj Kwig: †c−‡Uvi wicvewjK, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1982 2. Aristotle, Metaphysics, tr. W. D. Ross, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970 Abyev` : Ave`yj Rwjj wgqv: Gwi÷U‡ji Awawe`¨v, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1988 Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Allan, D. J. : The Philosophy of Aristotle, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970 Boyd, W. : An Introduction to the Republic of Plato, London: George Allen and Unwin, 1962 Burnet, J. : Early Greek Philosophy, London: Adam and Charls blach, 1963 Conford, F. M. : The Republic of Plato, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1945 Copleston, F. : A History of Philosophy, Vol. I, New York: Image Books, 1962 McKeon, R. : Introduction to Aristotle, New York: Modern Library, 1947 Nettleship, R. L. : Lectures on the Republic of Plato, London: Macmillan and Co., 1964 Radhakrishnan, S. (ed.) : History of Philosophy : Eastern and Western, Vols. 2, London: George Allen and Unwin, 1953 9. Russell, B. : History of Western Philosophy, London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd., 1946; Abyev` : cÖ`xc ivq cvðvZ¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm, cÖ_g LÊ, cwiewa©Z I cwigvwR©Z, XvKv : Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2006 10. Russell, B. : History of Western Philosophy, New York: Simon and Schuster, 1965 11. Taylor, A. E. (ed.) : Aristotle, London: Prentice Hall, 1963 12. Thilly, F. : A History of Philosophy, Allahabad: Central Book Depo, 1973 13. Zeller, E. : Outlines of the History of Greek Philosophy, New York: Rutledge & Kegan Paul, 1963 14. Ave`yj nvwjg : MÖxK `k©b : cÖÁv I cÖmvi, XvKv: wè¨ cÖKvk, 2002 15. Avwgbyj Bmjvg : cªvPxb I ga¨hy‡Mi cvðvZ¨ `k©b, XvKv: wkLv cÖKvkbx, 2q ms¯‹iY, 2002

16. ________ : cvðvZ¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm, 1g LÊ, †_wjm †_‡K wnDg, gvIjv eªv`vm©, XvKv, 2009 17. ZviKP›`ª ivq : cvðvË¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm: cªvPxb I ga¨hyM, cÖ_g LÊ, MÖxK `k©b I ga¨hy‡Mi `k©b, KwjKvZv: KwjKvZv wek¦we`¨vjq, 1362 18. Avãyj nvB ZvjyK`vi : cvðvZ¨ `k©‡bi BwZe„Ë (cÖvPxb I ga¨hyM), XvKv : wè¨ cÖKvk, 2002

3


231703

Marks: 100


Modern Philosophical Classics : Hume and Kant

Students will be expected to have a thorough knowledge of the problems discussed in the following texts:

Texts : 1. Hume, David: A Treatise of Human Nature, Book one, ed. P.H. Nidditch, Second edition, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1978. evsjv Abyev` : Avey Zvnv nvwdRyi ingvb : gvbe cÖK…wZi ¯îƒc A‡š^lv, XvKv : evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1981 2.

Kant, Immanuel: Critique of Pure Reason, tr. Norman Kemp Smith, London: Macmillan & Co. Ltd. 1964

Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Basson, A.H. : David Hume, London: Pelican Philosophy Series, 1958 Chappell, V.C. (ed.) : Hume, New York: Doubleday, 1966 Kemp, J. : The Philosophy of Kant, London: Macmillan Publishing Co.,1968 Laird, J. : Hume’s Philosophy of Human Nature, London: Oxford University Press, 1967 MacNabb, D.G.C.: David Hume: His Theory of Knowledge and Morality, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1993 Price, H.H. : Hume’s Theory of the External World, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1963 Prichard, H. A. : Kant’s Theory of Knowledge, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1909 Russell, B. : History of Western Philosophy, London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd., 1946; Abyev` : cÖ`xc ivq cvðvZ¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm, cÖ_g LÊ, cwiewa©Z I cwigvwR©Z, XvKv : Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2006

9.

Smith, Norman Kemp : The Philosophy of David Hume, London: Macmillan Publishing Co. Ltd. 1966 10. Stroud, Barry : Hume, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1985 11. Avwgbyj Bmjvg : AvaywbK cvðvZ¨ `k©b, 5g ms¯‹iY, XvKv: gvIjv eªv`vm©, 2000 12. ________ : AvaywbK cvðvZ¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm, i“‡kv †_‡K mgKvj, 2q LÊ, XvKv, gvIjv eªv`vm©, 2009 13. Avãyj nvB ZvjyK`vi : AvaywbK cvðvZ¨ `k©‡bi BwZe„Ë, XvKv : wè¨ cÖKvk, 2003 14. ûgvqyb Kexi : Kv›U, KwjKvZv : cwðge•M ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`, 1387 15. ZviKP›`ª ivq : cvðvË¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm: be¨ `k©b, wØZxq LÊ, KwjKvZv: KwjKvZv wek¦we`¨vjq, 1962 16. igvcÖmv` `vm : wnD‡gi Bb&K¨qvwi : GKwU Dc¯’vcbv, KwjKvZv : cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—K ch©`, 1991 17. ivmwenvix `vm : Kv‡›Ui `k©b, KwjKvZv: cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`, 1387 18. ˆmq` Kgi“Ïxb †nv‡mvBb : Kv‡›Ui `k©b, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1986

4


231705

Marks: 100


Symbolic Logic

Students will be required to have a thorough knowledge of the problems dealt with in the prescribed text. Symbolic Logic Text : Copi I. M., Symbolic Logic, 6th ed., New York: Macmillan Publishing Co. Inc., 1983, Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. This Paper consists of Propositional calculus and Predicate calculus. Students must answer at least two questions from each area. Books Recommended 1. Copi, I. M. and K. B. Jackson : Informal Logic, 2nd ed., New York: Macmillan and Co., 1992 2. Joseph, H. W. B. : An Introduction to Logic, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967 3. Stebbing, L. S. : A Modern Introduction to Logic, London: Methuen and Co., 1963 4. Carney, J. D. & P. K. Scheer : Fundamentals of Logic, 2nd ed., New York: Macmillan Publishing Co. Inc., 1974 5. Jeffrey, R. C. : Formal Logic: Its Scope and Limits, New York: Macmillan Publishing Co. Inc., 1967 6. Lemon, E. J. : Beginning Logic, London: Thomas Nelson & Sons Ltd., 1965 7. Ave`yj gZxb : cªZxKx hyw³we`¨v, 4_© ms¯‹iY, XvKv : wbD GR, 2001 8.

Gg. gwZDi ingvb

: mv‡eKx I cÖZxKx hyw³we`¨v, 6ô ms¯‹iY, XvKv: cyw_Ni wjwg‡UW, 2014

9.

________ : cªZxKx hyw³we`¨v : evPwbK Kjb, 6ô ms¯‹iY, XvKv: b‡fj cvewjwks nvDm, 2012

10. ________ : cÖZxKx hyw³we`¨v : cÖviw¤¢K we‡aq Kjb, XvKv: Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2014 11. B›`ªKgz vi ivq : cªZxKx b¨vq, KwjKvZv: cwðge½ ivR¨cy¯—K cl©`, 1977 12. ________ : we‡aq b¨vq, KwjKvZv: cwðge½ ivR¨cy¯—K cl©`, 1982 13. ivg`yjvj ivq : cÖZxKx hyw³we`¨v, myifx cvewj‡Kkb, XvKv 2010


231707

Marks: 100


Moral Philosophy of Immanuel Kant and J.S. Nill

Students will be required to have a thorough knowledge of the problems discussed in the following texts: Group A: Text 5

Immanuel Kant : Fundamental Principles of the Metaphysic of Morals, tr. by T.K. Abott, London: 1949. evsjv Abyev` : mvB‡q` Ave`yj nvB, ˆbwZKZvi `vk©wbKZ‡Ë¡i g~jbxwZ, XvKv : evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1982| Group B: Text J.S. Mill, Utilitarianism, Indianapolis: Hackett Publisher, 1979 evsjv Abyev` : nvmbv †eMg, Dc‡hvMev`, XvKv : evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1988| Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Acton, H.B. Kant’s Moral Philosophy, London: Macmillan, 1970. Albee, E., A History of English Utilitarianism, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1972. Anshutz, R.P., The Philosophy of John Stuart Mill, London: Macmillan, 1953. Aune, B., Kant’s Theory of Morals, New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1979 Bain, A., John Stuart Mill: A Criticism with Personal Recollections, New York : Macmillan, 1982. 6. Beck, L.W., A Commentary on Kant’s Critique of Practical Reason, Chicago: University of Chicago, 1960 hrs.. 7. ____, (translated) Foundations of the Metaphyusics of Morals, 2nd ed. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1997. 8. Berlin, I., John Stuart Mill and the End of Life, London: Macmillan, 1960 hrs.. 9. Britton, K., John Stuart Mill, New York: Pelican Books, 1953. 10. Grote, J., Examination of the Utilitarian Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970 11. Jones, W.T., Morality and Freedom in the Philosophy of Kant, London: Macmillan, 1940. 12. Liddell, Brendan E.A., Kant on the Foundation of Morality : A Modern Version of the Grundlegung, Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1970. 13. Packe, M. St. J., John Stuart Mill, London: Clarendon Press, 1954. 14. Plamenatz, John P., The English Utilitarians, Oxford: Blackwell, 1958. 15. Paton, H.J., The Categorical Imperative : A Study in Kant’s Moral Philosophy, Chicago: University of Chicago, 1958. 16. Ross, D., Kant’s Ethical Theory, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1953. 17. Schneewind, J.B. (ed.), Mill : A Collection of Critical Essays, London: Macmillan, 1969. 18. Schurman, J.G., Kantian Ethics and Ethics of Evolution: A Critical Study, London: Macmillan, 1981. 19. Stephen, L., The English Utilitarianism, 3 Vols., London: Macmillan, 1953. 20. Smart, J.J.C. & W. Bernard, Utilitarianism : For and Against, New Jersy: Prentice-Hall, 1990. 21. Sullivan, Roger J., Immanuel Kant’s Moral Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989. 22. Taylor, P.W., The Philosophy of John Stuart Mill, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953. 23. gyn¤§` Ave`yj evix : Dc‡hvMev` : ZË¡ I mgx¶v, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1994| 6

24. ivwk`v AvLZvi Lvbg : bxwZwe`¨v : ZË¡ I we‡k¦lY, XvKv: RvZxq MÖš’ cÖKvkb, 2002| 25. †kL Ave`yj Iqvnve : Kv‡›Ui bxwZ`k©b, XvKv : XvKv wek¦we`¨vjq, 1982| 231709


Marks: 100


Philosophy of the Bangalees : Ancient and Medieval

Group A Secular and theological trends in Bangali philosophical thoughts in ancient and medieval period. Contribution of the Hindu and Buddhist thinkers with special reference to Shanta Rakshit, Shanti Dev, Shila Bhadra and Atish Dipankara. Group B Philosophy in Charyapada, Joydev, Vidyapati and Chandidas. Vaisnabism in Bengal. Mysticism in Bengal. Contributions of the Sufis and the Bauls.

Books Recommended 1.

5. 6. 7.

Arberry, A.J. : Sufism : An of the Mysticism of Islam, London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd., 1950 Chakrabarty, S.C. : The Development of Vaisnava Philosophy in Bengal, Calcutta: Visva-Bharati Granthan Vibhag, 1973 Dasgupta, S.N. : Hindu Mysticism, Chicago: Chicago University Press, 1927 Dey, S. K. : Early History of Vaisnava Faith and Movement in Bengal, Calcutta: General Printers and Publishers, 1942 Haque, M.E. : A History of Sufism in Bengal, Dhaka: Asiatic Society of Bangladesh, 1975 Sarker, J. : Chaitanya’s Life and Teachings, Calcutta: M.C. Sarker and Sons Ltd. 1932 Avwgbyj Bmjvg : evOvwji `k©b : cÖvPxbKvj †_‡K mgKvj, XvKv: gvIjv eªv`vm©, 2002

8.

Avng` kixd : evOvjxi wPš—v-†PZbvi weeZ©b aviv, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1987

9.

_________ : evDj ZË¡, XvKv : evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1973

2. 3. 4.

10. _________ : evOvjxi wPš—v-‡PZbvi weeZ©b aviv, XvKv, 1987 11. _________ : evDjZË¡, XvKv 1973 12. Gg. gwZDi ingvb : evOvwji `k©b : gvbyl I mgvR, Dwbk kZK, XvKv : evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 2000, 2q ms¯‹iY, Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2013 13. _________ : evsjvi `vk©wbK gbxlv, RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, XvKv, 2008 14. †gv. †mvjvqgvb Avjx miKvi : evsjvi evDj `k©b, XvKv : evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1992 7

15. kixd nvi“b (m¤cvw`Z) :

evsjv‡`‡k `k©b : HwZn¨ I cÖK…wZ AbymÜvb, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1994

16. ivg`yjvj ivq : evOvwji `k©b : cÖvPxbKvj †_‡K mgKvj, myifx cvewj‡KkÝ, 2006 17. AwmZKzgvi e‡›`vcva¨vq : ev½vjxi ag© I `k©bwPš—v, KwjKvZv, 1980 Paper Code Paper Title:

231711

Marks: 100


Muslim Philosophers

Students are required to have a general knowledge of the main thoughts of the following Muslim philosophers : Al-Kindi, Al-Farabi, Ibn Miskawayh, Ibn Sina, Al-Ghazali, Ibn Tufail, Ibn Rushd, Ibn Khaldun, Mulla Sadra, Shah Waliullah & Muhammad Iqbal. Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4.

De Boer, T. J. : The History of Philosophy in Islam, tr. by E.R. Jones: London: Lugac and Co. Ltd., 1965 Fakhry, M. : A History of Islamic Philosophy, New York: Columbia University Press, 1970 Hai, S. A. : Muslim Philosophy, Dhaka: Islamic Foundation Bangladesh, 1982 Hakim, Khalifa A.: Islamic Ideology: The Fundamental Beliefs and Principles of Islam and their Application to Practical Life, 7th ed., Lahore: Institute of Islamic Culture, 1974; evsjv Abyev` : mvB‡q` Ave`yj nvB: Bmjvgx fveaviv, 3q gy`ªY, XvKv: AvjwnKgvn cvewj‡KkÝ, 2004

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Iqbal, M. : The Secret of the Self (Asrar-e-Khudi) tr. by R. A. Nicholson, Lahore: Sh. Muhammad Ashraf, 1950 Mustafa, K. : Al-Ghazali’s Theory of Knowledge, Dhaka: Ramon Publishers, 2003 Nasr, S.H. & O. Leaman, (eds): History of Islamic Philosophy, London and New York: Routledge, 1999 Quasem, M. A. : The Ethics of Al-Ghazali, New York: Caravan Books Inc., 1979 Rahman, S.: An Introduction to Islamic Culture and Philosophy, Dhaka: Mullick Brothers, 1970 Sharif, M. M. (ed.) : A History of Muslim Philosophy, 2 Vols. Wiesbaden, : Otto Harrassowitz, 1963 Sharif, M. M. : Muslim Thought & Its Origin and Achievements, Lahore: Sh. Muhammad Ashraf, 1959 Watt, W. M. : Islamic Philosophy and Theology, London: Edinburgh University Press, 1979 Avwgbyj Bmjvg (m¤úv.) : gymwjg `k©b I ms¯‹…wZ, 4_© cÖKvk, XvKv: bI‡ivR wKZvwe¯—vb, 2001

14. ________ : gymwjg ag©ZË¡ I `k©b, 2q ms¯‹iY, XvKv : gvIjv eªv`vm©, 2000 15. ________ : Bmjvg ag© I gymwjg `k©b, XvKv: DËiY cÖKvk, 2004 16. †gv. Ave`yj nvwjg : gymwjg `k©b : †PZbv I cÖevn, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 2002 17. †Mvjvg mvKjv‡qb : evsjv‡`‡ki m~dx mvaK, XvKv, 1987 18. gynv¤§` kvnRvnvb : Avj-Mvhvjxi `k©b, ivRkvnx, 2000 8

19. _________ : Avj-dvivexi `vk©wbK wPš—vaviv, XvKv, 2002 20. †gv. ew`Di ingvb : gymwjg `k©‡bi BwZnvm, 1g LÊ, XvKv: bI‡ivR wKZvwe¯—vb, 2005


231713

Marks: 100


Indian Philosophy : Theistic School

The Upanishads and the Gita : Moral teachings Sankhya Philosophy: doctrine of Purusa and Prakriti, causation, theory of evolution, theory of knowledge, theory of liberation, problems of God, Sankhya theory of evolution and western theory of evolution. Yoga Philosophy: meaning of Yoga, Yoga psychology and ethics, problem of God. Nyaya Philosophy : theory of knowledge, Naya logic and Aristotelian logic, doctrine of perception and problem of Vyapti, proof for the existence of God, individual self and liberation. Vaisesika Philosophy : Vaisesika atomism and western atomism, doctrine of categories, doctrine of creation and destruction of the world. Mimansa Philosophy: theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics and religion. Vadanta Philosophy: origin and development of Vedanta, main schools of Vadanta, pure monism of Sankara, qualified monism of Ramanuja. Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Chatterjee, S.C. and Dutta, D.M. : An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, Calcutta, 1969 Chatterjee, S.C.: The Nyaya Theory of Knowledge, Calcutta, 1950 Dasgupta, S.N.: A History of Indian Philosophy, 5 Vols. Cambridge, 1952 Hiriyanna, M.: Outlines of Indian Philosophy, London 1932 Islam, A.N.: Self, Suffering and Salvation : with Special Reference to Buddhism and Islam, Allahabad, 1987 Radhakrishnan, S. : Indian Philosophy, 2 Vols., Bombay, 1977 Popper, K.H.: A Constructive Survey of Indian Philosophy, New Delhi, 1965 Sharma, S.D.: A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy, New Delhi, 1964. Gg. gwZDi ingvb : fviZxq `k©b I ms¯‹…wZ, RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, XvKv, 2009

10. i‡g›`ªbv_ †Nvl : fviZxq `k©b, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx,1982 11. †èxcÖmv` P‡Ævcva¨vq : fviZxq `k©b, 5g ms¯‹iY, KjKvZv : b¨vkbvj eyK G‡RwÝ cÖv. wj., 2003 12. mvB‡q` Ave`yj nvB : fviZxq `k©b, XvKv : BDwbfvwm©wU †cÖm wjwg‡UW, 2007 231715 Paper Code Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Paper Title: Philosophy of Education

9

Group A Concept, scope and aims of education Philosophical foundation of education. Necessity of philosophy of education in life. Philosophy of education and social order. Concept of freedom in education. Education and culture. Education and religion. Education and moral value. Group B Development of educational thoughts and ideas with reference to the following trends of philosophy: Idealism, materialism, naturalism, pragmatism and existentialism.

Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Butler, J. D. : Four Philosophies and Their Practice in Education and Religion, New York, Herper Brothers Publishers, 1957. Dewey, J. : Philosophy of Education, Ames, Littlefield, 1956. ________ : Democracy and Education, New York, The Macmillan Company, 1916 Harne, H.H. : The Philosophy of Education, New York, The Macmillan Co., 1930. Herbert, J. S. : A Philosophy of Education, New York, McGrow Hill, 1963. Kilpatrick, W. H. : Philosophy of Education, New York, Macmillan, 1963. Moore, T.W. : Philosophy of Education : An Introduction, London Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1986 Park, J., (ed.) : Selected Readings in the Philosophy of Education, New York, Macmillan Co., 1986. Russell, B. : Education and the Social Order, London, Allen & Unwin, 1932. Russell, B. : On Education, London, Allen & Unwin, 1932. evsjv Abyev` : Kvgi“‡bœQv, wk¶v cÖm‡½ iv‡mj, XvKv, 1998 Wingo, G. M. : Philosophies of Education : An Introduction, Sterling Publishers Private Limited, New Delhi, 1975. iex›`ªbv_ VvKzi : wk¶v , KwjKvZv, wek¦fviZx MÖš’b wefvM, 1937 Ai“b †Nvl : wk¶v weÁv‡bi `k©b I g~jZË¡, GWz‡Kkbvj G›UvicÖvBRvim, KwjKvZv, 1986 †MŠi`vm nvj`vi : wk¶v cÖm‡½ wk¶vZË¡ I cvVµg PP©v, e¨vbvRx© cvewjkvm©, KwjKvZv, 1993 kwidv LvZzb : `k©b I wk¶v, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1999 wef‚wZiÄb Myn : wk¶vq cw_K…Z, BwÛqvb G¨v‡mvwm‡qv‡UW cvewjwks †Kv: cÖv: wj:, KwjKvZv, 1363

10

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus

Department of Arabic

Four-Year B.A. (Honours) Paper Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Paper Paper: Arabic Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title Classical Prose Modern Prose Communicative Arabic- III History of Arabic Literature (1258-1798 AD.) ‘Ilmul Balagah and ‘Ilmul Àrud History of Islam (570-750 AD.) Arabic Philology and Arabic Literary Criticism (Theoretical) Muslim philosophy-I Total =

2

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

100 800

4 32


231201 Classical Prose

Marks: 100 Credits: 4


Books Prescribed: 1. Ahmad Zaki Safwat Jamharatu Khutab at- Arab, ( Khutab at- Rasul (s) Fi’Hijat atBida’) 2. Al-Hariri : Muqaddimah and Maqamat No1-2 3. Ibn Qutayaba: Ùyun at-Akhbar Vol-1, (Bab-al-Haya) 4. Tafsir al- Fathul Qadir :Sura Lukman.


231203 Modern Prose

Marks: 100 Credits: 4


Marks Distribution:

Book Prescribed : 1. 2. 3. 4.

Mustafa Lutfi al-Manfaluti : Al Abarat : al-Yateem Ab Rafail : Al- Khusumatu bainal-Qodim wal -jadid Ab Rafail : Al-Mukhtaral, Intiqal al- Tamaddun Baina al – Sharq wal Gharb) Dr. Najib Mahfuz: Khammarat al-Qittil Aswad, PP.8-89, Jannatul Atfal, PP 144-155


231205 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Commubicatiove Arabic-III


Topics: ‫( ﺃﻭﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬6) ‫( ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ‬5) ‫( ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ‬4) ‫( ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ‬3) ‫( ﰲ ﺳﻨﺪﺭﺑﻦ‬2) ‫( ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺼﻦ ﻻﻝ ﺑﺎﻍ‬1)

. ‫( ﻫﻮﺍﻳﱵ‬10) ‫( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺪﻕ‬9) ‫( ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻﺃﺣﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ‬8) ‫( ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺯﺓ‬7)

Books Prescribed: Al- Arabia Li – al – Hayatil – al – Yaomiyyah. 3rd Vol. Dr. Giash Uddin, Md. Abul Kalam Azad, Open University, Bangladesh CALP.

3

Books Ricomended: W. †gvnv¤§` BDQzd, Aviwe fvlvq `¶Zv wk¶v`vb c×wZ


231207 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 History of Arabic Literature ( 1258-1798 AD)


Special attention should be given to the following topics: 1. History of Àsru-al-inhitat. 2. Al- Nahdah al-adabiyyah al-Hadithah : Awamil al- Nahdah.

Books Ricomended: 01. Juri Zaydan : Tarikh Adab al-lugah al- Arabiyyah 02. Ahmad Hasan al- Zayyat : Tarikh al- Adab al – Arabi 03. Hanna al- Fakhuri : Tarikh al – Abab al - Arabi 04. ‰mq` mv¾v` †nvmvBb: Aviex mvwn‡Zï BwZe„Ë 05. W. †Mvjvg mvg`vbx †Kvivqkx: Aviex mvwn‡Zï msw¶ß BwZnvm 06. Ihsan Abbas : Tarikh al-Adab al- Andalusia.


231209 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 ‘Ilmul Balagah and Ìlmul Àrud


Book Prescribed: 01. Hafni, Beg Nasif: Durusul Balagha 02. Chikho, Ilm al Adab, al- Arud

Books Rrference: 01. Dr. Abdul Aziz Atique: ‘Ilm al – Bayan 02. Syed Ahamad Al – Hashimi: Jawahirul Balagah.


231211 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 History of Islam (570-750 AD.)


Topics: This paper will cover the following Topics: Social, Political and Cultural contribution of the Prophet Mohammed (S.M.), Khulafa – E – Rashidin and Umayyad rulers.

4

Books Recommended: 01. wc.†K. wnwÆ: Avie RvwZi BwZnvm 02. Sayed Amir Ali: The Spirit of Islam 03. Sayed Amir Ali: A Short History of Saracen 04. Sir William Muir: The Caliphater its rise, decline and Fall. 05. Josefh Hell: The Arib Civilization (evsjv Abyev`: †Lv`v eKm&) 06. Mohammad Marmaduke Picthal: The cultural side of Islam 07. W. Montgomery watt: Mohamed at Mecca and Medina 08. W. Gm.Gg. nvmvb: Bmjv‡gi BwZnvm 09. gynv¤§` †iRvB Kwig: Avie RvwZi BwZnvm 10. ‡kL gynv¤§` jyrdi ingvb: Avie RvwZi BwZnvm 11. W. gwd¾yj−vn Kexi: Avie RvwZi BwZnvm


Topics:

231213 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Arabic Philology and Arabic Literary Criticism ( Theoretical)

Special attention should be given to the following topics:

a) Meaning of al–Naqd and al–Naqd al–Adabi, Importance, Paper matter and Kind of al- Naqd, Origin and development of Literary criticism in Arabic from ancient times to the modern period. Important critics and their works in Arabic, Ibn Sallam al–Jumahi, Ibn Qutaiba, Tha’a libi, Abu Hilal al–Askari, Abd al-Qahir al-Jurjani, Qudamab. Ja’far, Al-Suyuti, Taha Husain, Muhammad al- Mandur, Ahamad Amin, Sayyed Qutb, Abbas Mahmud al–Aqqad. b) Al-Shir Naqd al- Hayat, Al–Adab Ibarat an Shakshiyat al–Adib, Adab al–Thaqafa Wa– adab al–quwwat, Al–Zawq al–adabi,’Anasir al–adab: Al-Atifa, Al-Khial, AlMa’ani, Al-Uslub; Al- mazahib al-Adabiyyah; Al–Klasikiyyah, al–Rumantikiyyah, Al-Wajudiyah, Al-Fan li-al-fan, Al-Mazhab al-Islami, al-Adab bayn al-Fann wa alAkhlaq; al-Adab bayn al- Din wa al- Siyasat; Al – Muqarana wa al – Muazana. c) Hadd al-Lugah, Asl al-Lugah, al Fashih al-Daif, al-Muttarid, Mukhtalif al-lugha, Tadakhul al-Lugah and Tawafiq al-Lugah. Books Recommended: 1. W. †gvt Avey eKi wmwÏK: Aviex mvwnZ¨ mgv‡jvPbv 2. Ahmad Amin: Al-Naqd al-Adabi al-Hadith. 3. Ab dul Hamid Abu Sikkin, Fiqhol logah4. Al- Suyyti, Al- Muzhir 5. Dr. Ihsan Abbas: Tarikh al-Naqd al-Adabi Inda al Arab. 6. Dr. Muhammad Mandur: Al- Naqd Waal – Nuqqad al –Mu asirun. 7. Dr. Yusuf Izzuddin: Fusul Fi al-Adabi al-Hadith. 8. Ahmad al- Shaib: Usul al-Naqd al-Adabi. 9. Qassaim Mamuni: Naqd al-Sair fi al- Qarn al-Rabi al – Hajri Abbas Tawfiq: Naqd al-Shir al- Arabi al- Hadith fi al-Iraq 10. Seyed Ihtisham Ahmad Nadwi: Tatawwur al – Naqd al – Adab Inda al –Arab. 11. Badawi Tabana: Dirasat fi-al-Naqd al- Adabi al- Arabi. 12. Zaki Mubarak: Al- Nathr al – Fanni fi al Qarm al- Rabi al-Hajri. 5

13. Qudama b.Jafar: Naqd al- Nathr and Naqd al- Shir. 14. Dr. M.Abu Baker Siddique: Naqd al-Shir.


231215 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Muslim philosophy-I


Topics: This paper will cover the following topics: The orgin and Development of Theological and philosophical Schools in Islam. The Maintenets of the Sunnites, the Murjites, the Muturidites, the Shiaites, the Kharijites the Mutazilites the Asharites and Comparative study of the important problems arisen of them.

Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Shah Waliullah Dr. Rashidul Alam Ibn Hazim Abdul Kadir al-Bagdadi M.M.Sharif Majd Fakri S. Rahman Sahrastani De Bore

: Hujjat Allah al-Baligha. : Muslim Darshaner Bhumika : Kitab al-Milal wal-Nihal : Al-Farq bainal Firaq : A History of Muslim Philosophy : A History of Muslim Philosophy : Islamic Culture and Philosophy : Al- Milal wal- Nihal : History of Philosophy in Islam

6

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Marketing

Four‐Year B.B.A. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

1

National University Subject: Marketing Syllabus for Four-Year BBA Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year-wise Papers and marks distribution.

Third Year Paper Code 232301 232303 232305 232307 232309 232311 232313 232315

Paper Title Principles of Marketing-II Organizational Behavior Financial Management Business Statistics-II Advertising & Promotion Legal Aspects of Marketing Macro Economics Taxation in Bangladesh Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code : 232301 Paper Title :

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING-II

1. Pricing Strategies New-Product Pricing Strategies: Market- Skimming Pricing- Market-Penetration Pricing. Product Mix Pricing Strategies: Product Line Pricing- Optional Product Pricing- CaptiveProduct Pricing- By-Product Pricing- Product Bundle Pricing. Price- Adjustment Strategies: Discount and Allowance Pricing- Segmented PricingPsychological Pricing- Promotional Pricing- Geographical Pricing- Dynamic PricingInternational Pricing. 2. Marketing Channels: Delivering Customer Value Supply Chains and the Value Delivery Network The Nature and Importance of Marketing Channels: How Channel Add Value- Number of Channel Levels Channel Behavior and Organization: Channel Behavior- Vertical Marketing SystemsHorizontal Marketing Systems- Multichannel Distribution Systems- Changing Channel Organization.

2

Channel Design Decisions: Analyzing Consumer Needs- Setting Channel ObjectivesIdentifying Major Alternatives- Evaluating the Major Alternatives- Deg International Distribution Channels. Channel Management Decisions: Selecting Channel - Managing and Motivating Channel - Evaluating Channel . Public Policy and Distribution Decisions – Marketing Logistics and Supply Chain Management: Nature and Importance of Marketing Logistics- Goals of the Logistics System- Major Logistics Functions- Integrated Logistics Management- Reviewing Objectives – Discussing & Applying the Concepts- Marketing by the Numbers. 3. Retailing and Wholesaling: Types of Retailers- Retailer Marketing Decisions- The Future of Retailing. Types of Wholesalers- Wholesaler Marketing Decisions- Trends in Wholesaling- Reviewing Objectives- Discussing & Applying the Concepts – Marketing by the Numbers. 4. Communicating Customer Value: Integrated Marketing Communications Strategy: The Promotion Mix- Integrated Marketing Communications- Setting the Total Promotion Budget and Mix- Socially Responsible Marketing Communication- Advertising and Public Relations-Personal Selling and Sales Promotion- Personal Selling-Managing the Sales ForceThe Personal Selling Process. 5. Direct and Online Marketing: Building Direct Customer Relationships, The New Direct Marketing Model-Growth and Benefits of Direct Marketing- Customer Databases and Direct Marketing- Forms of Direct Marketing- Online Marketing- Public Policy Issues in Direct Marketing 6. The Global Marketplace: Global Marketing Today, Looking at the Global Marketing Environment, Deciding Whether to Go Global, Deciding Which Markets to Enter, Deciding How to Enter the Market, Deciding on the Global Marketing Program, Deciding on the Global Marketing Organization 7. Sustainable Marketing: Social Responsibility and Ethics, Sustainable Marketing- Social Criticisms of Marketing- Consumer Actions to Promote Sustainable Marketing- Business Actions toward Sustainable Marketing.

Book Recommended : 1. Philip Kotler & Gary Armstrong

:

Principles of Marketing, Prentice Hall Inc.

Reference Book: 1. W.J. Stanton, Etzel & Walker

:

Fundamentals of Marketing, McGraw Hill Book Company

3

Paper Code : 232303 Paper Title :

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

1. The Dynamics of People and Organizations:Understanding Organizational Behavior, Fundamental Concepts, Basic Approaches. 2. Models of Organizational Behavior:An Organizational Behavior System, Models of Organizational Behavior. 3. Social Systems and Organizational Culture: Social Culture, Role -Status, and Organizational Culture. 4. Appraising and Rewarding System: A complete Program, Organizatonal Behavior and Performance Appraisal, Economic incentive Systems. 5. Leadership: The Nature of Leadership, Behavioral Approaches to Leadership Style, Contingency Approaches of Leadership Style. 6. Empowerment and Participation: The Nature of Empowerment and Participation, How Participation Works, Programs for Participation, Important Considerations in Participation. 7. Employee Attitude and Their Effects: The Nature of Employee Attitudes, Effects of Employee Attitudes, Studying Job Satisfaction. 8. Interpersonal Behavior: Conflict in Organizations, Assertive Behavior, Power & Politics. 9. Informal and Formal Groups: Group Dynamics, Types of Groups,The Nature of Informal Organizations,Formal Groups. 10. Teams and Team Building: Organizational Context for Teams, Teamwork, Team Building. 11. Managing Change: Change at Work, Resistance to Change, Implementing Change Successfully, And Understanding Organizational Development. Book Recommended : 1. John W. Newstrom & Keith Davis

:

Organisational Behavior, Tata McGarw Hill Publishing Company, New-Delhi.

1. Stephen P. Robbins

:

Organizational Behavior, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi


Marks : 100

Reference Book:

Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

1. Nature of Financial Management: Definition and role of financial management, areas of financial management, finance and related disciplines, scope of finance function, job of financial manager, financial goals: profit maximization vs. wealth maximization, conflict of goals: management Vs. owners, financial goal and firm’s objective, functions of treasurer and controller, classification of finance and principles of business finance.

4

2. Time Value of Money: Present value and future value of single amounts, Annuities and mixed cash flows, semiannual and other compounding periods, continuous compounding, effective annual interest rate, amortizing loan. 3. Capital Budgeting: Importance of investment decisions, types of investment decisions, investment evaluation criteria, estimating cash flows, different methods of project evaluation: BP, ARR,NPV, IRR, PI, Incremental Approach. 4. Financial Statement Analysis: s of financial analysis, types of ratio and their comparison, utility of ratio, cautions in using ratio anlysis, different problems of ratio analysis. 5. Cost of Capital: Importance, definition, assumptions explicit and implicit costs, measurement of value component costs of debt and equity capital, weighted average cost of capital. 6. Working Capital Management: Nature of working capital, determining financing mix, determination of working capital, working capital financing: trade credit, Bank credit, mode of security, lendign norms, forms of financing/style of credit, framework of lending, commercial papers, factoring, functions of a factor. 7. Intermediate Term Financing & Leasing: Uses and types of intermediate debt, characteristics of leasing arrangement, sources of lease arrangements, types of lease, and reasons for leasing, lease vs. borrow purchase analysis. 8. Operating and Financial Leverage: Meaning of leverage, operating leverage and financial leverage, degree of operating leverage (DOL) and the breakeven point, EVIT-EPS breakeven analysis, DFL and financial risk, degree of total leverage (DTL) and total firm risk. 9. Capital Structure Determination: Net operating income approach, traditional approach, the total value principle, market imperfections and incentives issues, the effect of taxes. 10. Introduction to Capital Market: Shares and debentures, SEC, Stock Exchange in Bangladesh-problems and prospects.

Book Recommended : 1. M Y Khan and P K Jain

:

Financial Management, Tata McGarw Hill Publishing Company, New-Delhi.

Reference Book: 1. James C.Van Horne & John M. Wachowicz: Fundamentals of Financial Management, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi


Marks : 100

Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. BUSINESS STATISTICS-II

1. Probability: What is Probability – Elements of Set Theory- Counting Techniques- EventsAddition Law- Conditional Probability- Multiplication Law- Dependent Events-Independent Events- Bayes’ Theorem- Miscellaneous illustrations- Problems.

5

2. Probability Distribution: Random Variable, Probability Function- Binomial DistributionPoisson Distribution- Negative Binomial Distribution- Multinomial DistributionHypergeometric Distribution- Normal Distribution- Uniform Distribution- Exponential Distribution- Miscellaneous illustrations- Problems. 3. Sampling and Sampling Distributions: Introduction- Purpose of Sampling- Principles of Sampling – Methods of Sampling – Random Sampling Methods- Non –Random Sampling Methods – Size of Sample – Merits of Sampling Method- Limitations of Sampling – Sampling and Non-Sampling errors- Sampling Distribution- Central Limit Distribution- The Universe Distribution- The Sample Distribution- The Sampling Distributions- Sampling Distributions of the Difference between Two Means- Sampling Distributions of the Number of Successes- Sampling Distribution of the Difference of two proportions - Miscellaneous illustrations- Problems . 4. Estimation of Parameters: Introduction- Statistical Estimation- Point Estimation- Properties of a Good Estimator- Method of Maximum Likelihood- Interval Estimation- Confidence Limits for Population Mean- Confidence Limits for Population Proportion- Confidence Limits for Difference of Two Means- Confidence Limits for Difference of Two PropertionsDetermination of a Proper Sample Size- Miscellaneous illustrations- Problems. 5. Test of Hypothesis: Introduction- Procedure of Testing Hypothesis- Type I and Type II Errors – One- Tailed and Two –Tailed Tests- Tests of Hypothesis concerning Large Samples- Testing Hypothesis about Population Mean- Testing Hypothesis about the Difference between Two Means- Tests of Hypothesis concerning Attributes- Testing Hypothesis about Population Proportion- Testing Hypothesis about the Difference between Two Proportions- Miscellaneous illustrations- Problems. 6. Small Sampling Theory: Introduction- Properties of t-Distribution- Test of Hypothesis about the Population Mean- Test of Hypothesis concerning the Difference between Two Means- Tests of Hypothesis about the Difference between Two Means with Dependent Samples- Test of Hypothesis concerning Coefficient of Correlation- The F- DistributionMiscellaneous illustrations- Problems. 7. Chi-Spuare Test: Introduction- Chi-Spuare Distribution- Chi-Spuare Test- Yate’s Corrections for Continuity- Grouping when Frequencies are Small- Sampling Distribution of the Sample Variance- Confidence Interval for Variance – Tests of Hypothesis Concerning Variance- Test of Independence- Test of Goodness of Fit- Test of Homogeneity- Cautions while Applying X2 Test- Miscellaneous illustrations- Problems. 8. Analysis of Variance: Introduction- Assumptions in Analysis of Variance- One-Way Classification Model- Two-Way Classification Model- Miscellaneous illustrationsProblems. 9. Partial and Multiple Correlation and Regression: Partial Correlation- Partial Correlation Coefficients- Partial Correlation Coefficients in Case of More than Three Variables- Second Order Partial Correlation Coefficients- Multiple Correlation- Multiple RegressionMiscellaneous illustrations- Problems.

6

Book Recommended : 1. S.P. Gupta and M.P. Gupta

:

Business Statistics, S. Chand and Sons, New Delhi, India.

:

Statistics for Management, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

Reference Book: 1. Richard I. Levin and D.S. Rubin


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION

1. An Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communications: The growth of Advertising and Promotion, The Promotional Mix: The Tools for IMC, The IMC Planning Process. 2. Organizing for Advertising and Promotion:The role of Ad Agencies and Other Marketing Communications Organizations- Participants in the Integrated Marketing Communications Process: An overview, The Client’s Role, Advertising Agencies, Agency Compensation, Evaluation Agencies, IMC Services. 3. The Communication Process: The Nature of Communication, Communication Problems in International Marketing, A Basic Model of Communication, Analysis the Receiver, The Response Process, Cognitive Processing of Communications.The communication process 4. Establishing Objectives and Budgeting for the Promotional Program: The Value of Objectives, Determining Promotional Objectives, Sales Vs Communications Objectives, DAMAR: An Approach to Setting Objectives, Problems in Setting Objectives, Establishing and Allocating the Promotional Budget. 5. Direct Marketing and The Internet: Direct Marketing, The Database, Direct Selling, Evaluating the Effectiveness of Direct Marketing, Measuring Effectiveness of Direct Marketing, Online Social Media, Advantages and Disadvantages of the Internet. 6. Sales promotion: Public relations, Publicity, and Corporate Advertising 7.

Personal Selling: The Scope of Personal Selling, The Role of Personal Selling in the IMC Program, Advantages and Disadvantages of Personal Selling, Combining Personal Selling with Other promotional Tools, Evaluating the Personal Selling Effort.

8. Media Planning and Strategy: An Overview of Media Planning, Developing the Media Plan, Market Analysis and Target Market Identification, Establishing Media Objectives, Developing and Implementing Media Strategies, Evaluation and Follow-Up, Characteristics of Media.

7

Book Recommended : 1. Geroge E. Belch & Michael A. Belch

:

Advertising and Promotion : An Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective, (Seventh/ Eighth Edition) McGraw-Hill Irwin Publications.

:

Integrated Advertising, Promotion, and Marketing Communications, Pearson, Publishing Company.

Reference Book: 1. Kenneth E. Clow and Donald Baack


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Legal Aspects of Marketing


1. An Overview: Meaning of Legal Environment-Rationale for Understanding Legal Environment-The Demand for Legislation- The Demand for Consumer Protection-Law Influencing Marketing Decision-Law against Deceptive Practice. 2. Law of Contract: The Details of Essentials of Law of Contract, Termination and Breach of Contracts. 3. Sale of Goods Act: Essential Elements, Transfer of Ownership Conditions and Warranties. 4. Other Important Acts: Agricultural Produce Markets Regulation Act-1964, Bangladesh Control of Essential Commodities Act-1956, Hats and Bazar Ordinance-1959, Pure Food Ordinance- 1969, Trade Marks Act-1940, Patent Design Act-1911, Standards of Weights and Measure Ordinance-1982, Drug Policy-1982, The Payment of Wages Act-1936, The Industrial Relation Ordinance-1969, The Shops and Establishment Rules 1970 Consumers Protection law- 2009, Other Laws. Acts and Ordinance relating to Marketing. Books Recommended : 1. A.K.Sen and J.K.Mitra

:

Commercial Law, The World Press Pvt. Ltd, Calcutta

2. M.C. Shukla

:

A Manual of Mercantile Law, S. Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi

Reference Book: 1. Relevant Statutes and Manuals

8


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 MACRO ECONOMICS


1. Social ing: a) Social ing b) National Income: Meaning and Concept 2. Theory of Income Determination: a) Theory of Employment b) Determination of National Income a) Determinants of Income and Employment: Propensity to Consume b) Determinants of National Income and Employment: Inducement to Invest c) Multiplier and Accelerator d) Wages and Employment e) Unemployment and Full Employment 3. Theory of Money and Prices: a) Nature and Functions of Money b) Monetary Standards c) Theory of Money and Prices d) Inflation 4. Banking: a) Banking b) Central Banking

Book Recommended : 1. K.K. Dewett

:

Modern Economic Theory, K.K. Dewett, M.H. Navalur & J. Khuntia Shyam Lal Cheritable Trust, New Delhi.

Reference Book: 1. Paul A. Samuelson& William D. Nordhaus : Economics, McGraw. Hill Book Company.


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. TAXATION IN BANGLADESH

1. Income Tax: Definition of income and income tax-Characteristics of income- Total income and total world income-Income year and assessment year-Role of income tax law in industrial development of Bangladesh.

9

2. Classification of income: assessable and non-assessable income. Assesses: ClassificationResidential status. 3. Heads of Income: Income from salary-income from interest on securities-income from house property-income from agriculture-income from business and profession-capital gainsincome from other sources. 4. Tax Assessment and Recovery: Assessment procedures-Appeal, revision, recovery, refund and penalties. 5. Income tax authorities: Assessment of individuals, partnerships and public limited companies. 6. Value Added Tax (VAT): Introduction: Assessment and Payment of tax-Valuationing-Refunds-Drawback-Calculation of VAT – Controlling evasion of VAT. Books Recommended : 1. 2. 3. 4.

Government of Bangladesh The Income Tax Ordinance 1984-Part 1 & 2. The Institute of Chartered ants of Bangladesh Taxation Study Manual Vol 1 & 2. Government of Bangladesh Publications on VAT. Income Tax Law, Khawja Amjad Syeed, IBA, University of Punjab, Pakistan.

10

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Finance & Banking

Four‐Year B.B.A. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

1

National University Subject: Finance & Banking Syllabus for Four-Year BBA Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year-wise Papers and marks distribution.


Paper Title Portfolio Management Financial Analysis & Control Entrepreneurship Management ing Auditing Islamic Banking Marketing of Financial Service Financial Management Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code: 232401 Paper Title :

Marks: 100

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

1. History of Interest Rates and Risk s: Determination of levels of interest rates; Risk and risk s; Real versus nominal risk; Return distribution and value at risk. 2. Risk and Risk Aversion : Risk and risk aversion; Portfolio risk; Portfolio Mathematics. 3. Capital Allocation between Risky and Risk-free Assets: Capital allocation across risky and risk-free portfolios, Portfolios of one risky and one risk-free assets; Risk tolerance and asset allocation; the capital market line. 4. Optimal Risky Portfolios : Diversification and Portfolio risk, Portfolio of two risky assets : Asset allocation; The Markowitz Portfolio Selection Model; The Spreadsheet Model; Optimal portfolios with restrictions on risk-free assets. 5. The Capital Asset Pricing Model : The CAPM; Extensions of the CAPM; The CAPM and liquidity. 6. Index Models : A single-index security market; The CAPM and the Index Model; The industry version of the Index Model; Index Models and tracking portfolios.

2

7. Arbitrage Pricing Theory and Multifactor Models of Risk and Return: Overview of Multifactor Models; APT; Individual Assets and APT; A Multifactor Apr; where to look for factor. 8. Market Efficiency and Behavioral Finance: Random Walk and EMH; Implications of EMH; Event studies and market efficiency dilemma; Behavioral interpretation of market efficiency. 9. Macro-economic and Industry Analysis: The global versus domestic economy; Demand and supply shocks; Business cycle; Industry analysis; 10. Portfolio Performance Evaluation: Measuring investment returns; The conventional theory of performance evaluation; Performance measurement with changing portfolio composition; market timing; Performance attribution process; Style analysis. 11. International Diversification : Global market for equities, Risk return and benefit of factors in international investing and diversification. 12. The Theory of Active Portfolio Management: Meaning and objectives of active portfolio management; Market timing; Security selection. Book Recommended :

1. Bodie, Kane and Marcus

: Investments, McGraw-Hill

2. Robert A. Haugen

: Modern Investment Theory

Paper Code: 232403 Paper Title:

Marks: 100 Credits:4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS & CONTROL

1. A Framework for Business Analysis and Valuation Using Financial Statements: The Role Financial Reporting in Capital Markets; From Business Activities to Financial Statements; From Financial statements to Business Analysis. 2. Strategy Analyses: Industry analysis; Degree of Actual and Potential Competition; Relative Bargaining power in input and output markets; Applying industry Analysis; The personal computer industry; Competitive strategy Analysis; Applying competitive strategy Analysis; corporate strategy Analysis. 3. Overview of ing Analysis: The industry framework for financial reporting; Doing ing Analysis; ing Analysis pitfalls; Value of ing data and ing Analysis. 4. Asset Analysis: Historical cost and conservatism; Asset reporting challenges; common misconceptions about asset ing. 5. Liability and Equity Analysis: Liability definition and Reporting Challenging; Common Misconception about liability ing; Equity definition and Reporting challenges. 6. Financial Analysis: Ratio Analysis; Cash flow analysis.

3

7. Prospective Analysis: Forecasting: Relation of Forecasting recasting to other analyses; The techniques of forecasting; Elements of the detailed forecast; sensitive Analysis. 8. Equity security Analysis: Investor objectives; Equity security and market efficiency; Approaches to fund management and securities analysis: The process of a comprehensive security analysis; Financial statement 9. Credit Analysis and Distress Prediction: The market for credit; The credit analysis process; Financial statement analysis and public debt; prediction of distress and turnaround. 10. Corporate financing policies: Factors that determine firm's debt policies; the optimal long term mix or debt and equity; the financing of new projects; factors that determine firm's dividend policies. Book Recommended:

1. Palepu, Healy & Bernard South 2. George Foster 3. S.H. Penman Paper Code: 232405 Paper Title:

: Business Analysis and Valuation, SouthWestern College Publishing

: Financial Statement Analysis, 2nd edition : Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation Marks: 100 Credits: 4 ENTREPRENEURSHIP


1. Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Meaning of entrepreneurship, entrepreneur and entrepreneurship-historical background of the concept of entrepreneurship- entrepreneurial process-causes for interest in entrepreneurship, climate for entrepreneurship-establishing entrepreneurship in the organization-types of entrepreneurship-classification of entrepreneurs-entrepreneurs background and characteristics- common qualities of an entrepreneur-role of entrepreneurs in developing countries like Bangladesh-entrepreneurial careers and education- ethics and social responsibility of entrepreneurs-methods of assessing self entrepreneurial qualities-Theories of entrepreneurship: Psychological theories, Sociopsychological theories and cultural theories and models of entrepreneurship. 2. Entrepreneurial Environment and business Opportunity identification: Analysis of business environment-political, economic, legal and technical aspects of environment, environmental scanning procedure, SWOT analysis, techniques of environmental analysis. 3. Introducing Small Business : Definition, Types, Forms of Small Business, Advantage and disadvantage of Small Business. 4. Planning of Small Business: Definition, Importance, uses and features of a business plan, how to prepare a business plan, pitfall to avoid in making business plan. 5. Franchising: Meaning, purpose of franchising, franchise agreement, cost of franchise. 6. Financing Small Enterprises: Planning financial needs, using capital in small business, Sources of financing for small firms, working capital and request for institutional loan.

4

7. Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development in Bangladesh: Role of SME foundation, BSCIC and other organization under the entrepreneurship small business development in Bangladesh-Women entrepreneurship in Bangladesh. 8. Business Documents Collection Procedure and Maintenance: Issuing trade license, collecting TIN Number, VAT registration, Opening business with bank and other non-banking financial institutions, collecting association hip, partnership agreement, registration of t stock companies, registration of cooperative society, registration of foundation, registration of NGO-IRC, ERC, opening a L/C, export documentations-import documentations-Insurance-fire-environment-intellectual property-trade mark Patents, Copyrights and Trade secrets, and other relevant business documents collection procedure and maintenance. 9. Writing a Business Plan: Assignment for internal evaluation (Marks: 20) Books Recommended: 1. Dr. A H M Habibur Rahman 2. Robert D. Hisrich & Others


: :

Entrepreneurship (Latest Edition) .......................................................6th edition, McGraw Hill

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 MANAGEMENT ING


1. Introduction : Definition of Management ing and its Relation with financial and Cost ing. Management ing and Decision Making. Importance of Ethics, Management ing in Service and Nonprofit Organizations, Cost-Benefit and Behavioral considerations, Management Process and ing, Planning and Control for Production Life Cycle and the Value Chain. Career Opportunities in Management ing. Changes in Business Process and Management ing. Management ing Profession. 2. Cost Concepts and Classifications: General Cost Classifications-Cost Classifications on Financial Statements-he Flow of Cost in Manufacturing Company-Cost Classifications Predicting Cost Behavior-Cost Classifications for Decision Making. 3. Absorption and Variable Costing: Variable and Absorption Costing. Variable vs. Absorption Costing. Operating Income and Income Statements, Absorption Costing and Performance Measurement. Comparing Inventory Costing Methods : Absorption, Variable & Throughput/Super-Variable Costing, and Actual, Normal & Standard Costing. Denominator –Level Capacity Concepts and Fixed-Cost Capacity Analysis, Choosing a Capacity Level for different purposes. Planning and Control of Capacity Costs. 4. Cost-Volume-Profit Relationships: Identifying Resources, Activities, Costs, and Cost Drivers, Variable ad Fixed Costs, CVP Analysis: Computing the Break-Even Point (BEP), Graphing the BEP, Changes in Fixed Expenses. Changes in Unit Contribution Margin. Target Net Profit and an Incremental Approach. Multiple Changes in Key Factors; Additional Uses of CVP Analysis : Best Cost Structure, Operating Leverage. Margin of Safety, Contribution Margin and Gross Margin: Nonprofit Application of CVP Analysis, Sales-Mix Analysis, Impact of Income Taxes.

5

5. Relevant Costs for Decision Making: Management’s Decision-making Process-Identifying Different Costs and Benefits-Different Costs for Different Purposes-The Incremental Analysis Approach-Types of Incremental Analysis-Accept an Order at a Special Price-Make or Buy-Sell or Process further-Retain or Replace Equipment-Eliminate an Unprofitable Business Segment Allocate Limited Resources. 6. Budgeting and Budgetary Control : Budgets and the Organization; Potential Problems in Implementing Budgets, Planning Horizon (Strategic Plan and Long-Range Planning); Types of Budgets : Master Budget (Pro Forma Statements) and Continuous Budgets (Rolling Budgets); Components of a Master Budget : Operating Budget/Profit Plan (Sales budget, Purchase budget. Cost of goods sold budget, Operating expenses budget, Budgeted income statement), and Financial budget (Capital budget, Cash budget, Budgeted balance sheet); Preparing the Master Budget; Activity-Based Master Budgets (Functional Budgets and Activity-Based Budgets) 7. Flexible Budget: Flexible Budget and Fixed Budget-Characteristics of Flexible BudgetAdvantages of Flexible Budget-Segregation of semi-variable Cost-Preparation of Flexible Budget. 8. Standard Costing: Concepts-Standards and Budgets-Advantages of Standard CostingAnalysis of Material, Labor and Overhead Variances. Books Recommended : 1. C.T. Horngren, G.L. Sundem, W.O. : Stratton, J. Schatzberg and David Burgstahler

Introduction to Management ing (Latest Edition), Upper Saddle River, New Jersey : Prentice Hall.

2. Rah H. Garrison, Eri w. Noreen and : Peter C. Brewer

Managerial ing (Latest Edition), Boston: McGraw-Hill and Irwin

3. Prof. Shanti Naraya Ghosh, Prof. Swapan Kumar Bose & Prof. Jalal Uddin Ahmed

Management ing, Nadi Publications


:

Marks : 100 AUDITING

Credits : 4


1. The Demand for Audit and Other Assurance Services: Definition of auditing, Nature of Auditing, Distinction Between Auditing and ing, Economic Demand for Auditing, Assurance Services, Types of Audits and Auditors. 2. The Auditing Profession: Chartered ing (CA) Firms and their Activities, Structure of CA Firms, Role of BSEC in relation to auditing, BSEC’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and Audit vs. Non-audit Activities, ICAB, US GAAS, International Standards on Auditing (ISA) and Bangladesh Standards on Auditing (BSA), Statutory Cost Audit. 3. Audit Reports: Part of the Audit Report, Categories of Audit Reports, Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, Unqualified Audit Report with Explanatory Paragraph or Modified Wording, Conditions Requiring a Departure from Unqualified Opinion, Audit

6

Reports Other Than Unqualified; Qualified Auditors’ Reports (Qualified, Adverse and Disclaimer) and Auditors Reports with emphasis on materiality. 4. Legal Liability: The legal environment of audit profession, Auditors’ Liability to clients, Auditors’ Liability to third parties under common law, Auditors’ Civil liability, Auditors’ Criminal liability, Profession’s response to liability. 5. The Audit Responsibilities and Objectives: Objective of Conducting an Audit of Financial Statements, Steps to Develop Audit Objectives, Management’s Responsibilities, Objectives of the Auditor, Auditor’s Responsibilities, Financial Statement Cycles, Setting Audit Objectives, Management Assertions, Transaction-Related Audit Objectives, Balance-Related Audit Objectives, Presentation and Disclosure-Related Audit Objectives, How Audit Objectives are Met, Phases of a Financial Statement Audit. 6. Audit Evidence: Definition of Evidence, Distinguishing among scientific, legal and audit evidence, Audit Evidence Decisions, Audit Program, Persuasiveness of Evidence, Types of Audit Evidence, Application of Types of evidence to the Evidence Decisions, Audit Documentation, Audit File Contents and Organization. 7. Audit Planning Analytical Procedures: Steps in Planning an Audit and Deg an Audit Approach, Initial Audit Planning, Obtaining an Understanding with the Client, Developing Overall Audit Strategy, Understanding of the Client’s Business and Industry, Assess Client Business Risk, Preliminary Analytical Procedures, Analytical Procedures. 8. Audit of Internal Control and Control Risk: Internal Control Objectives, Management’s Responsibilities for Establishing Internal Control, Management’s Assessment of Internal Controls, Auditor Responsibilities for Understanding Internal Control and Testing Internal Control, Components of Internal Control, Process for Understanding Internal Control and Assessing Control Risk, Obtain and Document Understanding of Internal Control, Assessing Control Risk. 9. Overall Audit Plan and Audit Program: Audit Test, Types of Audit Tests: Risk assessment procedures and Further audit procedures, Relationship between Further Audit Procedures and Evidence, Audit Assurance at Different Levels of Internal Control Effectiveness, Impact of Information Technology on Audit Testing, Audit Program. 10. Completing the Audit: Performing audit tests related to presentation and disclosure, Review for contingent liabilities, Post-balance-sheet review for subsequent events, issuing the Audit Report, Communicate with the audit committee and Management. Books Reference: 1. Alvin A. Arens, Randal J. Elder and Mark S. Beasley. Auditing and Assurance Services (Latest Edition) Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. 2. ICAB (Institute of Chartered ants of Bangladesh). Assurance-Study Manual, CA Professional Stage Knowledge Level (Latest Edition). Dhaka: ICAB. 3. ICAB Audit and Assurance- Study Manual, CA Professional Stage Application Level (Latest Edition) Dhaka: ICAB.

7


Marks: 100

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. ISLAMIC BANKING

Foundation of Islamic Banking; Evolution of Islamic Banking and Financial Markets, Islamic Banking-Concepts, Basic Features and Objectives; Funding an Islamic Bank, Mobilization of Deposits; Liquidity Management; Islamic Modes of Investment; Working Capital, Import and Export financing by Islamic Banks; Rural Financing under Islamic Banks, Risk Management by Islamic Banks; Central Banking in Islamic Framework; Islamic Micro Finance Institutions, Implementation of Islamic Banking; Experience from different countries. Books Recommended:

1. M. Kabir Hasan (Editor)

: Text Book Research

2. Mohammad Abdul Hamid

: :

3. Sudin Haron Bala Shanmugam Paper Code: 232413 Paper Title:

on

Islamic

Banking,

Islamic

Islamic Economics Islamic Banking System Concepts and Approach

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. MARKETING OF FINANCIAL SERVICE

Changing Patterns of Financial Institutions Strategy; Competitor Analysis; Global Competitiveness of Financial Institutions; Information for Financial Institutions Services; Formulation if Optimum Strategy for Financial Institutions in view of Changing Environment of Financial Sector; Financial Service Environment; Financial Service Consumers; Identifying and Targeting Financial Prospects: Development and Management of Financial Products; Traditional Channels of Distribution; Technology-driven Distribution Channels; Pricing of Financial Services (Communication and Promotion : Building Customer Relationships; Customer Retention and Loyalty ; Corporate Financial Services. Books Recommended:

1. Tina Harrison 2. Derek F. Channon 3. Andrew Nuttey Paper Code: 232415 Paper Title:

: Financial Services Marketing, Pearson Education Limited, Essex, England : Bank Strategic Management and Marketing : Selling Financial Service Products in the Era of the Euro Marks: 100 Credits: 4 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


1. Goals and Functions of Finance: Meaning of Financial Management, Financial Goal, Maximize Shareholders, Wealth, Maximization of EPS, Corporate decisions, Importance of Financial Management, Factors influencing financial decisions, Agency Problems, Dealing with Agency Problems, Principle of Financial Management, Social Responsibility, Corporate governance. 2. Capital Budgeting and Risk Analysis: Risk Evaluation approaches-Certainty Equivalents (CE), Risk-adjusted Discounted Rates (RADR), CE vs RADR, Probability Distribution Approach, Decision Tree Approach, Behavioral Approach for Dealing with Risk-Sensitivity Analysis, Simulation. 8

3. Theory of Capital Structure: Introduction to the Theory, Assumptions and Definitions, NI Approach, NOI approach and Traditional Approach, Modigliani-Miller (MM) Position, Arbitrage process, Taxes Capital Structure, Corporate plus Personal Taxes, Merton Miller’s Equilibrium, Effects of Bankruptcy Costs, Tradeoff model, Packing order theory. 4. Dividend Policy: Procedural Aspects of Paying Dividends, Types of Dividend Policies, Factors Affecting Dividend Policy, Dividend Payout Irrelevance, Arguments for Dividend Payout Mattering, Impact of Other Imperfections, Financial Signaling, Share Repurchase, Method of Repurchase, Repurchasing as Part of Dividend Decision, Stock Dividends, Stock Splits. 5. Capital Market financing: Public Offering of Securities, Traditional Underwriting, Best Efforts Offering, Making a Market, Shelf Registrations, Flotation Costs, Government Regulations for Issuing Securities, SEC Review, SEC Regulations in the Secondary Market, Selling Common Stock Through a Rights Issue, Value of Rights, Success of the Offering, Standby Underwriting, Oversubscriptions, Rights Issue vs. Public Offering, Green Shoe Provision, Financing a Fledgling, Initial Public Offerings, Information Effects of Announcing a Security Issue, Types of Long-term Debt Instruments, Retirement of Bonds, Preferred Stock and its Features, Common Stock and its Features, Bond Refunding. 6. Lease Financing: Definition of Lease, Types of Lease, Leasing Arrangements, Advantages and Disadvantages of Lease, Lease versus Purchase Decision, Leasing in BangladeshProblems and Prospects. 7. Working Capital Management: Importance, Determinants of Working Capital, Polices for Financing Current Assets, Operating Cycle and Cash Conversion Cycle, Estimating Working Capital Requirement. Books Recommended: 1. James C. Van Horne

2. James C. Van Horne & John M. Wachowicz 3. Ghosh, Biswas, Bala, Sath, Hoques & Manik

: :

Financial Management and Policy Fundamentals of Financial Management

:

Financial Management, Nadi Publications

9

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Management

Four Year B.B.A. (Hounors) Course Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

National University Subject: Management Syllabus for Four-Year BBA Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year-wise Papers and marks distribution.


Paper Title Operations Management Business Statistics (In English) Organizational Behavior Taxation in Bangladesh Insurance & Risk Management Company Law Management ing (In English) Marketing Management Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code: 232601 Paper Title 1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

Operations management: Definition – Functions – Transformation process – Lifecycle approach – Relations with other specialties – Historical development. Operations strategy: Corporate strategy – Market analysis – Competitive priorities – Services strategy – Manufacturing strategies – Mass customization. Product design and process selection: Product design and development sequence – Origin of the product idea – Process selection – Process automation – Process flow design – Service system design matrix – Service blueprinting. Capacity: Location and layout. Quality management: Role – Elements of TQM – Cost – Planning and control tools – SPC. Inventory systems: Definition – Purposes – Types – Costs – Independent versus dependent demand – Basic model types – EOQ – MRP – Purposes – Objectives, and

2

7. 8.

9.

philosophy – Master production schedule – capacity requirements – Manufacturing resources. Job design: Reengineering and work measurement. Operating decisions: Aggregate planning – Resource planning – Linear programming – Forecasting – Scheduling – Lean systems – Supply chain management. Operations Management in Bangladesh: Nature of manufacturing and services in Bangladesh with special reference to small and cottage industries, management practices in ready – made garments sector, types and quality of services available.

Books Recommended: 1. Krajewski and : Operations Management Ritzman 2. Chase and Aquilano : Production and Operations Management 3. Panneerselvan : Production and Operations Management (Further references may be given by the Paper teacher) Paper Code: 232603 Paper Title:

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Business Statistics (In English)

1. Introduction: Definition, Importance and scope, Limitations, Types of Statistical Methods, Data, Types of data, Sources of data. Classification of data, Organizing data Using data array, Tabulation of data, graphical presentation of data, types of diagrams. 2. Measures of Central Tendency: Objectives of averaging, Requisites of a measure of central Tendency, Measures of Central tendency, Mathematical averages, Geometric mean, Harmonic mean, Averages of position, partition values, Mode, Relationship between mean, median, and mode-comparison between measures of central tendency. 3. Measures of dispersion: Significance of measuring dispersion-classification of measures of dispersion-distance measures-average deviation measures. Measures of Skewness and Kurtosis. 4. Probability and probability distributions: Concepts of probability-definition of probability-combinations of permutations-Rules for probability and algebra of events-

3

Bayes’ Theorem-Probability distributions-expected value and variance of a random variable-Discrete Probability distributions-continuous probability distribution. 5. Sampling and Sampling distributions: Reasons of Sample Survey-Population parameters and sample statistics-Sampling Methods-Sampling distributions-Sampling distribution of Sample mean-Sampling distribution of sample proportion. 6. Hypothesis Testing: General procedure for Hypothesis Testing-Direction of the Hypothesis Test-Errors in Hypothesis Testing-Hypothesis Testing for Single population mean-Hypothesis Testing for difference between two population meansHypothesis testing for single population proportion-Hypothesis testing for population mean with small samples-Hypothesis testing based on F-Distribution. 7. Correlation and Regression Analysis: Significance of measuring correlationCorrelation and causation-Methods of correlation Analysis-Spearman’s Rank correlation coefficient. Understanding Regression analysis and its advantagesParameters of Simple linear Regression model-Methods to determine Regression coefficients. 8. Forecasting and time series analysis: Understanding Forecasting-Forecasting Methods-Time series analysis-time series decomposition Models-Trend projection methods- Quantitative forecasting methods-Measurement of Seasonal effectsmeasurement of cyclical variations-Residual Method-Measurement of Irregular variations. 9. Index Number: Understanding index number-types of Index numbers-Characteristics and Uses of index numbers-Methods for construction of Price indexes-unweighted price indexes-weighted price indexes-Quantity or Volume indexes-Value indexesTests of Adequacy of Indexes-Chain Index-Consumer Price indexes. Books Recommended: 1. Bruce L, Bowerman, Richard T.O. Connel, Michael L, Hand in Practice 2. Dr. Md. Rafiqul Islam, Business Statistics.

: Business Statistics

4


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

1. Introduction and overview: Definition-Nature and importance of organizational behavior-Individual behavior and its element-Fundamental element of organizational behavior-Social system. 2. Causation in behavior: The stimulus-The organism-The concept of interaction between S and O. 3. Conflict in organisation: Industrial conflict-Organizational conflicts at the individual and group level-Organizational reaction to conflicts at the individual and group level-Organisational reaction to conflict-Inter organisational conflict. 4. General principles of personnel Testing: The use of psychological test in industry-The types of best aptitude tests and achievement tests. 5. Frustration: The symptoms of frustration- Dealing with frustration 6. Motivational theories: The classical model-Two factor theory-Equity theoryMultiplicative theory- Maslaw`s need priority-Job satisfaction. 7. Leadership in organisation: Leadership traits and characteristics-Personality factors-Situation factors-Interaction of personality and situation factors-Leadership effectiveness-Theories and research. 8. Management development and training: A system view-The group for organisational effectiveness-Types of training-Evaluation of training Programs. Books Recommended: James G. March and : Organization Herbert A. Simon W. T. Greenwood : Management and Organization Behavior Theories Keith Davis : Human Relation at Work: The Dynamics of Organization Behavior Vikrom Bisen & : Industrial Psychology (New Age International Publishers) Priya: J. Tiffin and J. Mc. : Industrial Psychology Cormick

5


Marks: 100

Credits: 4


TAXATION IN BANGLADESH

1. Theory of Taxation: Taxation–An Introduction: Public Finance and Tax as a Source of Public Revenue, Other Sources of Public Revenue vs. Taxation, Public Finance vs. Private Finance, Importance of Public Finance, Definition of Tax, Characteristics of Tax, Objectives of taxation, Principles of taxation, Characteristics of a Good Tax. Incidence of Taxes: Impact, Incidence and Effect of a Tax–Shifting of Tax Incidence–Demand and Supply Theory of Tax Shifting–Additional Factors Influencing Tax Shifting – General Effects of Taxation. Classification and Choice of Taxes: Classification Taxes (on the basis of: Number of taxes, Impact and incidence of taxes, Structure of tax-rates, Subject-matter of taxes, Elasticity of taxes, Classification of tax-bases, Increase or decrease in public revenue, Single-point vs. Multiple-point taxes, and Collector of taxes); Choice of Taxes between Proportional and Progressive taxes, Choice of Taxes between Direct and Indirect taxes; Tax Structure in Bangladesh 2. Business Taxation–An Introduction: Business Enterprises as a Taxpayer (Soleproprietorship, Partnership, and Company), -Through vs. Non--Through Entities, Legal Taxpayer vs. Real Taxpayer. 3. Income Tax: Introduction to Income Tax: Income Tax–Meaning, Nature, Importance in respect of Contribution to Internal Resource Mobilization–Historical Perspective of the Income Tax Ordinance, 1984 – Statutory Definitions of Important . Income Tax Authorities: istrative and Judicial Authorities–appointment, organization structure, power and functions–Taxes Appellate Tribunal–ed Income Tax practitioner. Charge of Income Tax: Basic Principles, Systems (Conventional Exemption Limit versus Filing Threshold)–Sources of Income Tax Laws. Computation of Total Income: Types of Assessees–Scope of Total Income on the basis of Assessee’s Residential Status–Income deemed to accrue or arise in Bangladesh–Deemed Income (unexplained investment etc.)–Non-Assessable Income–Income under Specific Heads (Salaries, Interest on Securities, Income from House Property, Agricultural Income, Income from Business or Profession, Share of Income from Firms, Income of Spouse or Minor Child, Capital Gains, Income form Other Sources, and Foreign Income)–Set-off and carry-forward of losses. Procedure of Assessment: Filing of return of income and ing Statements and Documents. Assessment of Tax: Provisional Assessment, Assessment on correct return, Universal Self-Assessment, Spot Assessment, Assessment after hearing, 6

Assessment on the basis of a Chartered ant’s Report, Best-judgment Assessment, Presumptive Assessment–Other issues in assessment: Assessment in cases of discontinuation of or succession to business, Assessment for outgoing persons and deceased persons, Assessment of escaped income, Limitations for assessment–Tax audit. Rates of Taxes: Tax Rate on Capital gains and Income form winnings–Tax rate on other income of individuals, firms and companies–Tax Rate on non-resident’s income, Imposition of Surcharge. Investment Tax Credit, Tax Rebate and Tax Relief: Rate of investment tax credit, Investment allowance items and maximum limit–Tax credit on Small or Cottage Industries–Tax-free income and tax credit–Tax relief for avoiding double taxation. Payment, Refund and Recovery: Four ways of Tax payment: Tax deducted at source (TDS), Advance payment, Payment on the basis of return and payment on notice of demand, Tax Recovery–TDS as the Final discharge of tax liability (sec. 82C). Individual Assessment: Assessment covering all heads of income excluding share of firm’s income–Clubbing of Income. Taxation of Partnership Firms: Set-off and carry-forward of losses by firm– Assessment of firms–Allocation firm's income among partners–Partners’ total income including share of firm’s income–Assessment in case of change in firm’s constitution and in case of constitution of new successor firm. Corporate Taxation: Definitions of Company and related –Determination of Total Income–Tax Rates and Tax Rebates. Provident, Superannuation, Pension and Gratuity Funds: Kinds of Provident Fund (PF): General, Contributory and Recognized–Privilege of Recognized PF–Approved Superannuation, Pension and Gratuity Funds. Liabilities in Special Cases: Liabilities of representatives, agents, firms, association of persons, partners, directors, liquidators, etc. Appeals And References: Appeal to Appellate t Commissioner of Taxes or Commissioner of Taxes (Appeals), Appeal to Taxes Appellate Tribunal, Reference to High Court Division and Appellate Division–Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR). Miscellaneous Issues: Default and Penalty–Offence and Prosecution–Methods of ing–Filing of Return of Withholding Tax–Filing of Annual Information Return–Tax Avoidance–Bond Washing Transactions. Tax-holiday Scheme: Industrial undertakings, Physical infrastructural facility and Cooperative society. 4. Other Taxes in Bangladesh: Value-Added-Tax (VAT): Important –Exempted Goods and Services–Output tax–Input Tax–Tax period–Taxable Goods–Invoice–Manufacturers–VAT Authorities. Imposition of VAT–Determination of Value for VAT–Methods and Time of VAT payment–Supplementary Duty–Turnover Tax–Tax Rebate– Registration of manufacturers Delegated powers–Appointment VAT officials-offence and penalties– Confiscation–Appeal-Revisions–Recovery of claims–Alternative Dispute Resolution. 7

Customs Duty: Nature–Scope and importance–Goods Dutiable–Goods Prohibited– Various Duties under the Customs Act–Rates of Duties–Tax Points and Valuation Bases for Customs Duty–Duty-Drawback and Exemptions–Pre-Shipment Inspection Authority –Assessment–Penalties and Offences–Customs Authority–Appeals and References–Alternative Dispute Resolution. Excise Duty: Nature–Scope–Services Dutiable–Rates of Duties–Assessment. Gift Tax: Charge of Gift Tax–Definition and Characteristics of Gift–Gifts to include certain transfer–Exemptions from Gift-tax–Determination of the value of Gifts– Return of Gifts–Rates of Gift-tax–Penalty and Prosecution–Assessment procedures– Gift-tax Authorities. Other Taxes and Duties: Narcotics and Liquor Duty–Non-Judicial Stamp–Land Revenue. Books Recommended : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Bala, S.K. and Others, Tax Laws with Professional Practice. H.L. Bhatia: Public Finance, Vikas Publsihing House Pvt. Ltd. GOB (Government of Bangladesh): Income Tax Manual, Part I–Income Tax Ordinance, 1984 and Income Tax Manual, Part II–Income Tax Rules, 1984. GOB: Value Added Tax Act 1991 and Value Added Tax Rules 1991 GOB: Gift Tax Act 1990 GOB: Customs Act 1969 GOB: Excise and Salt Act 1944 GOB: Finance Acts/ Ordinances. MCCI (Metropolitan Chamber of Commerce and Industry): Summary of Bangladesh Taxation Rules.


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT

1. Introduction: Origin and history-Definition-Nature-Scope-Role and social values of insurance –Insurance contracts-Principles-Essentials of and insurance contract. 2. Life Insurance: Life insurance contract-Kinds of policies and annuities-Procedure of effecting life assurance-Claims and settlement-Procedures- – plans- Computation of net single - Mortality rate Reserve-Calculation of reserve- Surplus and its distribution. 3. Marine Insurance: Subject matters-Marine insurance contract-Types and policies- Marine Losses-claims and settlement. 4. Fire Insurance: Fire insurance contract – Claims and settlements – Reinsurance.

8

5. Miscellaneous Insurance: Group insurance- Personal insurance Accident Insurance: Automobile insurance. 6. Risk: Definition-Classification-Insurance as a device for handling risk-Objectives of risk management –Peril-Hazard. 7. Insurance Business in Bangladesh: Present pattern of insurance industry-Jiban Bima Corporation- Sadharan Bima Corporation-Postal Life Insprance –American Life Insurance Company- Other private Insurance Companies. 8. Insurance for small business: Property insurance-Firect Lessees-Less of incomeBurglary and robbery-Employee dishonesty liability insurance- General, auto, professional and workers compensation. 9. Insurance organization: Types and selection of insurer’s company-Financial operations-Training and education. Books Recommended: 1. R. J. Mehr and E commeck, Principles of Insurance, Richard D. Irwin Inc., Homewood, Illinois. 2. H. S. Denengerg, R. D. Ejlers and G. W. Harfman, Risk and Insurance, Rprntice Hall International Inc., Englewood Cliffs, USA. 3. C.A. Klinc, J.J. Melone, H.W. Snider and J.B. Maclean, Life Insurance, McGraeHall Book Company, N,J. USA. 4. M. N. Mishara : Insurance Principles and Practices 5. Azizul Haq Chawdhuri : Elements of Insurance (Further references may be given by the Paper teacher) Paper Code: 232611 Paper Title

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Company Law

1. Introduction: background and evolution of company law in the sub-continent – the company – Definition – Features and classification of companies – Formation and incorporation of a company – law and procedures. 2. Memorandum and Articles of Association. 3. Prospectus. 4. Share Capital: Application – allotment – types of shares – debenture – – discount – right issue – convertibility – alteration of share capital – bonus share – share – split.

9

5. Share Certificate and Share Warrant: Definition – content – issue – surrender etc. hip and maintenance of etc., transfer and transmission of shares and debentures – forfeiture of shares. 6. Company Management and istration: Directors – qualifications – appointment – removal managing agent – duration – investigation – remuneration. 7. Meetings: Board’s meeting – frequency – notice – agenda – quorum – resolution – general meetings – types – law and procedure – resolutions and minutes. 8. Borrowing Powers and Methods: Pledges – hypothecation – mortgage – floating charge. 9. Winding-Up of Companies : Meaning – modes – consequences etc. Books Recommended: 1. Mofizul Islam : Principles of Commercial Law 2. Arun Kumer Sen and : Commercial Law and Industrial Law Jitendra Kumar Mitra 3. M.C. Kuchhal : Mercantile Law 4. Govt. of Bangladesh : Companies Act, 1994 (Further references may be given by the Paper teacher) Paper Code: 232613 Paper Title:

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. MANAGEMENT ING (In English)

1. Introduction: Definition of Management ing and Its Relation with Financial and Cost ing, Management ing and Decision Making, Importance of Ethics, Management ing in Service and Nonprofit Organizations, Cost-Benefit and Behavioral Considerations, Management Process and ing, Planning and Control for Product Life Cycles and the Value Chain, Career Opportunities in Management ing, Changes in Business Processes and Management ing, Management ing Profession. 2. Cost Concepts and Classifications: General Cost Classifications- Cost Classifications on Financial Statements - The Flow of Cost in a Manufacturing Company- Cost Classifications Predicting Cost Behavior- Cost Classifications for Decision Making.

10

3. Absorption and Variable Costing: Variable and Absorption Costing, Variable vs. Absorption Costing: Operating Income and Income Statements, Absorption Costing and Performance Measurement, Comparing Inventory Costing Methods: Absorption, Variable, & Throughput/Super-Variable Costing, and Actual, Normal & Standard Costing; Denominator-Level Capacity Concepts and Fixed-Cost Capacity Analysis, Choosing a Capacity Level for different purposes, Planning and Control of Capacity Costs. 4. Cost-Volume-Profit Relationships: Identifying Resources, Activities, Costs, and Cost Drivers, Variable and Fixed Costs, CVP Analysis: Computing the Break-Even Point (BEP), Graphing the BEP, Changes in Fixed Expenses, Changes in Unit Contribution Margin, Target Net Profit and an Incremental Approach, Multiple Changes in Key Factors; Additional Uses of CVP Analysis: Best Cost Structure, Operating Leverage, Margin of Safety, Contribution Margin and Gross Margin; Nonprofit Application of CVP Analysis, Sales-Mix Analysis, Impact of Income Taxes. 5. Relevant Costs for Decision Making: Management’s Decision-making ProcessIdentifying Different Costs and Benefits- Different Costs for Different PurposesThe Incremental Analysis Approach-Types of Incremental Analysis- Accept an Order at a Special Price-Make or Buy-Sell or Process Further-Retain or Replace Equipment- Eliminate an Unprofitable Business Segment-Allocate Limited Resources. 6. Budgeting and Budgetary Control: Budgets and the Organization; Potential Problems in Implementing Budgets, Planning Horizon (Strategic Plan and LongRange Planning); Types of Budgets: Master Budget (Pro Forma Statements) and Continuous Budgets (Rolling Budgets); Components of a Master Budget: Operating Budget/Profit Plan (Sales budget, Purchases budget, Cost of goods sold budget, Operating expenses budget, Budgeted income statement), and Financial budget (Capital budget, Cash budget, Budgeted balance sheet); Preparing the Master Budget; Activity-Based Master Budgets (Functional Budgets and Activity-Based Budgets).. 7. Flexible Budget: Flexible Budget and Fixed Budget-Characteristics of Flexible Budget-Advantages of Flexible Budget-Segregation of Semi-variable CostPreparation of Flexible Budget. 11

8. Standard Costing: Concepts-Standards and Budgets-Advantages of Standard Costing-Analysis of Material, Labor and Overhead Variances. Books Reference: 1. C. T. Horngren, G. L. Sundem, W. O. Stratton, J. Schatzberg, and D. Burgstahler. Introduction to Management ing (Latest Edition). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. 2. Ray H. Garrison, Eric W. Noreen, and Peter C. Brewer. Managerial ing (Latest Edition). Boston: McGraw-Hill & Irwin. 3. Charles T. Horngren, Srikant M. Datar, Madhav V. Rajan. Cost ing: A Managerial Emphasis (Latest Edition). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. Paper Code: 232615 Paper Title:

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. MARKETING MANAGEMENT

1. Defining Marketing for the 21st Century: Definition of Marketing Management, Key Customer Markets, Core Concepts of Marketing Management, Marketing Management Tasks. 2. Developing Marketing Strategies and Plans: Phases of Value Creation and Delivery, Value Chain, Core Business Processes, Characteristics of Core Competencies, Holistic Marketing, Marketing Plan, Levels of a Marketing Plan, Corporate Headquarters’ Planning Activities, Corporate Culture, SWOT Analysis, Porter’s Generic Strategies, Marketing Plan Contents. 3. Analyzing Consumer and Business Markets:

Analyzing Consumer Markets

(Consumer Behaviour, Factors Influencing Consumer Behavior, Psychological Processes Influencing Consumer Responses to the Marketing Program, Consumers’ Purchasing Decisions, Mental ing)–Analyzing Business Markets (Business Market and its Difference from Consumer market, Participates in the Business-toBusiness Buying Process, Business Buyers’ Decision-Making, Build Strong Relationships with Business Customers, Buying by Institutional Buyers and Government Agencies).

12

4. Identifying Market Segments and Targets: Different Levels of Market Segmentation, Divide a Market into Segments, Requirements for Effective Segmentation, Segmenting for Business Markets, Steps in Segmentation Process, Effective Segmentation Criteria, Porter’s 5 Forces Model. 5. Building Strong Brands: Creating Brand Equity: Brand, the Role of Branding, Brand Equity, Building, Measuring and Managing Brand Equity; Crafting the Brand Position: Developing and Establishing an Effective Brand Positioning in the Market, Brand Differentiation Strategies, Means of Differentiation; Competitive Dynamics: Expanding the Total Market, Protecting Market Share, Market Challenger Strategies, Market Follower Strategies, Market Nicher Strategies, Product Life Cycles. 6. Setting Product Strategy: Products, Classification of Products, Differentiating Products, Product Design, Factors Affecting a Good Design, Building and Managing Product Mix and Product Lines, Combine Products to Create Strong Co-Brands or Ingredient Brands; Packaging, Labeling, Warranties, and Guarantees as Marketing Tools. 7. Deg and Managing Services: Definition and Classification of Services, Difference of Services from Goods, New Services Realities, Achieving Excellence in Services Marketing, Improving Service Quality, Improving Customer Services. 8. Developing Pricing Strategies and Programs: Common Pricing Mistakes, Processing and Evaluating Prices by Consumers, Setting Prices Initially for Products or Services, Adapting Prices to Meet Varying Circumstances and Opportunities, Initiating a Price Change, Responding to a Competitor’s Price Challenge. Books Recommended: 1. Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller. Marketing Management (Latest Asian Edition). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. 2. Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller. Framework for Marketing Management (Latest Edition). Upper Saddle

13

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of ing

Four‐Year B.B.A. (Honours) Paper Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

1

National University Subject: ing Syllabus for Four-Year BBA Honours Paper Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year-wise Papers and marks distribution.


Paper Title Audit and Assurance Advanced ing-I Cost ing Management ing (In English) Business and Commercial Laws Entrepreneurship Financial Management Banking and Insurance Theories, Laws and s Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code : 232501 Paper Title :

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 AUDIT AND ASSURANCE


1. The Demand for Audit and Other Assurance Services: Definition of auditing, Nature of Auditing, Distinction Between Auditing and ing, Economic Demand for Auditing, Assurance Services, Types of Audits and Auditors. 2. The Auditing Profession: Chartered ant (CA) Firms and their Activities, Structure of CA Firms, Role of BSEC in relation to auditing, BSEC’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and Audit vs. Non-audit Activities, ICAB, US GAAS, International Standards on Auditing (ISA) and Bangladesh Standards on Auditing (BSA), Statutory Cost Audit. 3. Audit Reports: Parts of the Audit Report, Categories of Audit Reports, Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, Unqualified Audit Report with Explanatory Paragraph or Modified Wording, Conditions Requiring a Departure from Unqualified Opinion, Audit Reports other than Unqualified: Qualified Auditors’ Reports (Qualified, Adverse and Disclaimer) and Auditors’ Reports with emphasis on materiality. 4. Legal Liability: The legal environment of audit profession, Auditors’ Liability to clients, Auditors’ Liability to third parties under common law, Auditors’ Civil liability, Auditors’ Criminal liability, Profession's response to liability. 5. The Audit Responsibilities and Objectives: Objective of Conducting an Audit of Financial Statements, Steps to Develop Audit Objectives, Management’s Responsibilities, Objectives of the Auditor, Auditor's Responsibilities, Financial Statement Cycles, Setting Audit

2

Objectives, Management Assertions, Transaction-Related Audit Objectives, Balance-Related Audit Objectives, Presentation and Disclosure-Related Audit Objectives, How Audit Objectives are met, Phases of a Financial Statement Audit. 6. Audit Evidence: Definition of Evidence, Distinguishing among scientific, legal and audit evidence, Audit Evidence Decisions, Audit Program, Persuasiveness of Evidence, Types of Audit Evidence, Application of Types of evidence to the Evidence Decisions, Audit Documentation, Audit File Contents and Organization. 7. Audit Planning and Analytical Procedures: Steps in Planning an Audit and Deg an Audit Approach, Initial Audit Planning, Obtaining an Understanding with the Client, Developing Overall Audit Strategy, Understanding of the Client’s Business and Industry, Assess Client Business Risk, Preliminary Analytical Procedures. 8. Audits of Internal Control and Control Risk: Internal Control Objectives, Management’s Responsibilities for Establishing Internal Control, Management’s Assessment of Internal Controls, Auditor Responsibilities for Understanding Internal Control and Testing Internal Control, Components of Internal Control, Process for Understanding Internal Control and Assessing Control Risk, Obtain and Document Understanding of Internal Control. 9. Overall Audit Plan and Audit Program: Audit Tests, Types of Audit Tests: Risk assessment procedures and Further audit procedures, Relationship Between Further Audit Procedures and Evidence, Audit Assurance at Different Levels of Internal Control Effectiveness, Impact of Information Technology on Audit Testing, Audit Program. 10. Completing the Audit: Performing audit tests related to presentation and disclosure, Review for contingent liabilities, Post-balance-sheet review for subsequent events, Issuing the Audit Report, Communicate with the audit committee and management. Books Recommended : 1. Alvin A. Arens, Randal J. Elder and Mark S. Beasley

:

Auditing and Assurance Services (Latest Edition) Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall

2. ICAB (Institute of Chartered ants of Bangladesh)

:

Assurance–Study Manual, CA Professional Stage Knowledge Level (Latest Edition). Dhaka: ICAB

3. ICAB

:

Audit and Assurance–Study Manual CA Professional Stage Application Level (Latest Edition). Dhaka: ICAB


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 ADVANCED ING-I


1. ing for Stockholders’ Equity: The Corporate Form of Organization, Corporate Capital: Issuance of Share/stock, Reacquisition of Shares, Preferred Stock, ing for and Reporting Preferred Stock, Dividend Distributions, Stock Split, Presentation of Stockholders’ Equity; ing for Share-based Payment (IFRS-2). 2. Company’s Financial Statements: Provisions on Company’s financial statements in the Companies Act 1994 and the Securities and Exchange Rules 1987; Frequency of Financial Reporting (Interim vs. Annual); Preparation of a complete set of Financial Statements of a company as per IAS 1.

3

3. Revenue Recognition (IAS 18): Guidelines for Revenue Recognition, Revenue Recognition at Point of Sale (Delivery): Sales with Discounts, Sales with Right of Return, Sales with Buybacks, Bill and Hold Sales, Principal-Agent Relationships, Trade Loading and Channel Stuffing, Multiple-Deliverable Arrangements; Revenue Recognition Before Delivery: Percentage-of-Completion Method, Completed-Contract Method, Long-Term Contract Losses, Completion-of-Production Basis; Revenue Recognition after Delivery: InstallmentSales Method, Cost-Recovery Method, Deposit Method; Revenue Recognition for Franchises. 4. ing for Leases: The Leasing Environment, Off–Balance-Sheet Financing, Conceptual Nature of a Lease; ing by the Lessee: Capitalization Criteria, Asset and Liability ed for Capital Lease Method, Operating Lease Method; Comparison of Capital Lease with Operating Lease; ing by the Lessor: Economics of Leasing, Classification of Leases by the Lessor, Direct-Financing Method, Operating Method; Special ing Problems: Residual Values, Sales-Type Leases (Lessor), Bargain-Purchase Option (Lessee), Initial Direct Costs (Lessor). 5. ing Changes and Error Analysis (IAS 8): ing Changes: Changes in ing Principle, Retrospective ing Change Approach; Changes in ing Estimate: Prospective Reporting; Change in Reporting Entity; Correction of Errors. Error Analysis: Balance Sheet Errors, Income Statement Errors, Balance Sheet and Income Statement Errors, Counterbalancing Errors, Non-counterbalancing Errors, Preparation of Financial Statements with Error Corrections. 6. ing for Operating Segments (IFRS 8): Definition of operating segments, Reportable segments: Defined operating segments, Aggregation criteria, Quantitative thresholds. 7. ing relating to Bankruptcy : Bankruptcy of Individual, Partnership Firms and Company under the Bankruptcy Act 1997. Books Recommended : 1. Donald E. Kieso, Jerry J. Weygandt and Terry D. Warfield (2012)

:

Intermediate ing (Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.) Latest edition.

2. IASB

:

International Financial Reporting Standards (Latest edition)

3. ICAB

:

Financial ing Study Manual (Professional Stage Application Level)


Marks : 100

Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. COST ING

1. Cost ing and Cost ant: Cost ing: Definition, Differences with Financial ing, Management ing; Cost-Benefit Approach in Decision Making; Different Costs for Different Purposes, Organization Structure and the Cost ant; Cost ing as a Profession and Professional Ethics. 2. An Introduction to Cost and Purposes: Costs and Cost Terminology–Direct Costs and Indirect Costs, Factors Affecting Direct/Indirect Cost Classifications; Cost-Behavior Patterns: Variable Costs and Fixed Costs, Cost Drivers, Relevant Range; Relationships of Types of Costs, Total Costs and Unit Costs; Types of Inventory in Manufacturing, Merchandising-, and Service-Sector Companies; Commonly Used Classifications of 4

Manufacturing Costs (Inventoriable Costs and Period Costs); Prime Costs and Conversion Costs, Different Meanings of Product Costs; A Framework for Cost ing and Cost Management; Calculating the Cost of Products, Services and Other Cost Objects. 3. Cost Behaviour Analysis: Basic Assumptions and Examples of Cost Functions, Identifying Cost Drivers, Cost Estimation Methods: Industrial Engineering Method, Conference Method, Analysis Method, and Quantitative Analysis Method; Steps in Estimating a Cost Function Using Quantitative Analysis, High-Low Method, Regression Analysis Method, Evaluating Cost Drivers of the Estimated Cost Function, Nonlinear Cost Functions, Data Collection and Adjustment Issues. 4. Materials: Direct and Indirect Materials, Procurements of Materials, Storage of Material. Materials Record, Methods of Valuing Material Issues, Planning Material Requirements, Stock levels, EOQ, Safety Stock, Materials Control, Stock Verification and Adjustment. 5. Labor: Measuring Labor Costs, Overtime and Idle Time, Labor Cost Control, Method of Remuneration, Incentive Plans, Calculation of labor cost, Recording of labor cost. 6. Overhead: Planning and Control of Overhead, Predetermined Manufacturing Overhead, Methods of Determining Allocation Ratios, Applied Manufacturing Overhead, Over and Under Applied Manufacturing Overhead, istrative, Selling and Distribution Overhead, ing for Overheads. 7. Allocation of -Department Costs, Common Costs, and Revenues: Allocating Department Costs Using the Single-Rate and Dual-Rate Methods, Budgeted Versus Actual Costs, and the Choice of Allocation Base, Allocating Costs of Multiple Departments: Direct Method, Step-Down Method, and Reciprocal Method; Allocating Common Costs: Stand-Alone Cost-Allocation Method and Incremental Cost-Allocation Method; Cost Allocations and Contract Disputes, Bundled Products and Revenue Allocation Methods. 8. Job Costing: Building-Block Concepts of Costing Systems, Job-Costing and ProcessCosting Systems, Job Costing: Evaluation and Implementation, Time Period Used to Compute Indirect-Cost Rates, Normal Costing and Actual Costing, Normal Job-Costing System in Manufacturing, General Ledger and Subsidiary Ledgers, Batch Costing and Contract Costing. 9. Process Costing: Process Costing, Physical Units and Equivalent Units, Calculation of Product Costs, Journal Entries; Weighted-Average (WA) Method and First-In, First-Out (FIFO) Method, Transferred-In Costs in Process Costing, Spoilage and Scrap, Normal and Abnormal Spoilages, Procedure for Process Costing with Spoilage and Scrap. 10. Service Costing : ing Systems of Transport Company, Educational Institute & Hospital. Books Recommended : 1. Charles T. Horngren, Srikant M. Datar Madhav V. Rajan

:

Cost ing: A Managerial Emphasis (Latest Edition). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall Intermediate ing (Hoboken, New

2. C. T. Horngren, G. L. Sundem,

:

Introduction to Management ing (Latest Edition). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall

W. O. Stratton, J. Schatzberg, and D. Burgstahler

5

3. Ray H. Garrison, Eric W. Noreen, and Peter C. Brewer


:

Managerial ing (Latest Edition) Boston: McGraw-Hill & Irwin.

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. MANAGEMENT ING (In English)

1. Introduction: Definition of Management ing and Its Relation with Financial and Cost ing, Management ing and Decision Making, Importance of Ethics, Management ing in Service and Nonprofit Organizations, Cost-Benefit and Behavioral Considerations, Management Process and ing, Planning and Control for Product Life Cycles and the Value Chain, Career Opportunities in Management ing, Changes in Business Processes and Management ing, Management ing Profession. 2. Cost Concepts and Classifications: General Cost Classifications- Cost Classifications on Financial Statements - The Flow of Cost in a Manufacturing Company- Cost Classifications Predicting Cost Behavior- Cost Classifications for Decision Making. 3. Absorption and Variable Costing: Variable and Absorption Costing, Variable vs. Absorption Costing: Operating Income and Income Statements, Absorption Costing and Performance Measurement, Comparing Inventory Costing Methods: Absorption & Variable, Costing, and Actual, Normal & Standard Costing; Reconciliation of profit under both methods. 4. Activity-Based Costing: Broad Averaging and Its Consequences; Under-costing and Overcosting, Product-Cost, Cross-Subsidization, Simple Costing System Using a Single IndirectCost Pool, Refining a Costing System–Activity-Based Costing (ABC) Systems, Implementing ABC; Comparing Alternative Costing Systems. 5. Cost-Volume-Profit Relationships: Identifying Resources, Activities, Costs, and Cost Drivers, Variable and Fixed Costs, CVP Analysis: Computing the Break-Even Point (BEP), Graphing the BEP, Changes in Fixed Expenses, Changes in Unit Contribution Margin, Target Net Profit and an Incremental Approach, Multiple Changes in Key Factors; Additional Uses of CVP Analysis: Best Cost Structure, Operating Leverage, Margin of Safety, Contribution Margin and Gross Margin; Sales-Mix Analysis, Impact of Income Taxes. 6. Relevant Costs for Decision Making: Management’s Decision-making Process-Identifying Different Costs and Benefits- Different Costs for Different Purposes-The Incremental Analysis Approach-Types of Incremental Analysis- Accept an Order at a Special Price, Make or Buy, Sell or Process Further, Retain or Replace Equipment, Eliminate an Unprofitable Business Segment, Allocate Limited Resources. 7. Budgeting and Budgetary Control: Budgets and the Organization; Potential Problems in Implementing Budgets, Planning Horizon (Strategic Plan and Long-Range Planning); Types of Budgets: Master Budget and Continuous Budgets (Rolling Budgets); Components of a Master Budget: Operating Budget/Profit Plan (Sales budget, Purchases budget, Cost of goods sold budget, Operating expenses budget, Budgeted income statement), and Financial budget Cash

6

budget, Budgeted balance sheet); Preparing the Master Budget; Activity-Based Master Budgets (Functional Budgets and Activity-Based Budgets).. 8. Flexible Budget: Flexible Budget and Fixed Budget-Characteristics of Flexible BudgetAdvantages of Flexible Budget-Segregation of Semi-variable Cost-Preparation of Flexible Budget. 9. Standard Costing: Concepts-Standards and Budgets-Advantages of Standard CostingAnalysis of Material, Labor and Overhead Variances. Books Recommended : 1. C. T. Horngren, G. L. Sundem W. O. Stratton, J. Schatzberg and D. Burgstahler

:

Introduction to Management ing (Latest Edition). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall

2. Ray H. Garrison, Eric W. Noreen and Peter C. Brewer

:

Managerial ing (Latest Edition) Boston: McGraw-Hill & Irwin

3. Charles T. Horngren, Srikant M. Datar Madhav V. Rajan

:

Cost ing: A Managerial Emphasis (Latest Edition) Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. BUSINESS AND COMMERCIAL LAWS

1. The Contract Act, 1872: Definition of contract–Essentials of contract–Communication, acceptance and revocation of proposals, Contracts; voidable contracts and void agreements– Consignment contracts–Contracts which must be performed–Time and place of performance–Contracts which need not be performed–Breach of contract–Indemnity and guarantee–Bailment–Bailment of pledges–Agency, appointment and authority of agents, subagents, revocation of authority, agent’s duty to principal, principal’s duty to agent. 2. The Sale of Goods Act, 1930: Formation of the contract–Effects of the contract– Performance of the contract–Rights of unpaid seller against the goods- Suits for breach of the contract. 3. The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881: Promissory notes, bills of exchange and cheques– Negotiations–Payment and interest–Discharge from liability on notes, bills and cheques– Notice of dishonour–Special provisions relating to cheques–Special provisions relating to bills of exchange–Penalties in case of dishonour of certain cheques for insufficiency of funds in the s 4. The Trade Marks Act, 2009: Registration procedures and duration, Effects of registration, Use of trademark. 5. The Partnership Act, 1932: The nature of partnership–Relations of partners to one another– Relations of partners to third parties–Incoming and outgoing partners–Dissolution of a firm– Registration of firms. 6. The Bangladesh Labor Act, 2006: Important Statutory Definitions: Factory, Worker, Employer, Commercial Establishment, Industrial Establishment; Summary of major provisions on: Employment and Conditions of Services, Employment of Adolescent,

7

Provisions of Health, Hygiene, Safety and Welfare Measures, Working hours and leave, Trade Union and Industrial relations, Dispute resolution, Workers’ Participation in Companies’ Profits. 7. The Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995: Restrictions on manufacture, sale etc. of article s injurious to environment–Remedial measures for injury to ecosystem– Environmental Clearance Certificate. 8. The Arbitration Act, 2001: Arbitration agreement, Subject matter of arbitration, Different methods of arbitration, Arbitration Tribunal, Arbitral proceedings, Arbitral award, Appeals. 9. The Competition Act, 2012: Objective of the Act–Agreement against Competition–Abuse

of Dominant Position–Bangladesh Competition Commission–Complaint, Inspection and Disposal–Appeal. Reference Books : 1. The Contract Act, 1872 2. The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 3. The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 4. The Trade Marks Act, 2009 5. The Partnership Act, 1932 6. The Bangladesh Labor Act, 2006 7. The Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 8. The Arbitration Act, 2001 9. The Competition Act, 2012 10. Website for the laws: http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/ Paper Code: 232511 Paper Title:

Marks: 100

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. ENTREPRENEURSHIP

1. Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Meaning of entrepreneurship, entrepreneur and entrepreneurship-historical background of the concept of entrepreneurship- entrepreneurial process-causes for interest in entrepreneurship, climate for entrepreneurship-establishing entrepreneurship in the organization-types of entrepreneurship-classification of entrepreneurs-entrepreneurs background and characteristics- common qualities of an entrepreneur-role of entrepreneurs in developing countries like Bangladesh-entrepreneurial careers and education- ethics and social responsibility of entrepreneurs-methods of assessing self entrepreneurial qualities-Theories of entrepreneurship: Psychological theories, Sociopsychological theories and cultural theories and models of entrepreneurship. 2. Entrepreneurial Environment and business Opportunity identification: Analysis of business environment-political, economic, legal and technical aspects of environment, environmental scanning procedure, SWOT analysis, techniques of environmental analysis. 3. Introducing Small Business : Definition, Types, Forms of Small Business, Advantage and disadvantage of Small Business. 4. Planning of Small Business: Definition, Importance, uses and features of a business plan, how to prepare a business plan, pitfall to avoid in making business plan. 5. Franchising: Meaning, purpose of franchising, franchise agreement, cost of franchise.

8

6. Financing Small Enterprises: Planning financial needs, using capital in small business, Sources of financing for small firms, working capital and request for institutional loan. 7. Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development in Bangladesh: Role of SME foundation, BSCIC and other organization under the entrepreneurship small business development in Bangladesh-Women entrepreneurship in Bangladesh. 8. Business Documents Collection Procedure and Maintenance: Issuing trade license, collecting TIN Number, VAT registration, Opening business with bank and other non-banking financial institutions, collecting association hip, partnership agreement, registration of t stock companies, registration of cooperative society, registration of foundation, registration of NGO-IRC, ERC, opening a L/C, export documentations-import documentations-Insurance-fire-environment-intellectual property-trade mark Patents, Copyrights and Trade secrets, and other relevant business documents collection procedure and maintenance. 9. Writing a Business Plan: Assignment for internal evaluation (Marks : 20) Books Recommended: 1. Dr. A H M Habibur Rahman 2. Robert D. Hisrich & Others


: :

Marks: 100

Entrepreneurship (Latest Edition) .......................................................6th edition, McGraw Hill

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

1. Goals and Functions of Finance: Meaning of Financial Management, Financial Goal, Maximize Shareholders, Wealth, Maximization of EPS, Corporate decisions, Importance of Financial Management, Factors influencing financial decisions, Agency Problems, Dealing with Agency Problems, Principle of Financial Management, Social Responsibility, Corporate governance. 2. Capital Budgeting and Risk Analysis: Risk Evaluation approaches-Certainty Equivalents (CE), Risk-adjusted Discounted Rates (RADR), CE vs RADR, Probability Distribution Approach, Decision Tree Approach, Behavioral Approach for Dealing with Risk-Sensitivity Analysis, Simulation. 3. Theory of Capital Structure: Introduction to the Theory, Assumptions and Definitions, NI Approach, NOI approach and Traditional Approach, Modigliani-Miller (MM) Position, Arbitrage process, Taxes Capital Structure, Corporate plus Personal Taxes, Merton Miller’s Equilibrium, Effects of Bankruptcy Costs, Tradeoff model, Packing order theory. 4. Dividend Policy: Procedural Aspects of Paying Dividends, Types of Dividend Policies, Factors Affecting Dividend Policy, Dividend Payout Irrelevance, Arguments for Dividend Payout Mattering, Impact of Other Imperfections, Financial Signaling, Share Repurchase, Method of Repurchase, Repurchasing as Part of Dividend Decision, Stock Dividends, Stock Splits.

9

5. Capital Market financing: Public Offering of Securities, Traditional Underwriting, Best Efforts Offering, Making a Market, Shelf Registrations, Flotation Costs, Government Regulations for Issuing Securities, SEC Review, SEC Regulations in the Secondary Market, Selling Common Stock Through a Rights Issue, Value of Rights, Success of the Offering, Standby Underwriting, Oversubscriptions, Rights Issue vs. Public Offering, Green Shoe Provision, Financing a Fledgling, Initial Public Offerings, Information Effects of Announcing a Security Issue, Types of Long-term Debt Instruments, Retirement of Bonds, Preferred Stock and its Features, Common Stock and its Features, Bond Refunding. 6. Lease Financing: Definition of Lease, Types of Lease, Leasing Arrangements, Advantages and Disadvantages of Lease, Lease versus Purchase Decision, Leasing in BangladeshProblems and Prospects. 7. Working Capital Management: Importance, Determinants of Working Capital, Polices for Financing Current Assets, Operating Cycle and Cash Conversion Cycle, Estimating Working Capital Requirement. Books Recommended: 1. James C. Van Horne

2. James C. Van Horne & John M. Wachowicz 3. Ghosh, Biswas, Bala, Sath, Hoques & Manik Paper Code: 232515 Paper Title:

: :

Financial Management and Policy Fundamentals of Financial Management

:

Financial Management, Nadi Publications

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Marks: 100 BANKING AND INSURANCE THEORIES, LAWS AND S Part-A: Banking Theories, Laws and s (50%)

1. Introduction: Definition, Evolution, Classification, Functions, Objectives, and Principles of Bank, Functions of commercial bank, Objectives of Commercial Bank, Forms of advance, Types of security, Electronic banking services, Functions of central bank, Credit control of central bank, Principles of note issue, Method/systems of note issue, Role of bank in economic development, Structure of banking system in Bangladesh. 2. Banking Company in Bangladesh: Business and licensing of bank companies, Paid up capital and reserves, Appointment and removal of directors and chief executive officer, Illegal banking transactions by companies, Acquisition of the undertaking of banking companies, Suspension of business and winding up of banking companies, Restriction on loans and advances, Issuance of policy directions by BB, Remission of loans, Classified Loan and Loan Loss Provisions, Operation and management, Inspection and investigation, Submission of return and reports. 3. BB’s Guidelines for Banks: Corporate Governance Guidelines, and Guidelines on Risk Based Capital Adequacy for banks. 4. Financial Statements of Banking Companies: Preparation of Financial Statements of Banking Companies as per BB’s Guidelines. Part-B: Insurance Theories, Laws and s (50%) 1. Insurance Company in Bangladesh: Definition and Evolution of Insurance, Functions, Importance and Classification of Insurance, Essential element of insurance, Insurable interest, Classification of insurance policies under life insurance, marine insurance and fire insurance, Reinsurance. 2. Insurance Company in Bangladesh: Insurance Development and Regulatory Authority (IDRA), Registration and renewals, Determination of rates, Capital and deposits, Margin of safety, Insurable interests, Actuarial report and abstract, s, Submission of returns, Investment of

10

assets, Solvency margin, Loans and Management, Investigation and power of regulatory authority, Assignment and transfer of policies, Commissions, rebates and management expenses, Distribution of dividend, bonus and profit, Licensing of agents, Survey and surveyors. 3. Calculation of and Claims of Insurance: Calculation of net single and annual of life insurance, Methods of payment of claim in life insurance, Calculation of loss and actual claims in marine insurance and fire insurance. 4. Financial Statements of Insurance Companies: Preparation of Financial Statements of Insurance Companies as per Guidelines of the IDRA.

Reference Statutes: 1. ICAB, Corporate Laws and Practices (Professional Stage Application Level). 2. The Banking Companies Act, 1991 3. The Bangladesh Bank Order 1972 4. The Insurance Act, 2010 5. Insurance Development and Regulatory Authority Act 2010.

11

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Zoology

Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

National University Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Subject: Zoology Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year-wise Papers and marks distribution

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code

233101 233103 233105 233107 233109 233111 233113 233114

Paper Title

Evolution, Palaeontology and Zoogeography Ecology Genetics and Animal Breeding Developmental Biology and Ethology Human Physiology Systematics, Demography and Family Planning Cell and Molecular Biology Zoology Practical-III Total =

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32


233101 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Evolution, Palaeontology and Zoogeography


Evolution 1. Lamarckism, Darwinism, Wallace’s theory and synthetic theory. 2. Evidences of organic evolution: Biogeography, comparative anatomy, physiology, embryology, palaeontology and genetics. 3. Modern trends in evolutionary thoughts: Punctuated equilibrium. 4. Speciation: Definition, sympatric and allopatric speciation including induced speciation. 5. Rates and mechanism of evolution: Isolation, continuous and discontinuous variations, gene mutation and chromosomal aberrations. 6. Convergent, divergent and parallel evolution. Palaeontology 1. 2. 3. 4.

Introduction to palaeontology. Types of fossils, process of fossilization, fossil dating methods, significance of fossils. Geological Time Scale: Major events in different stages. Palaeontological history of horse, camel, elephant and man.

Zoogeography 1. Introduction to Zoogeography. 2. History of the distribution of the land and water bodies of the world, Laurasia and Gondwana lard, continental drift theory, land bridge. 3. Zoogeographical Regions and sub-regions of the world, their boundaries, physical characteristics, climatic conditions, vegetation and fauna. 4. Glaciation and its influence in the distribution of animals. 5. Insular fauna. 6. Origin, evolution and pattern of diagnostic characteristic fauna of different regions with special reference to the tropical and sub-tropical zones.

Books Recommended: 1. M.R. Rose and V.V. Lauder. 1996. Adaptation. Academic Press 2. R.N. Brandon. 1995. Adaptation and Environment. Princeton UP, USA 3. G.C. Wiliams. 1996. Adaptation and Natural Selection: A Critique of Some Current Evolutionary Thought. Princeton UP, USA 4. S. Stearus and R. Hoeksra. 2000. Evolution: An Introduction. OUP, USA 5. C. Patterson. 1999 Evolution, Natural History Museum, London 6. C. Nielsen. 1995. Animal Evolution: Interrelationships of the Living Phyla. OUP 7. G. Bell. 1996. Selection: The Mechanism of Evolution. Chapman & Hall

8. S. Bengtson. 1995. Early Life on Earth. Columbia UP, USA 9. J.D. Bernal. 1969. The Origin of Life. Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London 10. P.J. Darlington. 1998. Zoogeography: The Geographical Distribution of Animals. Krieger, USA

233103 Paper Code Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Paper Title: Ecology 1. Introduction a) Definition b) History and scope of ecology c) Study of ecology: Theoretical and practical approaches d) Branches of ecology 2. The Environment a) Abiotic factors: Temperature, relative humidity, pH, radiation, water, atmospheric gases, light, biogenic salts, current and pressure. b) Biotic factors: Positive and negative interactions (protocooperation, commensalisms, mutualism, competition, predation, parasitism). 3. Ecosystem Ecology a) Definition, structure, component and function of ecosystem b) Energy and its flow in ecosystem. c) Biogeochemical cycles: Carbon, nitrogen and carbon dioxide d) Aquatic ecosystems: Pond, lake, river, estuary and marine e) Terrestrial ecosystems 4. Community Ecology a) Definition and types of communities b) Community concept and analysis c) Community structure, composition and stratification d) Ecological niche and habitats e) Ecological succession, ecotone f) Concept of climax g) Biomes and its types Books Recommended

1. R.E. Ricklefs. 1990. Ecology. W.H. Freeman 2. R.L. Smith. 1998. Elements of Ecology. Longman 3. R. Putman. 1993. Community Ecology. Chapman & Hall 4. M.Begon, J.L. Harper and C.R. Townsend. 1996. Ecology: Individuals. Populations and Communities. Blackwell Science. 5. S.I. Chapman and M.J. Reiss. Ecology: Principles and Application. CUP 6. J.L. Chapman and M.J. Reiss. Ecology: Principles and Applications. CUP 7. C.J. Krebs. 1993. Ecology- The Experimental Analysis of Distribution and Abundance. Harper Collians, New York

8. E.P. Odum. Fundamentals of Ecology, Saunders, Philadelphia 9. C.J. Krebs. 1998. Ecological Methodology. Addison Wesley Longman 10. P.J. Morin. 1999. Community Ecology. Blackwell Science

233105 Paper Code Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Paper Title: Genetics and Animal Breeding 1. Introduction to genetics, history of genetics. 2. Mendel’s principles of segregation of gene and of independent assortment. 3. Simple Mendelian traits in man. 4. Modification of Mendelian ratio. 5. Epistasis and reversion. 6. Test cross and back cross. 7. Multiple alleles and pseudoalleles. 8. Pleiotropism. 9. Penetrance and expressivity. 10. Linkage and crossing over. 11. Sex-linked, sex-limited and sex-influenced traits. 12. Mutation and chromosomal aberrations. 13. Sex determination. 14. Cytoplasmic inheritance. 15. Population genetics: Hardy-Weinberg law, factors affecting the Hardy-Weinberg Law, mutation, migration and genetic drift. 16. Chromosomal mapping. 17. Concepts of eugenics. 18. Animal breeding: Inbreeding, outbreeding and crossbreeding, and their application to economically important animals. 19. Role of genetics in human welfare. Books Recommended

1. D.L. Harlt and E.W. Jones. 1998 Genetics: Principles and Analysis Jones and Bartlett 2. E.W. Sinnot, L.C. Dunn and DobZhansky. Principles of Genetics. McGraw Hill Book Co. New York 3. A.S. Islam, Fundamentals of Genetics Vikas publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 4. R.F. Weaver and P.W. Hedrick. 1995. Basic Genetics. Wm. C. Brown Publisher, Dubuque, Iowa 5. M.R. Cummings. 1997. Concepts of Genetics Prentice Hall 6. J.D. Hawkins. 1996. Gene Structure and Expression. CUP

7. M.J. Kearsey and H.S. Pooni. 1996. The Genetic Analysis of Quantitative Traits. Chapman & Hall 8. T.A. Brown. 1997 Genetics: A Molecular Approach. Chapman and Hall 9. J.M. Walker and E.B. Gingold. Molecular Biology and Biotechnology 10. C. Stern. Principles of Human Genetics W.H. Freeman & Co. San Francisco Paper Code Paper Title:

233107

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Developmental Biology and Ethology

Developmental Biology (50 marks) 1. Gametogenesis: Spermatogenesis and oogenesis in mammals. 2. Morphology of mammalian eggs and sperms. 3. Types of eggs and sperms in animals. 4. Fertilization in mammals: Types, events in fertilization, cortica changes, chemistry of fertilization, significance of fertilization. 5. Cleavage and cleavage types in animals. 6. Formation of morula, blastula and gastrula in Branchiostoma, toad and chicken. 7. Formation and fate of germinal layers in Branchiostoma, toad and chicken. 8. Extra embryonic membranes in amniotes. 9. Placentation in mammals. 10. Development of Neanthes and man. Ethology (50 Marks) 1. Introduction a) Definitions b) Concepts of behaviour 2. Development of behaviour a) Ontogeny b) Natural selection c) Environmental influence upon behaviour 3. Physical basis of behaviour a) Neural control of behaviour b) Reflexes and behaviour c) Effects of hormones on sexual, aggressive and maternal behaviour. 4. Instinct and learning a) Introduction to instinct and learning behaviour b) Imprinting and learning Sensitive period c) 5. Social behaviour a) Altruism: Kin selection, mutualism, reciprocity b) Parental care 6. Signals for communication a) Types and functions of communication b) Animal calls and their uses Books Recommended 1.

S.F. Gilbert and A.M. Raunio (Editors), 1997 Embryology, Constricting the Organism, Sinauer

2.

B.I. Balinsky An Introduction of Embryology,

3.

B.H. Willer and J.M. Oppenheimer 1968 Foundation of Experimental Embryology Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.

4.

J.S. Rosenblatt and C.T. Snowdon (Editors). 1996. Parental Care. Evolution. Mechanisms and Adaptive Significance

5.

Alcock. 1998. Animal Behaviour. Sinauer.

6.

J.R. Krebs and N.B. Davis 1993. An Introduction to Behavioural Ecology. Blackwell Scientific Publications.

7.

A Manning and M. Dawkins 1998. Introduction to Animal Behaviour. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.

8.

R. Mathur 1996. Animal Behaviour. Rastogi and Company, India.

9.

D. McFarland. 1998. Animal Behaviour: Psychobiology, Ethology and Evolution, Prentice Hall, London.

10. J. Alcock. 1998. Animal Behaviour. Sinauer. 11. J.R. Krebs and N.B. Davies 1993. An Introduction to Behavioural Ecology. Blackwell Scientific Publications. 12. A. Manning and M. Dawkins 1998. Introduction to Animal Behaviour. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. 13. R. Mathur 1996. Animal Behaviour. Rastogi and Company, India. 14. D. McFarland 1998. Animal Behaviour: Psychobiology, Ethology and Evolution. Prentice Hall, London.

233109 Paper Code Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Paper Title: Human Physiology 1. Digestion: Definition; composition and functions of saliva, digestive juices, enzymes and biles; absorption of different types of food in intestine, functions of liver and pancreas. 2. Food and nutrition: Definition, structure and function of different types of food, their nutrition with special reference to carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and vitamins. 3. Metabolism: Definition, metabolic pathways, metabolism of carbohydrates (glycolysis, Kreb’s Cycle and oxidative phosphorylation), metabolism of glycogen in liver and muscles (glycogenesis and glyconeogenesis), metabolism of lipids (deposited fats and its functions, oxidation of fats), metabolism of proteins (fate and functions of amino acids, Ornithine Cycle, transaminationtransmethylation); role of endocrine glands, vitamins, phospholipids, steroids and cholesterol. 4. Circulation : Myogenic regulation of heart beat, transmission of impulse, cardiac cycle, functions of blood, blood grouping, blood pressure, mechanism of coronary and pulmonary circulations, functions of tissue fluids and lymphs. 5. Respiration: Mechanism of breathing, pulmonary ventilation, exchange of gases in lungs, oxygen and carbon dioxide transport, internal respiration. 6. Movement: Mechanism of muscle contraction and retraction, neuromuscular junction, metabolism in muscles, muscular fatigue. 7. Coordination (neural and hormonal): Conduction of nerve impulse, reflex action, hormonal control. 8. Excretion: Formation of urine in kidneys (ultrafiltration, reabsorption and secretion), osmoregulation, regulation of blood pH, composition of urine. 9. Homeostasis: Definition, mechanism and role of various physiological systems in homeostasis.Negative mechanism.

Books Recommended

1. C.C. Chatterjee. Human Physiology: Vols. I & II 2. V. Tatornor. Human Anatomy and Physiology.


233111

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Systematics, Demography and Family Planning

Systematics (50 marks) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Introduction to taxonomy and systematics History of taxonomy Old and new systematics Levels of taxonomy Taxonomic categories Species concept Methods of animal collection and preservation for taxonomic studies Taxonomic publications Taxonomic keys: Types, preparation and significance International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN), origin of the code, rules of nomenclature Law of priority Type specimens Modern trend in taxonomic approach including cladistic Formation of generic and specific names Describing a new species

Demography and Family planning (50 marks) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Introduction, definition and history of demographic development History and perspective of human population growth Human population and its nature of growth Factors for population explosion Population management Demographic theories Logistic model of population growth Density dependent and density independent factors Absolute and relative growth rates Human reproductive system and the accessory glands Sex hormones and their role in human reproduction, puberty, ovarian cycle, menopause Regulation menstrual cycle and pregnancy Fertilization, pregnancy, placenta, fetus and fetal development, parturition (child birth) Importance of family planning and management, ethics of family planning Birth control principles and methods

Books Recommended

1. G.G. Simpson. 1990. Principles of Animal Taxonomy. Columbia UP, USA 2. E. Mayr and P.D. Ashock. 1997. Principles of Systematic Zoology McGraw Hill

3. E. Mayr. 1999 Systematics and the Origin of Species from the view point of a Zoologist. Harvard UP. USA 4. Q.D. Wheeler and R. Meier (Editors). 2000 Species Concepts and Phylogenetic Theory: A Debate. Columbia UP. USA 5. A.F. Gotch. 1995. Latin Names Explained: A Guide to the Scienfific Classification of Reptiles. Birds and Mammals. Blanford 6. W.D.L. Ride et al. (Editors). 1999. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature ICZN 7. D.A. Dunnette and R.J. O. Brien (Editors). 1992. The Science of Global Change: The Impact of Human Activity on the Environment. RSC 8. A Goudie. 1993. The Human Impact on the Natural Environment. Blackwell Science 9. N.T. Boaz and A.J. Almquest. 1996. Biological Anthoropology: A Synthetic Approach to human Evolution, Princeton- Hall 10. R.K. Wolke. Impact: Science on Society, W.B. Saunders Company, London. Paper Code Paper Title:

233113

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Cell and Molecular Biology

Cell Biology (50 marks) 1. Microscope: Types, functions, magnification and resolving power 2. General of the cell: Structure of cell, prokaryote and eukaryote cells, protoplasm and its colloidal nature, organic compounds in cells, cell theory 3. Cellular structure and functions: Chemical composition of cell membrane, membrane models and functions of cell membrane; types, structures and functions of chromosomes. 4. Cellular organelles: Ultrastructure, formation and functions of Golgi complex, endoplasmic reticulum, ribosomes, lysosomes, mitochondria, centrioles, microtubules and cytoskeleton; morphology and cytochemistry of nucleus 5. Changes in chromosomal structures and numbers: Deletion, duplication, inversion, translocation, aneuploidy, euploidy and their significance 6. Cell division: Types of cell division, growth cycle, division and differentiation, significance of cell division. Molecular Biology (50 marks) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Concepts of molecular biology Gene: Chemistry and functions of nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) Replication of DNA, transcription of RNA, replication of viruses Genetic organization of DNA and RNA: Genome and genomics Protein synthesis and its regulation Immunology: Molecular biology of immune systems, structure and functions of immunoglobulins, antibody, antibody synthesis, immunization

Books Recommended

1. M.T. Pelezar. R.D. Reid and E.C.S. Chan. Microbiology: Tata McGraw Hill Co

2. H.G. Schlegel. 1993. General Microbiology. CUP 3. S. O’Neill. A.A. Hoffmann and J.H. Werren (Editors). 1997. Influential engers: Inherited Microorganisms and Arthropod Reproduction. OUP 4. A.H. Varnam and M.G. Evans. 1998. Environmental Microbiology Manson 5. A. Bruce D. Brey and J.D. Watson 1994. Molecular Biology of the Cell. (3rd Ed.) Garland Publ. Inc. 6. G.S. Stent and R. Calender. 1971. Molecular Genetics W.H. Freeman and Company. San Fransisco. 7. E.D. Robertis and E.M. Dc Robertis. Jr. 1981. Essentials of Cell and Molecular Biology. Saunders College Publishing. New York 8. P.S. Verma and V.K. Agarwal 1985. Cytology. S. Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi, India. 9. G. Chopra, R.C. Gupta, S.K. Goyal 1989. Cytology. S. Chand & Co Ltd. New Delhi, India. 10. D. Robertis 1995. Cell and Molecular Biology. B.I. Waverly Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India

Paper Code

Paper Title:

233114 Marks: 100 Zoology Practical-III

Credits: 4

Time: 2 days, 6 hours/day

1. Microtomy: Preparation of permanent histological slides. 2. Taxonomy: Taxonomic study of different animal groups following standard taxonomic procedures and techniques. 3. Ecology: a) Visiting pond to study pond ecosystem including faunal and floral composition and food chain. b) Visiting forest and sea shore to study animals and their adaptation, and preparation of a report on the visits. c) Study of the population of a species in a given area by using quadrat/transect method. 4. Water analysis: Measurement of dissolved oxygen, carbon dioxide, ammonia, nitrite, pH, turbidity and salinity. 5. Genetics: Study of the characteristics of Drosophila, its identification of body parts and sex, identification of mutant flies. 6. Physiology: Estimation of blood pressure and pulse rate, determination of blood group, estimation of blood sugar. 7. Animal preservation: Collection, handling, immobilization, killing and preservation of different animal groups following standard techniques. 8. Excursion/study tour to the sea/estuary/forest, specimen collection, and preparation of a report.

9. Preparation of practical class note books.

Distribution of marks for Third Year Final Practical Examination Microtomy (Block preparation - 5, tissue section - 4, tissue stretching - 5, tissue staining - 4, tissue identification - 2, drawing and labelling - 3, identifying characteristics - 2) 1. Taxonomy (Construction of a dichotomous taxonomic key on the specimens at least 10 specimens) 2. Ecology 3. Water Analysis (One item will be given in the examination and the following points will be mentioned Principles and objectives - 2, materials required - 1, procedure - 2, data taking and presentation - 1, data analysis and discussion - 4) 4. Genetics 5. Physiology 6. Excursion report and collection (Collection, preservation and identification of 5 specimens of different phyla, excursion report: Collection – 5, Report- 10) 8. Practical class note books

= 25 marks

= 10 marks

= 10 marks = 10 marks

= 10 marks = 10 marks = 15 marks

= 10 marks Total = 100 marks

Books Recommended

1. J.R. Baker. 1996. Cytological Technique. John Wiley & sons 2. J.E. Brower, J.H. Zar and C.N. von Ende (Editors). 1997. Field and Laboratory Methods for General Ecology. Wm. C. Brown 3. S.D. Wratten and G.L.A. Fry Field and Laboratory Exercies in Ecology. Edward Arnold, London 4. T.A. Brown. 1994. DNA Sequencing: The Basics. BIOS 5. D.B. Roberts (Editor). 1998. Drosophila: A Practical Approach. IRL Press 6. W.A. Becker. 1992. Manual of Quantitative Genetics.

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Botany


National University Subject: Botany Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 233001 233003 233005 233007 233009 233011 233013 233014

Paper Title Gymnosperm, Paleobotany and Palynology Plant Physiology and Plant Nutrition Plant Biochemistry Ecology and Environmental Science Plant Pathology Cytology and Cytogenetics Genetics Practical-III Total =

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32


233001 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Gymnosperm, Palaeobotany and Palynology


A. Gymnosperm and Palaeobotany (Marks 50) Gymnosperm 1. Introduction: Habit, habitat, characteristic features, origin, evolution and importance of Gymnosperms. 2. Classification of Gymnosperms. 3. Comparative of Gymnosperms with Pteridophytes and Angiosperms. 4. Distribution of Gymnosperms with reference to Bangladesh and their economic importance. 5. Life history and comparative of Cycas, Pinus and Gnetum. Palaeobotany 1. Introduction: Definition and scope of Palaeobotany 2. Types of fossils and fossilization process. 3. Geological time scale of the earth. 4. Appearance and extinction of life forms in different geological periods. 5. Fossil Pteridophytes: Lepidodendron and Calamites. 6. Fossil Gymnosperms: Cycadophilicales- Lygenopteris, Oldhamia; Bennettitales- Cycadeoidea. Books Recommended 1. Arnold, C. R. 1977: An Introduction to Palaeobotany. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. House Co., New Delhi. 2. Biswas, C. and B.M. Johri. 1997: The Gymnosperms. Norasa Pub. House, New Delhi. 3. Caulter, J. M. and C. J. Chamberlain, 1917 (1964): Morphology of Gymnosperms. Central Book Depot, Allahabad, India. 4. Mukherji, H. 1997: Plant Groups. New Central Book Agency, Ltd. Calcutta. 5. Parihar, N.S. 1955: An Introduction to Embryophyta Vol. I & II. Central Book Depot, Allahabad. 6. Sharma, O. P. 1980: Gymnosperms – A treatise, Progati Prakashan, Meerut, India. 7. Smith, G.M. 1955: Cryptogamic Botany. Vol. II, Bryophyta & Pteriodphyta. McGraw Hill Co. London. 8. Vashishta, P.C. 1994: Botany for Degree Students. Vol. V. Gymnosperms. S. Chand and Co. Ltd. Ramnagar, New Delhi. 9.

k¨v gj K gz vi iv q, wbkx_ K gz vi cvj Ges † gv ¯— d v Kv gvj cvkv 1995 : Ac ®y úK Dw ™¢ ` weÁvb, 2-LÛ, evsjv GKv‡W gx, XvKv|

B. Palynology (Marks 50) 1. Introduction: Historical review, fundamentals, branches, scope and application. 2. Palynomorphology: Pollen grain-wall, development, character, morphology (primary, secondary and tertiary characters); sporoderm stratification, NPC-system, evolutionary aspect of pollen and spores, palynotaxonomical aspects, pollen flora. 3. Melissopalynology: Bee and bee foraging, pollen load, pollen in honey, identification of bee flora and preparation of bee flora calendar, marker pollen, bee flora- importance and management. 4. Aeropalynology: Principles, pollen productivity, buoyancy, frequency, dissemination, distribution and dispersion principles, pollen as pollutants, scope and importance.

5. Paleopalynology: Principles, microfossils, reconstruction of vegetation; relation with archaeology and palaeobotany, tracing of pollen in geological era, scope and importance. 6. Pharmacopalynology: Pollen in nutrition and health, allergy in forensic medicine, scope and importance. 7. Biogenic palynology: Pollen as biological material, relation to agriculture, horticulture and plant improvement.

Books recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

K. Faegri and J. Iversen. 1990: A Text Book of Modern Pollen Analysis. Copenhagen. P.K.K. Nair, 1985: Essentials of Palynology. Asia Publishing House. New Delhi. G. Erdman, 1952: Pollen Morphology & Plant Taxonomy, Waltham Mass, USA. G. Erdtman 1954: An Introduction to Pollen Analysis. Waltham Mass, USA. M.R. Saxena, 1993: Palynology – A treatise, Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi. A.K. Shukla, M.R.Vijoyraghvan and B. Choudhury. 1998. Biology of Pollen. A.P.H. Pub. Corp. New Delhi. K.R. Shivanna 2005. Pollen Biology and Biotechnology. Oxford & IBH Pub. Comp. New Delhi. K. Bhattacharya, M.R. Majumder & S.G. Bhattacharya. 2008. An introduction to Palynology, New Central Book Agency. New Delhi. R.B. Knox.1979. Pollen and Allergy. Edward Arnold. London. cvkv, Gg. †K. 2008: civM‡iYy weÁvb, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv|


233003

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Plant Physiology and Plant Nutrition

A. Plant Physiology (Marks: 80) 1. Life and life related physico-chemical phenomena: Physiology of life, colloids, diffusion, osmosis, plasmolysis, imbibition, osmotic pressure and root pressure. 2. Absorption of water: Mechanism of absorption, active and ive absorption, external factors affecting absorption of water; translocation of water, path of translocation of water, mechanism of translocation, different theories on transpiration pull and adhesion-cohesion theory. 3. Transpiration: Overview of transpiration, types of transpiration, mechanism of transpiration, mechanism of opening and closing of stomata, significance of transpiration. 4. Photosynthesis: Overview of photosynthesis, photosynthetic pigments, light dependent reaction: action of light, photophosphorylation, light independent reaction: assimilation of CO2, Calvin cycle, Hatch & Slack cycle, Crassulacean acid metabolism, comparison of C3, C4 and CAM pathways, factors affecting photosynthesis. 5. Respiration and fermentation: Definition and types of respiration, glycolysis, pyruvate to acetyl CoA formation, TCA cycle, electron transport system, respiratory quotient, anaerobic respiration; definition of fermentation, alcohol fermentation and lactic acid fermentation, comparison of respiration and fermentation. 6. Plant Growth Regulators: Discovery, classification, distribution, chemical nature of plant growth regulators; physiological effects of auxin, gibberellin, cytokinin, ethylene and abscisic acid. 7. Photoperiodism: An overview, photoperiodic induction, importance of dark period, critical photoperiod, perception of photoperiodic stimulus, discovery and distribution of

phytochrome, physical and chemical properties of phytochrome, physiological effects of phytochrome. Vernalization: Brief history, vernalization and flowering, site of perception of vernalization, mechanism of vernalization, devernalization, factors affecting vernalization. Physiology of seed: Seed structure and development, viability of seeds, germination process and types of germination, conditions necessary for germination; physiological, biochemical and other changes accompanying seed germination; overview of seed dormancy, causes of seed dormancy, methods of breaking dormancy, advantages of dormancy of seed. Plant growth: Plant growth curve, phases of growth; factors affecting plant growth, types and causes of senescence.

8. 9.

10.

Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5 6. 7

Devlin, M.R. and H.F. Witham. 1986: Plant Physiology (4th. Ed.). CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi. Jain JL 1983. Fundamentals of Biochemistry, S. Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi. Hess, D. 1975: Plant Physiology. Springer International Student Edition, New Delhi. Pandey, S.N. and B.K. Sinha. 1990: Plant Physiology (2nd. Ed.). Vikash Pub. House Pvt. Ltd. Salisbury, F.B. and C. Ross. 1969 : Plant Physiology. Wardsworth Pub. Co. Inc., Belmont, California. Srivastava HS 1991. Elements of Biochemistry, Rastogi Publications, Shiraji Road, Meerut, India. Kg©Kvi, h`yjvj. 2000 : Dw™¢` kixi weÁvb, nvmvb eyK nvDR, XvKv|

B. Plant Nutrition (Marks: 20) 1. Plant Nutrition: Introduction to plant nutrition, essential elements; criteria of essential elements; micronutrients and macronutrients, role and deficiency symptoms of essential elements. 2. Ion absorption of plants: Factor affecting ion absorption, Barrier of ion absorption, structure of plasma membrane, mechanism and types of ion absorption, ive absorption (Donnan equilibrium and cation exchange theory), active absorption (evidence of active absorption; carrier concept; and anion respiration or Lundegardth theory). 3. Pathways of translocation of ions: Apoplastic and symplastic pathway, upward movement of ions. 4. Water and sand culture: Introduction to water and sand culture, techniques of water culture, advantages and disadvantages of water culture. Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Epstein, E. 1972. Mineral Nutrition of Plants: Principles and Perspectives. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Gauch, H.G. 1982. Inorganic Plant Nutrition. Dowdess, Hutchinson & Ross, Inc. Marschner, H. 1992. Inorganic Nutrition of Higher Plants. Academic Press, New York. Sutchiffe. J.F. and F.S. Baker. 1984. Plants and Mineral Salts. Edward Arnold, London. Hewitt, E.J. and T.A. Smith. 1974. Plant Mineral Nutrition. The English University Press, London.


233005

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Plant Biochemistry

1. Introduction: Name and distribution of biochemical substances in plants.

2. Carbohydrates: Introduction to carbohydrates, types of carbohydrates, chemistry and distributions of monosaccharides, oligosaccharides (sucrose, maltose, lactose and cellobiose,) and polysaccharides (starch, cellulose and glycogen). 3. Amino acids: General structure, classification of amino acids, essential and non essential amino acids, protein and non-protein amino acids, industrial importance of amino acids. 4. Proteins: Biochemistry, structure, classification, functions of proteins. 5. Lipids: Overview of lipids, saturated and unsaturated fatty acids, structure and functions of triglycerides, phospholipids, glycolipids, oxidation of fatty acid. 6. Membrane Chemistry: Chemical nature of plasma membrane, structure and functions. 7. Enzymes: Overview of enzymes, classification, kinetics of enzymes, holoenzyme and apoenzyme, coenzyme and cofactors; structure and mechanisms, specificity (lock and key model, induced fit model), enzyme inhibitors. 8. Terpenoids: Main classes of plant terpenoids, path of terpenoid biosynthesis in plants; essential oils; di-terpenoids and gibberellins; triterpenoids and steroids; tetraterpenoids - carotenoids. 9. Alkaloids: History, chemistry, distributions, classification, major alkaloids and their plant families, importance of alkaloids. 10. Phenolic compounds: Introduction to phenolic compounds, shikimic acid pathway, flavonoid: chemistry and distributions, properties of different flavonoid classes, anthocyanins, importance of phenolic compounds. 11. Vitamins: Introduction to vitamin, source and types of vitamins, importance. 12. Principles of some biochemical methodologies: Spectrophotometry, centrifugation, chromatography.

Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Conn EE and PK Stumpf 1972. Outlines of Biochemistry (3rd edn.), John Wiley & Sons. Inc. Goodwin, T.W. and E.I. Mereer. 1983: Introduction to Plant Biochemistry (2nd. Ed.). Pergamon Press. Harborne JB 1973. Phytochemical methods. Chapman and Hill, London. Jain, J. L. 1983: Fundamental of Biochemistry (2nd. Ed.). S. Chand and Co. Ltd. New Delhi. Lehninger AL 2005. Principles of Biochemistry (4th edn.), Freeman and Company, New York Mahler HR and EH Cordes 1971. Biological Chemistry, 2nd edn., Harper and Row. Sivastava, H.S. 1990: Elements of Biochemistry. Rastogi Publication, Meerut. Varner, J.E. and J. Bonner. 1965: Plant Biochemistry. Acad. Press, New York, London.


233007

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Ecology and Environmental Science

A. Ecology (Marks 50) 1. Introduction: Definition, history and scope of Ecology. 2. Plant Succession: Types and causes of succession, hydrosere and xerosere, models of succession. 3. Ecosystem: Definition, structure, components, functions and types of ecosystem; habitat and ecological niche; trophic level and trophic structure; energy flow in ecosystem; food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids, dynamics of aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. 4. Plant adaptations: Morphological, anatomical and physiological adaptive features of hydrophytes, xerophytes, mesophytes.

5. Forest ecology: Introduction to forest, types of forests, dominant plants of deciduous, semievergreen and tidal forests of Bangladesh and their edaphic features. 6. Phytogeographical region of the world: Brief of phytogeographical regions of the world and Indian sub-continent, interactions among floristic plant geography. 7. Methods of studying vegetation: Quantitative and qualitative analysis, measurements of vegetation by quadrate, transect and point methods, study of communities, community dynamics, classification of community. 8. The role of green plants in nature with reference to: (i) The sun-a thermonuclear energy source; (ii) radiant energy; (iii) human population and food supply. 9. Bio-geochemical cycles: Introduction to bio-geochemical cycles, types, carbon and nitrogen cycle. Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Bannister, P. 1976: Introduction of Physiological Plant Ecology. Blackwell Scientific Publications. Doubenmire, R. F. 1974: Plants and Environment. (3rd. Ed.). Wiley International . Daubenmire, R. F. 1974: Plant Communities – A Text Book of Synecology. Harper and Row Publ. London. Etherington, J. R. 1971: Environmental and Plant Ecology. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York. Kershaw, K. A. 1973: Quantitative and Dynamic Plant Ecology, Edward Arnold Ltd. Krebs, C. J. 1978: Ecology: The Experimental Analysis of Distribution and Abundance, Harper International. Kumar, H. D. 1995: Modern Concepts of Ecology, Vikash Pub. House, India. Muller Dombois, D. and H. Ellenberg. 1974: Aims and Methods of Vegetation Ecology, John Wiley & Sons. Inc., New York. Odum, E. P. 1971: Fundamentals of Ecology. Toppan Co. Ltd. Japan. Poole, R. W. 1974: An Introduction of Quantitative Ecology. McGraw-Hill Book Co., NY. Sharma, P. D. 1995: Ecology and Environment. Rastogi Pub., New Delhi. Shukla and P. S. Chandel. 1991: Plant Ecology and Soil Science, S. Chand & Co., India. Waisel, J. 1972: Biology of Halophytes. Academic Press, London.

B. Environmental science (Marks 50) 1. Introduction: Definition, aims and objectives, plant-environmental relationship. 2. Environmental components: Biosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere and their importance. 3. Natural resources: Concepts and types, water, land, biological, mineral, energy, ocean, wildlife and human resources and their impact on environment. 4. Global environmental issues: Population explosion, effects of population explosion on the environment. 5. Drought and desertification: Drought and aridity index, drought and desertification caused by human activity, prevention and reversal of desertification. 6. Pollution: Definition, types of pollutants and pollution, causes and effects of pollution; nature, sources and causes of water and air pollution, control of water and air pollution. 7. Greenhouse effects: Introduction to greenhouse effects, sources and effects of greenhouse gases, ozone layer depletion, greenhouse gases and world climate, control of greenhouse gases, carbon dioxide and the world climate.

Books Recommended 1. Asthana, D. K. and M. Asthana. 1985: Environment : Problems and Solutions, S. Chand & Co. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Baldwin, J. H. 1988: Environmental Planning and Management. Int. Book. Dist. Bhatia, H.S. 1998: A Text Book on Environmental Pollution and Control. Galgotia Pub. Chiras, D.D. 1984: Environmental Science. The Benjamin Pub. Co. Inc. Gain, P.S. Moral and P. Raj. 1998: Bangladesh-Environment: Pacing the 21st century. SHED, 44/D, West Panthapath, Dhanmondi, Dhaka-1205, Bangladesh. Jeffries, M.J. 1997: Biodiversity and Conservation. Routledge, London and New York. Kemp, D.D. 1990 : Global Environmental Issues. Routledge. Pandey, G.N. 1999 : Environmental Management. Vikas Pub. House. Santra, S.C. 2001 : Environmental Science. New Central Book Agency, Calcutta. Shukla, R.S. and P. S. Chandel. 1991: Plant Ecology and Soil Science. S. Chand & Co., India. Srivastava, N.Y. 1997 : Environmental Pollution. Ashish Pub. House. Trivedi, R.N. 1997: A Text Book of Environmental Science. Anmol Pub. Watt, K. F. 1973: Principles of Environmental Science. McGraw Hill Book Co. New York.


233009 Plant Pathology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


1. Introduction: History of Plant Pathology, concept of disease in plants, causes, diagnosis, classification and importance of plant diseases. 2. Koch’s postulates and methods of studying plant diseases. 3. Parasitism and disease development: Parasitism and pathogenesis; development of plant disease- inoculation, penetration, infection, growth and reproduction, dissemination, over wintering and over summering of the pathogen. 4. Symptomatology: Viral, bacterial and fungal disease symptoms. 5. Toxins in relation to plant disease: a) Types of toxins- pathotoxins, vivotoxins and phytotoxins; b) Host specific and non-specific toxins; c) Effect of toxins on plant disease. 6. Host defense against pathogens: Structural and biochemical defense. 7. Principles of plant disease management: Disease forecasting; regulatory, physical, cultural, chemical and biological methods of disease management. 8. Chemical control of plant diseases: Nature of chemical compounds - copper, mercury and sulphur compounds; methods of application- spraying, dusting, seed treatment and soil treatment. 9. Selected fungal diseases of crop plants: Causal organisms, symptoms, disease cycle and control measures of the following: i) tikka disease of ground nut; ii) stem rot, anthracnose and black band of jute; iii) late blight and early blight of potato; iv) rust and leaf spot of bean; v) brown spot, stem rot and blast of rice, vi) red rot of sugarcane; vii) stem rust and loose smut of wheat. 10. Selected bacterial diseases of crop plants: Characteristics and classification of plant pathogenic bacteria, mode of action of bacteria on host tissues; causal organisms, symptoms and etiology and control measures of the following diseases: i) angular leaf spot of cotton; ii) bacterial blight of rice; iii) citrus canker; iv) wilt of tomato; v) soft rot of potato. 11. Viral diseases of plants: Symptoms, causal organisms, vectors and control measures of the following diseases: i) tungro of rice, ii) bunchy top of banana; iii) vein clearing of lady’s finger, iv) leaf curl of tomato, v) mosaic of bean. 12. Seed pathology: Scope and importance of seed borne diseases; major seed diseases: seed abortion, discoloration, necrosis, rot; seed health testing; control of seed borne diseases.

Books Recommended 1. Agrios, G.N. 1997: Plant Pathology (4th Ed.). Academic Press, London.

2. Fahy, P.C. and G.J. Persley. 1993: Plant Bacterial Disease. A Diagnostic Guide. Acad. Press, London. 3. Mehrotra, R.S. 1980: Plant Pathology. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Com., Ltd. New Delhi. 4. Rangaswami, G. 1972: Diseases of Crop Plants in India. Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 5. Singh, R.S. 1978 : Plant Diseases. Oxford & IBH Pub. Co., New Delhi. 6. Lvb, G.G. 2000 : c−v›U c¨v‡_vjwR, †`vjb Puvcv, KvRx cÖKvkbx, XvKv|


233011 Marks: 100 Cytology and Cytogenetics

Credits: 4


A. Cytology (Marks 50) 1. Introduction: Definition, cell theory and cell concept, historical background of cytology. 2. Concept of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells and their differences. 3. Ultra-structure of eukaryotic cell: Detailed structure and functions of cell wall, cell membrane, chloroplast, mitochondria, ribosome, lysosome, endoplasmic reticulum, golgibody, nucleus, and nucleolus. 4. Chromosome: Physical and chemical structure; classification; secondary constriction. 5. Chromatin: Eu-chromatin and heterochromatin; nucleosome- shape and organization; histone and non-histone proteins. 6. Special type of chromosome: Introduction, major special type of chromosomes viz. i) salivary gland chromosome; ii) lamp-brush chromosome, iii) B-chromosome and synaptenemal complex. 7. Cell division: Cell cycle, amitosis, mitosis, meiosis and their biological significance.

Books Recommended 1. Akhtaruzzaman, M. 1997: Koshbidhya (3rd. Ed.), Hassan Book House, Dhaka. 2. Dupraw, E. J. 1970: DNA and Chromosomes, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York. 3. Gupta, M. L. and M. L. Jangir. 1998: Cell Biology: Fundamentals and Applications, Agro Botanika, New Delhi. 4. Sharma, A. 1976: The Chromosomes. Oxford & IBH Pub. Co., New Delhi. 5. Wilson, G. B. and J. H. Morrison. 1966: Cytology. Litton Educational Pub. Inc., New York. 6. Rvgvb, Gg. G. 1975 : †Kvlwe`¨v, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv| 7. mywnZ ¸n. 1978 : mvB‡UvjwR. cwðg e½ ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`|

B. Cytogenetics (Marks 50) 1. Introduction: Definition, scope and brief history of Cytogenetics. 2. Chromosomal aberration: A general and classification. 3. Deletion: Definition, types, genetic detection, phenotypic and genotypic effects, breakage–fusion bridge cycle (meiotic behaviour). 4. Duplication: Definition, kinds, genetic detection, position effect, breakage–fusion bridge cycle (meiotic behaviour). 5. Inversion: Definition, types, synapsis in inversion heterozygote, consequences of 2-strands, 3strands and 4-strands double cross over (one extra and another intra loop) of a paracentric inversion heterozygote. 6. Translocation: Definition, types, different kinds of orientation and configurations of reciprocal translocation, heterozygote at MI, formation of different gametes from those configuration, identification of chromosomes involved in translocation and breeding behaviour. 7. Numerical aberrations: Introduction, classification, a brief on origin, meiotic behavior and genetic ratio of monosomic, trisomic, nullisomic.

8. Polyploidy: Definition, classification, polyploidy in plants (natural and artificial), artificial induction of polyploidy and its significance in crop improvement, origin of new species by allopolyploidy (wheat). 9. Human Cytogenetics: Introduction, Down’s syndrome, Kleinfelter’s syndrome, Turner’s syndrome.

Books Recommended Akhtaruzzaman, M. 1997: Koshbidhya (3rd. Ed.), Hassan Book House, Dhaka. Akhtaruzzaman, M. 1997: Kosh-Bangshagatibidhya, Bangla Academy, Dhaka. Garber, E.D. 1992: Cytogenetics, McGraw Hill Inc., New York. Moore, D.M. 1976: Plant Cytogenetics. Chapman and Hall Ltd., England. Schulz-Schaeffer, J. 1980: Cytogenetics. Springer-Verlag, New York. Sinha, U. and S. Sinha. 1997: Cytogenetics, Plant Breeding and Evolution. Vikas Pub. House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 7. Swaminathan, M.S., P.K. Gupta and U. Sinha. 1983: Cytogenetics of Crop plants. MacMillan Ltd., New Delhi. 8. Swanson, C.P., T. Merz and W.J. Young. 1982: Cytogenetics: The Chromosomes in Division, Inheritance and Evolution. (3rd. Ed.). Reprint. Prentice Hall of India. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 9. Avn‡g`, mvgmywÏb, 2000 : mvB‡Uv‡R‡bwUKm&| evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv|

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.


9. 10. 11.

12. 13. 14.

233013 Genetics

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Historical background of Genetics. Mendelian principles: Mendel’s law of inheritance; exceptions of Mendel’s laws. Physical and chemical basis of heredity. Interaction of genes: Complementary, duplication, epistatic and additive gene interaction, complete and incomplete dominance. Linkage and crossing over: Introduction; linkage and recombination; gene mapping; interference and coincidence. Sex determination: Chromosomal and genetic basis of sex determination; sex linked, sex limited and sex influenced characters. Allelism and pleiotropism: Introduction; multiple alleles (ABO blood type) and pseudoalleles, pleiotropism. Quantitave inheritance: Qualitative versus quantitative traits; multiple factors hypothesiskernel colour in wheat and skin colour in human; polygenic inheritance and continuous variation. Fine structure of gene: Chemical concept of gene, development of the concept of cistron, recon, muton and complon. Biochemical genetics: Gene-protein relationship, one gene-one enzyme hypothesis, isolation of biochemical mutation. Mutation: Discovery, causes, classification, mutagens, detection of mutation in Drosophila by CIB, detection of autosomal mutation, biochemical mutants- prototroph and auxotroph selection. Cytoplasmic inheritance: Inheritance of variegated leaves in higher plants, inheritance of extranuclear genes, maternal inheritance, general idea of plasmid and episome. Population genetics: Hardy-Weinberg law and its conditions; gene frequencies; equilibrium of gene sequences; forces of evolution. Genetic recombination in bacteria: Introduction, transformation, conjugation, transduction.

Books Recommended 1. Benjamin Lewin. 2000: Gene 2000. Oxford University Press, NY.

2. Gordner, E.J. 1960 hrs.: Principles of Genetics. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York, London. 3. Singleton, W.R. 1967: Elementary Genetics. D. Von Nostrand Co., Inc., Canada. 4. Sinnot, E.W., L.C. Dunn and Th. Dobzhansky. 1985: Principles of Genetics. (5th ed.). McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc., New York, London. 5. Snustad, D.P., et al.: Principles of Genetics, John Willey & Sons, Inc. 6. Strickberger, M.W. 1996: Genetics. MacMillan Pub. Co. Inc., New York, London. 7. Whitehouse, H.L.K. 1973: Towards and Understanding of the Mechanism of Heredity, Edward Arnold. England. 8. Bmjvg, G. Gm. 1984 : eskMwZ we`¨vi g~j K_v, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv| 9. AvLZvi“¾vgvb, g. : eskMwZ we`¨v, nvmvb eyK nvDR, XvKv|


233014 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Practical - III (Gymnosperm, Palaeobotany and Palynology, Plant Physiology and Plant Nutrition, Plant Biochemistry, Ecology and Environmental Science, Plant Pathology, Cytology and Cytogenetics, Genetics)

N.B. Practical examination will be carried out in two days with 6 hours duration each under the same Paper code. Part A (Marks 50, Credit 2) (Gymnosperms, Palaeobotany & Palynology; Plant Physiology & Plant Nutrition; Plant Biochemistry, Ecology

Gymnosperms and Palaeobotany: 9 Marks 1. Study of museum specimens. 2. Detailed study including dissection, mountings, description, drawing and identification of Cycas and Pinus sp. 3. Study of fossil plants. Palynology: 4 Marks 1. 2. 3. 4.

Techniques of pollen collection, preparation and study of permanent pollen slide preparation. Morphology and identification of common plants by using pollen morphology. Pollen trapping from atmosphere and their study. Pollen study in honey samples.

Plant Physiology: 8 Marks 1. Chlorophyll is essential for photosynthesis. 2. Evolution of oxygen during photosynthesis at different light intensities. 3. Demonstration of stomatal transpiration by four leaves method. 4. Heat evolution during respiration. 5. Pigment separation by paper chromatography technique. 6. Demonstration of plasmolysis by Rhoeo discolor leaf peal. Plant Nutrition: 4 Marks 1. Preparation of various plant nutrient solutions such as knop’s solution, Hoagland solution. 2. Study of mineral deficiency symptoms.

Plant Biochemistry: 8 Marks 1. Tests for reducing and non-reducing sugars. 2. Quantitative test for starch, lipid and protein. 3. Observation of starch grains under compound microscope. Ecology: 10 Marks 1. Morphological and anatomical studies of hydrophytes and xerophytes. 2. Common hydrophytes and xerophytes of Bangladesh. 3. Determination of frequency, density and abundance of different species by quadrate method. 4. Study of different stomatal types of sun and shade habitats. 5. Halophytic adaptations such as pneumatophore, viviparous germination etc.

Collections: Practical Note Book:

2 Marks 5 Marks

Part B (Marks 50, Credit 2) (Environmental Science, Plant Pathology, Cytology & Cytogenetics, Genetics)

Environmental Science: 6 Marks 1. Determination of BOD/COD of polluted water of pond, lake, river etc. 2. Identification of environmentally threatened categories of plants of an area. Plant Pathology: 12.0 Marks 1. Preparation and staining of plant pathogenic specimens. 2. Study of symptoms and causal organisms of common plant diseases. 3. Preparation of Bordeaux mixture 4. Preparation and sterilization of Potato Dextrose Agar (PDA) for fungal growth. 5. Collection, identification and preservation of viral, bacterial and fungal specimens.

Cytology and Cytogentics: 14 Marks 1. Preparation of fixative: Conroy’s fluid. 2. Preparation of cytological stain: Acetocarmine, aceto-orcein. 3. Study of mitosis in onion root tip cells by acetocarmine squash method. 4. Study of meiosis in Rhoeo discolor/Setcreasea purpurea. 5. Studies of interchange complex in Rhoeo discolor. 6. Determination of centromeric type, centromeric index, relative length and chromosome formula from the supplied data.

Genetics: 8 Marks 1. Verification of monohybrid and dihybrid F2 ratios by chi-square test. 2. Studies of interaction of genes with the use of maize cob showing segregation of grain color/supplied data.

Collections (Plant Pathology) and permanent slides (Cytology): 5.0 Marks Practical Note Book: 5.0 Marks

Instruction to the Examiners Part –A (Gymnosperms, Palaeobotany & Palynology, Plant Physiology and Plant Nutrition, Plant Biochemistry and Ecology) Time: 6 hours

Marks: 50

1. Specimen A will be from Gymnosperms. Distribution of marks Distribution I) Preparation of slide II) Labelled diagrams III) Identifying characters IV) Identification Total

Marks 2.0 2.0 1.5 0.5 6.0

2. Specimen B will be pollen from fresh flowers/honey samples.

Distribution of marks Distribution I) Preparation of slide II) Labelled diagrams III) Comment Total

Marks 1.5 1.5 1.0 4.0

3. C will be an experiment on Plant Physiology. At least two experiments will have to be given alternately. Distribution of marks Distribution I) Theory II) Requirements III) Performance IV) Results V) Precautions Total

Marks 1.0 1.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 8.0

4. Preparation of Knop’s solution/Hoagland’s solution.

Distribution of marks Distribution I) Requirements II) Performance IV) Procedure Total

Marks 1.0 1.0 2.0 4.0

5. `D’ will be an experiment to determine the presence or absence of reducing and nonreducing sugars in the supplied solutions. Water, Sugar solution and Glucose solution may be supplied. Examinees will have to identify the type of sugar and will have to show the result to the examiners and will have to write results giving reasons. Distribution of marks Distribution I) Performance II) Principle III) Results with reason Total

Marks 3.0 1.0 4.0 8.0

6. Study of vegetation by quadrate method. Distribution of marks Distribution I) Theory II) Requirements III) Procedure IV) Result Total

Marks 1.0 0.5 1.5 3.0 6.0

7. Specimens/slides/photographs will have to be given for identification: E-Gymnosperms, F- Palaeobotany Distribution I) Identifying characters II) Identification Total

Marks 1.0 0.5 1.5×2= 3.0

G & H will be materials of ecological importance Distribution I) Identifying characters II) Comment Total

Marks 1.0 1.0 2.0×2= 4.0

8. Collection

2.0

9. Practical Note Book

5.0

Instruction to the Examiners Part-B (Environmental Science, Plant Pathology, Cytology& Cytogenetics, Genetics) Time: 6 hours Marks: 50 1. Sample A will be the determination of BOD/COD from supplied water from pond/lake/river. Distribution of marks: Distribution I) Requirements II) Performance III) Procedure and Calculation IV) Result with comment Total

Marks 1.0 1.5 2.5 1.0 6.0

2. Specimens B & C will be from fungal diseased plant. Distribution of marks Distribution I) Preparation of slide II) Labelled diagram III) Identifying characters with symptoms IV) Identification Total

Marks 1.0 1.5 1.5 0.5 4.5×2= 9.0

3. Specimen D will be root tip/flower bud for cytological studies. One stage of mitotic/meiotic cell division has to be shown to the examiners except early prophase. Distribution of marks: Distribution I) Preparation of slide II) Labelled diagrams III) Identifying characters IV) Identification Total

Marks 4.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 8.0

4. Specimens E, F, G, H, I & J should be from herbarium sheet/plant/permanent slide/photomicrograph etc. E and F-Diseased plant/plant part G and H- Cytological specimens I and J – Cytogenetical specimens Distribution I) Identification II) Reasons Total

Marks 0.5 1.0 1.5×6= 9.0

5. Specimens K and L will be maize cob with different coloured seeds/any other segregating material to tests Mendel’s ratios by chi-square test. Distribution I) Character identification II) Hypothesis formulation III) Chi-square test IV) Comment Total

Marks 1.0 1.0 5.0 1.0 8.0

6. Collection and Permanent slides

5.0

7. Practical Note Book

5.0

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus

Department of Chemistry

Four-Year B.Sc. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

National University Subject: Chemistry Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

Year wise Paper, Marks and Credit distribution

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 232801 232803 232805 232807 232809 232811 232813 232814 232816

Paper Title Physical Chemistry-III Stereochemistry Advanced Concepts of Atomic Structure and Chemical Bonding Coordination Chemistry and Organometallic Chemistry Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry Industrial Chemistry Agricultural Chemistry Physical Chemistry Practical Organic Chemistry Practical (Detection & Preparation) Total =

Marks 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4

100

4

100 100 100 50 50

4 4 4 2 2

800

32


232801

Marks: 100


Physical Chemistry-III

1. Chemical Kinetics: Review of elementary concepts, integration of rate equations for model reaction systems: zero, first and 2nd order reactions. Parallel, consecutive, opposing reactions: methods for determination of order and rate constants, conventional method, conductomatric method, polarometer spectrophometer. 2. Theoris of Reaction Rates: Collision theory its success and failures. Elementary treatment of Transition State Theory. 3. Catalysis: Homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis, acid-base catalysis; Hinshelwood and Rideal mechanism; enzyme catalysis; Michael-Menten equation. 4. Reactions in Solution: Influence of dielectric constant and ionic strength of medium on the rate constant of reactions, primary salt effect and secondary salt effect. 5. Photochemistry and Radiation Chemistry: Deference between photochemistry and radiation chemistry. Laws of photochemistry. Quantum yield and its significance. Some typical photochemical reactions. Formation and depletion of ozone in the stratosphere 6. Colloidal State of matter: Classification, preparation and physical properties, Electrokinetic phenomena; Collodial electrolytes and their uses, Emulsion; preparation, properties, stability and use. 7. Surface Chemistry: Solid surfaces and their characterization; Adsorption on solid surfaces: technique for measurement of adsorption from gas phase and solution; Langmuir, Frundlich and BET adsorption isotherm: Enthalpy of adsorption; Adsorption on liquid surface. Gibb’s adsorption equation; Surface film; Electrocapillary phenomena. 8. Phase Equilibrium: Phase, components and degrees of freedom; phase rule; application in one component system like water and sulfur, Completely and partially miscible liquid pairs; Duhem-Margules equation. Two component system; solidliquid system, solid-solid binary systems with reference to alloy, cooling curves, systems with and without compound formation, congruent and incongruent melting points; Efflorescence and deliquescence, vapour pressure of a saturated solution. Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4.

An Introduction to Chemisorption and Catalysis by Metals-R.P.A. Gasser. Kinetics of Chemical Change, C. N. Hinshelwood. Chemical Kinetics, K. J. Laidler. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, J. I. Steinfield, J. F. Francisco and W. L. Hase. Prentic Hall, New Jersy (1989).

5. 6. 7. 8.

Chemical Kinetics, K. A. Connors. Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Mechanism, J. H. Espenson. Introduction to Molecular Photochemistry, C. H. J. Wells. Principles and Applications of Photochemistry, R. P. Wayne, Oxford. (1988). 9. Fundamentals of Photochemistry, K. K. Rohatgi and Mukhargi. 10. Phase Rule-Findlay. Revised by Compbell. 11. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkins, Oxford. Paper Code

232803

Paper Title

Stereochemistry

Marks: 100


1. Fundamentals of Stereochemistry: Stereochemistry and stereoisomerism. 2. Isomerism: Cis-trans isomerism, interconversion of cis-trans isomers, determination of configuration of geometrical isomers by chemical and physical methods, conformation of acyclic and cyclic molecules. 3. Configuration: D & L, threo erythro, R & S configurations. absolute and relative configurations and their correlation. relative and absolute configurations, determination of R-S configuration and their chemical interconversion; chiral, prochiral and pseudochiral molecules. chirality in molecules devoid of chiral centre; atropisomerism, biphenyl, allenes and spiranes. 4. Optical Activity and Optical Isomerism: Cause of optical activity. chirality (dissymmetry and asymmetry), prochirality, pseudo chirality. symmetry elements. optical isomers, diasterecoisomers, enantiomers, epimeners, anomers, meso and racemic compounds. racemic modification and their resolution. 5. Geometrical Isomerism: Conditions, configurations of geometrical isomers: E/Z system, syn-anti. physical properties and configurational ssignment of geometrical isomers. geometrical isomerism of polyenes, carbon-nitrogen, nitrogen-nitiogen double bonds. 6. Stereochemistry of Fused Ring: Stereochemistry of decalines, perhydroanthrancene, perhydrophenanthrene, their optical activity and relative stability. 7. Conformation: Conformation and conformers. conformation of propane, butane, ethanediol, dihydroxystyrene, dichlorostyrene, their physical properties and stability. stability of threo and crythro, meso and d1 compounds, conformation of cyclobutane, cyclopentane and cyclohexane and their stability. 8. Optical Rotation and Rotatory Power: Factors leading to chirality. molecular dissymmetry. atomic dissymmetry and conformational asymmetry. Books Recommended: 1. I.L. Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 1979 2. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, Fifth edition, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi, 1989.

3. Handrickson and Pyne, Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill. 4. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry Vol. II, ELBS, Fifty edication, 1985 Paper Code

232805

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Paper Title

Advanced Concepts of Atomic Structure And Chemical Bonding

1. Atomic Structure: Wave-Particle duality, de Broglie’s hypothesis for matter waves and its consequences, standing waves and quantization, Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, significance of the uncertainty principle, Schrödinger’s wave equation and its application to hydrogen atom, solutions of Schrödinger wave equation, quantum numbers and their properties, radial wave functions, angular wave functions and shapes of the orbitals, probability distribution, radial and angular nodes, many electron atoms, sequence of energy levels, electronic configuration of atoms. 2. Chemical Bonds: Chemical bond, types of chemical bonds, 2.1 Ionic Bond: Ionic bond and its uniqueness, properties of ionic compounds, close packing, close-packed structures, interstitial sites, radius ratio, radius ratio rule, coordination number and radius ratio value, structure of NaCl, lattice energy of ionic crystals, theoretical calculation of lattice energy of NaCl crystal, Madelung constant, experimental determination of lattice energy of NaCl crystal, factors affecting the magnitude of lattice energy of ionic solids, applications of lattice energy calculation. 2.2 Covalent Bond: Covalent bond, properties of covalent bond and covalent bonded compounds, overlap integral and bond strength, polarity of bonds, dipole moment and percentage ionic character, factors affecting the magnitude of dipole moment, valence bond theory, hybridization, mathematical formulation of sp and sp2 hybrid orbitals, limitations of valence bond method, molecular orbital theory, the LCAO method, molecular orbital diagram, frontier orbitals - HOMO and LUMO, mixing of MOs and the correlation diagrams, MO descriptions of heteronuclear diatoms, HF and CO, Walsh diagram, MO descriptions of polyatoms like H2O, BeH2, and C6H6 involving π bonding electrons, comparison and contrast between VBT and MOT, applications of frontier orbital concept. 2.3 Bonding in Metals: Metallic bond, factors favoring the formation of metallic bond, theories of metallic bond - electron sea theory, molecular orbital theory, characteristics of metals, conductors, semiconductors and insulators. 2.4 Hydrogen Bond: Hydrogen bond, types of hydrogen bond, theories of formation of hydrogen bond – electrostatic approach, molecular orbital approach, properties of hydrogen bond and hydrogen bonded compounds, hydrogen bond in biological systems. Books Recommended: 1. Chemical Structure and Bonding, R. L. DeKock and H. B. Gray, University Science Books.

2. Inorganic Chemistry, G. L. Miessler and D. A. Tarr, Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited. 3. Atomic Structure and the Chemical Bond, M. Chanda, Tata McGraw-Hill. 4. Physical Chemistry, G. M. Barrow, McGraw-Hill. 5. Inorganic Chemistry, D. F. Shriver, P. W. Atkins and C. H. Langford, Oxford University Press. 6. Valence and Molecular Structure, E. Cartmel and G. W. A. Fowles, Butterworths. Paper Code

232807

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Paper Title

Coordination Chemistry and Organometallic Chemistry

1. Transition and Inner Transition Elements: Transition elements, main and inner transition elements, their positions in the periodic table, main transition elements: general characteristics, melting and boiling points, variable oxidation states, color of complex ions, magnetism - origin of paramagnetism and diamagnetism, magnetic susceptibility, Curie's law, Curie-Weiss law, techniques of magnetic measurements, Gouy balance, ferromagnetism and antiferromagnetism, lanthanides and actinides. 2. Concept of Coordination compounds: Coordination compounds, double salts and coordination compounds, coordination sphere, coordination number, ligand types, properties of ligands, nomenclature of coordination compounds, isomerism in coordination compounds – structural isomerism and stereo isomerism, stability. 3. Bonding in Coordination Compounds: Coordination bond, Werner’s coordination postulate, limitations of Werner’s postulate, Sidgwick’s electronic concept, application of EAN rule, limitations of Sidwick’s concept, assumptions of valence bond theory (VBT), hybridization and geometry of complexes, inner orbital and outer orbital octahedral complexes, limitations of VBT, important features of crystal field theory (CFT), orbital splitting and electron spin, factors influencing the magnitude of 10dq, spectrochemical series, high and low spin complexes, crystal field stabilizing energies of dn configuration (n = 0 to 10), four and six coordination preferences, magnetic moments, distortion of octahedral complexes and Jahn-Teller theorem, limitations of CFT, ligand field theory (LFT). 4. Reactions and Mechanisms in Coordination Chemistry: Inert and labile ligands, substitution reactions, types of substitution reactions, nucleophilic substitution reactions, association, dissociation and interchange mechanisms, factors affecting the rate of substitution reactions, acid and base hydrolysis reactions, the conjugate base mechanism, stereochemistry of octahedral substitution, substitution in square planar complexes, trans effect – theories of trans effect, uses of trans effect, substitution in tetrahedral complexes, fluxionality in coordination compounds. 5. Metal Carbonyls and Nitrosyls: Pi-acid ligands and pi-acid complexes, metal carbonyl and metal nitrosyl complexes, preparation and properties of metal carbonyl and nitrosyl

complexes, M-C-O and M-N-O bonding, bridging and terminal COs and NOs, infrared and 13C NMR analysis of carbonyls and nitrosyls, biological role of nitrosyl compound. 6. Organometallics and Their Catalytic Aspects: Introduction, general characteristics, ligands in organometallic chemistry, 18- and 16-electron rule, stability of organometallic compounds, classification of organometallic compounds, preparative routes for metalcarbon bond formation, bonding between metal atoms and organic pi systems, structures of Zeise's salt and ferrocene, organometallic reactions – ligand dissociation and substitution, oxidative addition, reductive elimination, carbonyl insertion, homogeneous catalysis, hydrogenation by Wilkinson's catalyst, hydroformylation, heterogeneous catalysis, Ziegler-Nata polymerizations, water gas reactions, Fisher-Tropsch reaction. Books Recommended: 1. Inorganic Chemistry, J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter, and R. L. Keiter, Harper Collins College Publishers. 2. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, F. A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson, C. A. Murillo and M. Bochmann, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 3. Selected Topics on Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, S. Z. Haider, Students’ Publications. 4. Inorganic Chemistry, D. F. Shriver, P. W. Atkins and C. H. Langford, Oxford University Press. 5. Kinetics and Mechanism, A. A. Frost and R. G. Pearson, John Wiley & Sons. 6. Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms, M. L. Tobe, Thomas Nelson and Sons Ltd.

Paper Code

232809

Marks: 100


Paper Title

Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry

1. Basic Concepts in Analytical Chemistry and Statistical Treatment of Data: Analytical detection and quantification, sensitivity, selectivity, specificity, concentration limit, dilution limit etc. of chemical reactions, sample containers, sample preservation, sampling, sample dissolution, wet ashing and dry ashing, reagents and reactions, population and sample mean, standard deviation, relative standard deviation, coefficient of variation, variance, confidence limit, Gaussian distribution, statistical tests – the F test, the T test, the Q test, regression lines, least square method, coefficient of correlation. 2. Volumetric Analysis: Principle, apparatus, end point, indicator, general factors influencing volumetric method, advantages, acid-base titrations, redox titrations, complexometric titrations – complexing agents, influence of [H+] on complexation 3. Gravimetric Analysis: Introduction, general requirements of a gravimetric method, precipitation from homogeneous solution.

4. Spectrophotometric Analysis: Ultraviolet and visible radiation, absorbance, transmittance, absorptivity, the Beer-Lambert’s law, limitations of Beer-Lambert’s law, basic components of a spectrophotometer, qualitative and quantitative analysis. 5. Thermal Analysis: Thermogravimetry (TG), types of TG, instrumentation, application of TG, differential thermal analysis (DTA): working principle, instrumentation, factors affecting DTA, applications, differential scanning calorimetry (DSC): working principle, instrumentation and applications. 6. Atomic Spectrometric Methods: Atomic absorption and atomic emission, absorption line width, choice of absorption line, flame emission spectrometry: instrumentation, flame emission analysis, atomic absorption spectrophotometry: principles, instrumentation and interferences, hydride vapour generation technique, cold vapour technique, advantages and disadvantages of AAS. 7. Polarographic and Voltammetric Analysis: Current voltage relationship, mass transport processes, direct current polarography (DC), diffusion current, charging current, factrors affecting the diffusion current, characteristics of dropping mercury electrode, three electrode potentiostat, polarographic maxima, oxygen interference, half wave potential, alternating current and pulse polarography, principle and advantages over dc polarography, voltammetry- ASV, CSV and CV, multicomponent analysis, quantitative applications. Books Recommended: 1. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler and S. R. Crouch, Saunders College Publishing. 2. Analytical Chemistry, G. D. Christian, John Wiley & Sons. 3. Modern Analytical Chemistry, D. Harvey, McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 4. A Text Book of Quantitative Analysis, A. I. Vogel, Longman, Green and Co. Ltd.

Paper Code

232811

Marks: 100

Paper Title

Industrial Chemistry


1. Fundamentals in the Development of Chemical Industries: General ideas about unit processes and unit operations, raw materials, process design, commercial energy sources, catalysts, heat transfer, mass transfer, separation processes, concepts of consumption, production, and market evaluation, safety, environmental considerations, site and technology selection criteria, cost-benefit analysis. 2. Chlor-alkali Industries: Raw materials, manufacture of caustic soda, soda ash, sodium bicarbonate, chlorine, bleaching powder, environmental hazards of these chemicals.

3. Cement Industries: Portland cement, raw materials, important process parameters for manufacturing a good cement clinker, methods of manufacturing Portland cement, sequence of operations, additives for cement, properties of cement, testing of cement, setting of cement, other types of cement. 4. Glass Industries: Properties of glass, raw materials and fundamentals of glass industries, methods of manufacture, choice of the furnace, chemical reactions in the furnace, annealing, special glasses. 5. Ceramic Industries: Ceramics, properties of ceramics, basic raw materials, manufactures of ceramics, refractories, requisites of a good refractory, classification of refractories, properties of refractories, manufacture of refractories, types of refractory products. 6. Acids: Raw materials, manufacture of hydrochloric, phosphoric, sulfuric acids, concentration and purification of acids, industrial uses of mineral acids, safety and hazards. 7. Iron and Steel Industry: Fundamentals of metallurgy, ores of iron, three commercial forms of iron, construction and operation of blast furnace, reactions in blast furnace, byproduct in blast furnace, classification of steel, steel manufacturing processes, effects of impurities on steel, phases in Fe-C system. 8. Sugar and Starch Industries: Steps in the industrial extraction of cane sugar, and inversion of sugar, refining of sugar, production of sugar from sugar beet, byproducts of sugar industries, management of industrial waste of sugar industries, production of starch from corn, production of glucose and dextrin from starch. 9. Cellulose and Allied Industries: Natural sources of cellulose, its constituents and their estimation, different processes for the manufacturer of paper from pulp, production of paper board, viscose rayon and other modified cellulosic fiber, wood chemistry and wood chemicals. 10. Fuels: Solid, liquid and gaseous fuels, coal and its constituents, different stages of coal formation, analysis and calorific value of coal and other fuels, manufacture of producer gas and water gas, refining and distillation of crude oil, thermal and catalytic cracking, hydrocarbons and petroleum, petroleum refining, petrochemicals from liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons, natural gas and its utilization. 11. Natural Oils, Fats and Waxes: Extraction and refining of vegetable oils, analysis of fats and oils and their uses, hydrogenation of oils - soybean and sunflower oils and their uses.

12. Paints and Varnishes: Constituents of paints, varnishes, lacquers, enamels and printing inks and their functions, paints and pigments and their manufacturer, differentiation between paints and varnishes. 13. Soaps and Detergents: Methods of fat splitting, manufacturer of laundry and toilet soaps, recovery and refining of glycerin, detergents: definition, classification and their manufacture, comparison between soaps and detergent. Books recommended: 1. Chemical Process Industries, R. N. Shreve and J. A. Brink, Jr., McGraw-Hill Inc. 2. Industrial Chemistry, B. K. Sharma, Geol Publishing House. 3. Reagel’s Hand Book of Industrial Chemistry, J. A. Kent edited, Van Nostrand. 4. Chemical Process Industries, G. T. Austin edited, McGraw-Hill. 5. Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction, W. D. Callister, Jr., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 6. Inorganic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry, J. H. Block and E. B. Roche, Lea and Febiger Pub. 7. Environmental Chemistry Vol. I - III, H. J. M. Bowen, The Royal Society of Chemistry. Paper Code

232813

Marks: 100

Paper Title

Agricultural Chemistry


1. Pesticides: Its importance, Classification with examples 2. Important Insecticides, Acaricides nematocides, Moluscicides, Rodenticides, Herbicides, Fungicides etc. 3. Toxicity of Pesticides: Lethaldose, Toxicsurblethaldose, LD50, ED50, EC50 etc. 4. Effects of pesticides: Acute effect, chronic effect, systemic effects etc. 5. Formulation Pesticides: Grannular, Wettable powder, Emulsion etc. 6. Metabolism of pesticides in biological system, detoxification of pesticides and their metabolites in the environment 7. A brief introduction of organochlorine compounds as pesticides with reference to lindane, heptachlor., DDT, endosulphane etc. The mechanism of action of organochlorine compounds in the biological system, detoxification of the organochlorine and the residual effects in the environment. 8. A brief introduction of organophosphorous compounds and carbamates and their mechanism of actions in the biological system, their metabolism and cause of resistance in the insect system. 9. Studies of a few pesticides: Metaphos, Bromophos, Metathion, Diazinon, Melathion, Carbaryl, Pirimicarb etc. 10. Fungicides, herbicides, rodenticides and their classifications.

11.Dithiocarbamic acids derivatives, zineb, captan, benomyl, pyrazophos, hexachlorobenzene (HCB), phenol derivatives, 2,3,6-TBA,2,4-D, MA, MB, 2,4-DB etc. 12. Mechanism of action of 2,4-D derivatives. 13. Insect attractant, repellant, chemosterile retardants etc. 14. Natural Pesticides: Pest control by compounds from natural products. Pyrenthrines, rotenone, glucosoinolates, azadirectin etc. 15. Pest control by pheromones. Advantage of using pheromones over synthetic pesticides. 16. Fertilizer Industries: Plant nutrients, classification of fertilizers, natural inorganic fertilizers, nitrogen fixation, artificial fertilizers, manufacture of ammonia and urea, action of urea as fertilizer, potassium fertilizer, calcium phosphate and other phosphatic fertilizers, NPK fertilizer. Books Recommended: 1.

G.S. Gruzdyev VA. Zinchenko, V.A. Kalinin, R.I. Slovisov, The Chemical Protection of Plants. Mir Publishers Moscow.

Paper Code

232814

Marks: 50


Paper Title

Physical Chemistry Practical (6 Hours Duration)

List of Experiments 1. A study of adsorption of acetic acid from solution on a sample of charcoal. 2. Determination of the surface area of a surface active molecule: n-butanol. 3. Determination of the rate constant for the alkaline hydrolysis of ethylacetate. 4. Determination of the association constant for the dimerization of benzoic acid in toluene by measuring distribution between water and toluene. 5. Determination of dissociation constant of acids by conductometric technique. 6. Conductometric titration (i) strong acid-strong base, (ii) weak acid-strong base and (iii) mixture of weak and strong acids-strong base. 7. Determination of dissociation constant of mono basic and dibasic acids by pH titration. 8. Study of electronic spectra of I2 in CH2Cl2 and toluene, verification of the Beer-Lambert law using KMnO4 solution. 9. Spectrophotometric determination of Iron: application of Beer-Lambert law.

Books Recommended: 1. Practical Physical Chemistry, A Faraday 2. Experimental Physical Chemistry, Deniel, Mathews and William 3. Findlay’s Practical Physical Chemistry, Revised by BP Levitt 4. Experiments in Physical Chemistry, D.P Shomeker and C.W. Garland 5. Experiments of Physical Chemistry, F. Deniels, J.N. William, P.Bender, R.A. Alberty, C.D. Cornwell, and J.E. Harriman 6. Chemistry Experiments for Instrumental Methods. D.T. Sawer, W.R. Heinman and J.M. Beebe. Paper Code

232816

Marks: 50


Paper Title

Organic Chemistry Practical (6 Hours Duration)

1. Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds: Determination of melting temperature, Tm, boiling temperature, Tb; detection of N, S and X in organic solids and liquids, determination of functional groups; naming of compounds. 2. Organic Synthesis: Preparation of acetanilide, 4-nitroacetanilide, 4- nitroaniline, 4iodoaniline, benzoic acid, 4-bromoacetanilide and Methyl Orange.

Books Recommended: 1. Qualitative Organic Analysis – A.I Vogel 2. A Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry – Clarke 3. Identification of Organic Compounds – Shiriner and Fuson.

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Environment Science


National University Subject: Environment Science Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise courses and marks distribution

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code

Paper Title

Marks

Credits

234401 234403 234405

Integrated Coastal Zone and Floodplain Managements Ecology and Biodiversity Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (EIA and SIA) Environmental Toxicology Remote Sensing and GIS Geography and Geology of the Bengal Basin Hydrology and Water Resources Laboratory and Field work on Environmental Sciences Total =

100 100

4 4

100

4

100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 32

234407 234409 234411 234413 234414

Detailed Syllabus Course Code Course Title:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

234401

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Integrated Coastal Zone and Floodplain Managements

Introduction: Characteristics of Bangladesh coastal zone, Topographical changes, climate of costal zone, soils of coastal zones and floodplain, Coastal embankment project, sea level rise and its implication for Bangladesh Floodplain: Introduction location & climate of flood plain, geomorphology, hydrology, biological agents, physiographic Units of the flood plains, Soil formation of seasonally flooded land (e.g. Ganges & Meghna floodplain) & non flooded land, Agriculture development on flood plains and its effect on environment. Human settlement & plantation management on floodplain and Char land. Environmental management of floodplain soil: Soil in natural & man made environment, Soils as a medium for plant growth, sorption properties of soil, soil in relation to environment, soil acidification, erosion & conservation problems in Bangladesh floodplain and coastal areas. Coastal environment & Management: Introduction, definition & importance, classification of coastal system: estuaries, tidal wetlands, coral reefs, beaches and shoreline, Description & categorisation of coastal ecosystem: Anthropogenic & natural disturbances of coast, environmental perturbation of coastal aquatic habitat: Impact of coastal aquaculture on environment (e.g. shrimp culture), Coastal resource and livelihood: Evaluation of vital area, resource capability use allocation, Diversification, Livelihood groups: Salt farmer, Fisher man and Small farmer, Poverty, Vulnerability to environmental changes: regional and global perspectives Coast protection: Multistructure embankment, groans etc, their problems & remedies, Development options in the coast: tourism and recreation (Cox’s bazar & Kuakata) fisheries resources, Nature conservation, Infrastructure development. Guidelines for coast development & management; Policy analysis & case studies. Mangroves: Sunderbanes and other mangroves of the world; problem and prospects

Recommended References: 1. Coastal environmental management plan for Bangladesh, Volume 2 Final report, Eeconomic social commission for Asia and the Pacific, Bangkok, Thailand. 2. Boaden, PJS and R. Seed, 1985. An introduction to coastal ecology. Name of the city:publisher? 3. WARPO, 2004. PDO-ICZMP Project Report, Living in the Coast PEOPLE AND LIVELIHOODS, 4. Pereira, H.C, 1989. Policy & Practice in the management of Tropical water shed.. London: Balhaven press. . 5. Troch, F.R. 1991. Soil and Water conservation. Prentice Hall(?). 6. Hammer. M. Y. 1996. Water & Waste WaterCity?: Prentice Hall inc. 7. Wild, A. 1996. Soils & the Environment London: Cambridge University Press. 8. Sparks. D.L. 1996. Environmental Soil Chemistry. Academic Press.

Course Code Course Title:

234403

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Ecology and Biodiversity

Part A

1. 2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Introduction: Concepts, principles, branches and scopes of ecology. Autecology, Population and Population regulations: Definition and outlines of autecology, different aspects of autecological study of species, ecological features of species, and significance of autecological study, definition and characteristics of population dynamics, population structure, population growth, factors regulating population size. Community and Community dynamics: Definition, concepts, characteristics and composition of community, community classification, life-form and biological spectrum, physiognomy, community development and evolution, community dynamics, diversity index (Shanone-Winner index) Ecosystems and Ecosystem dynamics: Defination and concept of ecosystem, structure, components and functions of ecosystem, classification and description of ecosystem, ecosystem dynamics and energy flow in ecosystem, inter-relationships of ecosystem. Ecological factors and their impacts: Introduction, Climatic factors: Light, Temperature, Precipitation, Humidity, Wind-speed and their effects on vegetation; Edaphic factors: Soil types, profiles, components, factors affecting vegetation, soil- water, soil micro-organism and their roles, soil physical and chemical properties; Physiographic factors: Topographic conditions and their effects on vegetation, and Biotic factors: Types, interactions between plants, animals and man, interactions between plants and plants, and interactions between plants and micro-organisms. Responses of plants to stress: Stress, Plant responses to stress - water stress, temperature stress, chilling stress, freezing stress, salt stress; plant responses to Environmental Pollutants: Heavy metal, Air pollution.

Part B 1. Basic concepts: Definition, significance of Biodiversity, Benefits from Biodiversity, Types of Biodiversity, Biodiversity and species concept, Status of biodiversity in Bangladesh. 2. Threats and Conservation of Biodiversity: Depletion of Biodiversity, Causes of threatening Biodiversity, IUCN categories of endangered species, Red data book, Measures for Biodiversity conservation, Protected area and biosphere serves Role of Zoos, Botanical gardens and captive breeding programme.

Recommended References: 1. Odum, E.P. ECOLOGY. Year? Modern Biology Series. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publocation Co.Ltd. 2. Gopal, B. & Bhardwaj, year? N. Elements of Ecology Vikas Publication Pvt. Ltd. India. 3. Shukla, R.S. & Chandel, P.S. 1988. Plant Ecology and Soil Science New Delhi, India: S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd. . 4. Verma, P.S. & Agarwal, V.K. 1986. Princliples of Ecology New Delhi, India: Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd. 5. Edward J. Kormondy. Year CONCEPTS OF ECOLOGY. New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited. 6. Biswarup Mukherjee. Year? Environmental Biology, City: publisher?.

7.

William G. Hopkins. 2002. Introduction to Plant Physiology, 2nd edition, New York: John Wiley and Sons. Inc..


1. 2.

3. 4.

5.

6. 7. 8.

234405

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (EIA and SIA)

Introduction, definition, scope and goal of Environmental impact assessment (EIA), international and national aspects of EIA, role of DoE on application of EIA in Bangladesh. Background and legal framework, baseline studies, capacity building, Project cycle- IEE and EIA, EIA characteristics and function of EIA, Methodologies (Adhoc, checklist, matrices, network diagram, overlays and mathematical modelling), social impact assessment, EIA reporting and review, case studies (water quality impact, Large dam construction, tourism development; industrial development, afforestation) Public involvement with Impact Assessment: Required of skill ecologist/personalities for EIA, Training provisions for EIA, Impact Assessment costs. Environment Risk Assessment (ERA): Definition, legal framework, risk evaluation, risk characterization, public perception of risk Major steps in ERA , Risk characterization and comparative risk assessment, risk analysis, industrial issues and health risk, case studies Environmental Regulation and Auditing: Hazardous waste legislation, protocols, institutional and legal framework, ISO 14000, the nature of environmental auditing, audit planning, basic component of auditing, beneficiary groups. Environmental management planning (EMP): monitoring and mitigation of environmental problems, sustainability concept and development, valuing the environment. Introduction, definition, scope and Objecitives of Social Impact Assessment (SIA); Principles of SIA Model of SIA, SIA Frameworks and Stages for Policy Development; Variables of SIA, Steps and Tools of SIA

Recommended References: 1. Watheru, P. 1992, Environmental Impact Assessment:Theory and Practice, Chapman and Hall Ltd, New York. 2. Center. L.Q. 1996, Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill, Inc, New York. N.Harley and C.L.Spash, 1998. 3. Barrow. C.J. 1997, Environmental and Social Impact Assessment, John Wilely & Sons, New York.


1.

2.

234407 Marks: 100 Environmental Toxicology

Credits: 4


Introduction – principles and concepts: Classification and sources of toxic substances: Pathways of toxic substances into ecosystem – principles and methods of studying toxins in an ecosystem: Effect of toxic substances – emphasis on physiological effects. Toxic Action of Pollutants; General ways in which environmental toxicants may cause deleterious effects on living organisms; Processes involved in toxicant uptake, transport, storage, metabolism, action, and wherever applicable, excretions, highlighting several ways in which toxicants cause damage to plants, animals, and humans.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Factors Affecting Xenobiotic Action; Factors that influence the toxicity of xenobiotics (environmental toxicants); Physical and chemical characteristics of toxicants, environmental factors, biological factors, and nutritional factors. The metabolism of environmental chemicals—biotransformation; Phases I and II reactions and stresses the importance of biotransformation for living systems and the consequences of the process (detoxification of xenobiotics, possible production of free radicals by biotransformation, and the action of cellular antioxidant defense systems, including endogenous antioxidants and free radical scavenging enzymes). Defense Responses to Toxicants, several major defense mechanisms available to help the animal or human body to cope with environmental toxicants ; Mechanisms found in respiratory tract, gastrointestinal tract, liver, kidneys, and membranes; A brief discussion of defense mechanisms manifested by some plant species. Sources, characteristics, health, and biological effects of several metals and a metalloid found in soil and water;Discussion on the effect of lead (Pb), cium (Cd), mercury (Hg), nickel (Ni), and arsenic (As); The three groups of synthetic organic pesticides: chlorinated hydrocarbons, organophosphates, and carbamates; Toxic effects of several related organic compounds, such as PCBs, PBBs, and dioxins. Endocrine Disruption: definition, stresses, characteristics and mechanisms of disrupters actions; Examples of endocrine disruption observed in various countries.; Mutagenic Pollutants: an introduction, their actions and examples. A brief introduction to ecological risk assessment; The framework for ecological risk assessment and its importance; Use of ecological impacts to influence regulatory and policy decisions.

Recommended references 1. Ming-Ho Yu,2001, Environmental Toxicology: Biological and Health Effects of Pollution (Second Edition).New York : CRS PRESS, 2. B.C. Rana, 1995.Pollution and Biomonitoring, Tata McGrow Hill 3. Ballantyne, Bryan; Marrs, Timothy C.; Syversen, Tore, ed.. General and applied toxicology. -- 2nd edn.. -- New York : Glove's Dictionaries Inc., 1999. 4. Fife, Bruce. The Detox book : how to detoxify your body to improve your health, stop dieses and reserve aging. -- Colorado : Health Wise, 1997. 5. Hodgson, Ernest. A Text Book of Modern Toxicology. -- 2nd edn.. -- Boston : McGraw-Hill, 2000. 6. Hughes, W. William. Essentials of environmental toxicology : the effects of environmentally hazardous substances on human health. -- Bristol, PA : Taylor and Francis, 1996. 7. Massaro, Edward J. Handbook of human toxicology. -- New York : CRC Press, 1997. 8. Rand, Gary M., (ed.). Fundamentals of aquatic toxicology : effects, environemntal fate, and risk assessment. -- 2nd edn.. -- Bristol, PA : Taylor Francis, 1995. 9. Sharma PD: Molecular Basis of Environmental Toxicity. Ann Arbor Sci Pub 10. Rose J (1998) Environmental Toxicology. Gordon and Beach 11. Sharma PD (1995) Environmental Biology and Toxicology. Ann Ar bor Sci Pub Course Code Course Title:

234409

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Remote sensing and GIS

1. Introduction to different branches of Geographic Information Sciences (Global Positioning System (GPS), Remote Sensing (RS) and Geographical Information Systems (GIS)): Definition, history, functions and uses.

2. Remote Sensing: Fundamentals of RS, Types, Data acquisition techniques (Applications of Multispectral data, Geodetic, Acoustic and near-acoustic), Aerial photographs; various types of satellite, sensors and their characteristics and functions, Data processing and Image analysis, Remote Sensing software, Potentials of remote sensing for agriculture, environment and resource monitoring and management. 3. Geographic Information System (GIS): Techniques used in GIS, Data creation, Relating information from different sources, Data representation (Raster, Vector, Advantages and disadvantages, Voxel, Non-spatial data), Data capture, Raster-to-vector translation, Projections, coordinate systems and registration, Spatial analysis with GIS (Data modelling, Topological modelling, Networks, Cartographic modelling, Map overlay, Automated cartography), GIS software, GIS and Society, Database management systems (DBMS), data quality and errors in GIS, software (Arc-View and IDRISI) 4. Global Positioning System (GPS): Simplified method of operation, System segmentation (Space segment, Control segment, segment), Calculating positions, Accuracy and error sources (Atmospheric effects, Multi-path effects, Ephemeris and clock errors, Selective availability, Relativity), and Applications (Military, Navigation, Target tracking, Missile and projectile guidance, Search and Rescue, Reconnaissance and Map Creation, others), DGPS. 5. Application of GIS: Knowledge-based approaches in GIS, information management and environmental research, application of GIS in socio-economic and environmental science, ecological models and GIS, hazard model and GIS, Digital Elevation Model (DEM) and its Applications. Recommended References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geographic_Information_System Martin, D. 1994. Geographic Information Systems and their Applications, London:Routledge. Peuquet, D.J. and Marble, D.F. 1993 Introductory Readings in Geographic Information Systems, London: Taylor and Francis. Michener, W.K., Brunt, J.W.and Stafford, S.G. 1994. Environmental Information management and Analysis, Ecosystem to Global Scales, London: Taylor and Francis. Maguire, D.J., Goodchild, M.F. and Rhind, D.W. (eds) Geographical Information Systems, Vol. I and II, London: Longman. Text Book on Remote Sensing, C.S. Agorwal, 1st edition 2000, Wheeler Publishing.


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

234411

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Geography and Geology of the Bengal Basin

Map projection system and Geographical position of the Bengal Basin Geological and structural setting of the Bengal Basin. Physiography and hydrography of the Bengal Basin - major subdivisions. The development of Bengal Delta through time. Stratigraphy, structure, and geological history of the Bengal Basin. Relationship of the Bengal Basin with its neighbouring sedimentary basins. Economic minerals and rocks of the Bengal Basin and their utilization.

Recommended References: 1. Curray, J.R. & Moore, D.G., 1974, Sedimentary and Tectonic Processes in the Bengal DeepSea Fan and Geosyncline; In: Burke, C.A. & Drake, C.L. (eds.), The Geology of the Continental Margins, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, New York, p. 617-627. 2. Evans, P., 1932, Tertiary succession in Assam; Trans. Min. Geol. Inst., India, vol. 27, p. 155-260 hrs.. 3. Evans, P., 1934, The Tectonic Framework of Assam; Geological Society of India Journal, vol. 5, p. 80-86. 4. Khan, F.H., 1991, Geology of Bangladesh; The University Press Ltd., Dhaka. 5. Reimann, K.U., 1993, Geology of Bangladesh; Gebrueder Borntraeger, Berlin.


234413

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Hydrology and Water Resources

1. Introduction: Hydrologic Cycle, Importance of Hydrology, Water Balance, Energy Budget. 2. Precipitation and Water losses: Types and forms, causes and measurements of precipitation and its analysis; types of water losses, Infiltration, methods determining Infiltration, Factors affecting evaporation, methods determining evaporation and evapotranspiration. 3. Runoff: Sources, Catchment characteristics, Factor affecting runoff and runoff estimation Hydrologic Instrumentation, Remote Sensing in Hydrology. 4. Hydrograph: Definition, Hydrograph separation, Unit Hydrograph, Preposition and application of unit hydrograph, Catchment modelling. 5. Groundwater: Definition, origin and depth of GW, springs and wells, Aquifers and Aquifers properties, Water yield, Groundwater flow, Groundwater investigations, Well tests, Steady state well Hydraulics, Methods of Groundwater exploration. 6. Hydrological Environments: Hydrogeological environments of Bangladesh, Sea-water intrusion in coastal aquifers, Hydrogeological models and their use in resource assessments. 7. Water Resources planning & management: Water, and its impurities, criteria of water quality, Sources of fresh water, characteristics of domestic industrial & Irrigation water. Estimation & Collection system of surface & ground water, Effluent disposal, reuse & misuse of water, Basic concept of water resource planning & management, Wetlands & water resources, Soil water relationship, Human impact on water resources: Irrigation & flood control system strategic planning: conceptual frame work & models: Watershed management of urban (Municipal) & Rural area emphasis on drinking water (urban) & Irrigation water (Rural), Economic considerations, Business response, water and conflict Recommended References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Kiely, G., 1998, Environmental Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Raghunath, H.M., Hydrology: Principles, Analysis and Design. Abdel-Aziz, I.K., 1986; Groundwater Engineering. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. Lioyd, J.W. & Heathcote, J.A., 1985, Natural Inorganic Hydrochemistry in relation to Ground Water: An Introduction; Claredon Press. UNITED NATIONS, 1982, The Hydrogeological Condition of Bangladesh; United Nations Ground Water Survey Technical Report, New York.


234414

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Laboratory and Field work on Environmental Sciences

Chemistry

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Determination of dust falls per unit area of an Urban & Rural. Determination of particulate matter per unit volume of air in Urban & Rural areas. Microscopic examination of particulate matter (Morphological Studies). Arsenic determination in groundwater by Low-cost kit and Laboratory. Determination of ammonium, nitrate, and phosphate ions by strip. Determination of Organic & Inorganic Components of airborne particulate matter. Chemical identification of Inorganic Components of particulate matter (Pb, Fe, Ni, Cu). Determination of SO2 / CO2 in air of an Urban & Rural area. Determination of total acid in air of an Urban & Rural area.

Remote Sensing and GIS Application of GIS and ArcInfo Software for Agriculture, Landuse, and Forestry. 1. Interpretation of Aerial Photography and Satellite Images for Environmental Applications including Coastal, Fluvial, and Urban Preparation & geoenvironmental map from imaging. 2. Environmental Change Detection using Integrating GIS, Remote Sensing and Topo Map Information. 3. Geohazard and Risk Assessment using Remote Sensing and GIS data. 4. Fields observation of specific sites which are interpreted on respective image. 5. Submission of Field Report, based on satellite imagery and Aerial photograph data analysis and interpretation. Biology 1. Field Survey. 2. Determination of productivity of aquatic ecosystem. 3. Quantification of bloom forming plankton (phytoplankton + zooplankton). 4. Determination of the biomass of producers in the given area. 5. Study the biotic component of a pond ecosystem of J.U. Campus. 6. Determinations of moisture content, water holding capacity and pH of soil. 7. Basic Rules and Requirements of a Microbiology Laboratory. 8. Preparation of culture media. 9. Technique of serial dilution. 10. Water quality test through faecal coliform counts by streak plate method / pour plate method / spread plate method and enumeration of coliform bacteria. 11. Study of root nodules in legume plants. 12. Sampling of bacteria from air, water and soil.

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Geography and Environment

Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session : 2013-2014

National University Subject: Geography and Environment Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Paper, Marks and Credit distribution


Paper Title Environmental Geography Soil and Biogeography Geography of Bangladesh World Regional Geography Cultural Geography Population Geography Quantitative Geography Practical–III Total =

2

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32


Marks: 100 233201 Environmental Geography

Credits: 4

Class Hours: 60 hrs. Exam Duration: 4 hrs.

1. Environmental Geography: meaning and definition, scope of environmental geography, geography and ecology, basic concepts of ecology, environmental geography and related sciences. 2. Environment: meaning, structure, types and components of environment; geography and environment; environment and resources, environment and society. 3. Human-environment relationships: major approaches, environment and human, man’s interaction with the environment. 4. Ecosystem: meaning and concept, types and components of ecosystem; functioning of ecosystem; energy flow in the ecosystems; concepts, principles and types of biogeochemical cycles, ecological production; tropic levels, food chains and food webs; ecological pyramids. Biomes: meaning and types, major ecosystems of the world. 5. Human impact on natural environment 6. Degradation of environment: meaning, types, causes, and process. 7. Environmental pollution: meaning, sources types, pollution of air, water, soil, noise, world distribution of major pollution areas.   8. Global environmental issues. 9. Management of environment: approaches and issues. Suggesting Readings 1. Singh, S. 2008. Environmental Geography, Allahabad, India: Prayag Pustak Bhawan 2. Saxena, H M. 2004. Environmental Geography, Jaipur, India: Rawat Publications 3. Marsh,WM and Gossa, Jr. J. 2005. Environmental Geography. New York: John Wiley & Sons. 4. Park, CC. 2001. The Environment: Principles and Practices. Psychological Press, USA. 5. Moniruzzaman,M . Environmental Geography, (Forthcoming) Metropolis Publishing, Dhaka

3


233203

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Soil and Biogeography

1. Soils: Definition and components. 2. Physical Properties of Soils: Texture, structure, porosity, colour and permeability. 3. Chemical and Mineralogical Properties of Soils: Weathering and mineralogical    Composition; Soil PH; Soil water; Soil chemistry. 4. Organic Properties of Soils: Components of organic matter; Flora & fauna; Humus formation and characteristics. 5.   Soil Genesis: Factors of soil forming process; Horizons and profile.   6. Soils Classification and Conservation: Classification of world soils; Seventh Approximation; Soil erosion, Stalinization, pollution and soil conservation. 7. Geography of Plant Communities: Evolution of plants; Classification; Plant communities and succession. 8. Plant and their Environment: Biotic, habitat, climatic, edaphic and anthropogenic factors for the growth of vegetation. 9. Major Biomes of the World Forest: Tropical, equatorial, temperate, grassland, deserts. 10. Zoo‐geographical Regions of the World. 11. Biodiversity: Concepts and importance; Ecosystem and biodiversity; Assessment and conservation; Biodiversity of Bangladesh.

Selected Readings: Brammer, H. The Geography of the Soils of Bangladesh, UPL, Dhaka. Bridges, E. M. Principles and Applications of Soil Geography, Halsted PressBrikeland, P. W. Soils and Geomorphology, Oxford University Press. Buckman, H.O. and Brady, N.C. The Nature and Properties of Soil, Eurasia publishing House, New Delhi. Bunting, B. T. The Geography of Soils, Hutchinson, London Denseveau, P. Biogeography: An Ecological Perspective, Ronald Press.\ Daji, J. A. A Textbook of Soil Science, Asia Pub. House Darlington P. J. Zoogeography: The Geographic Distribution of Animals, Wiley and Sons, New York Haroun-er-Rashid, Geography of Bangladesh, UPL, Dhaka Mather, Alexander S. Global Forest Resources, Pinter Mathur, H. S. Essentials of Biogeography, Pointer Publishers, Jaipur Miller, R. W. and Donahue, R. L. Soils, Prentice-Hall of India Pears, Nigel, Basic Biogeography, Longman, London, New York Pitty, A. F. Geography and Soil Properties, University Press Robinson H. Biogeography, Mac Donald and Evans, London Sedden, Brian. Introduction to Biogeography, Duckworth, London Shiva, Vandana, Biodiversity: Social & Ecological Perspectives, World Rainforest Movement Simmons T. G. Biogeography: Natural and Cultural, Arnold Heinemann, London Tivy Joy, Biogeography, A Study of Plants in the Ecosphere, Addison Wesley-Longman

Paper Code Paper Title: 1.

Marks: 100 Geography of Bangladesh

Credits: 4

233205


Introduction: Geo-physical location and its Importance; Boundary characteristics and problems; Geopolitical emergence of Bangladesh; Position of Bangladesh in regional and global context.

4

2.

Physical Structure and Environmental Settings: Geological background including formation and characteristics of Bengal Basin; Relief and physiography; River systems and wetlands; Coastal environment; Weather and climate; Soils.

3.

Geographic Study of Natural Resources: Land, water, minerals, fuel and energy, agriculture including fisheries, forestry and livestock.

4.

Geographic Study of Population and Settlement: Anthropological origin of the people; Population distribution and dynamics (fertility, mortality, migration); Population density and growth; Population as human resource; Urban and rural settlements of Bangladesh (settlement types, forms, hierarchies, and rural market centers).

5.

Geographic Study of Major Economic Activities: Primary activities (agriculture, fisheries, forestry, livestock and mining); Secondary activities (large, medium, small and cottage industries); Tertiary activities (trade, business and services like transport & communication, health, education etc.).

6.

Major Regions of Environmental Concern: Coastal belt, Hilly region, Char areas, Haor areas, Barind and Modhupur Tracts, Megacity regions (Dhaka and Chittagong).

6.

Major Challenges and Issues of Sustainable Development: (1) Acute population pressure and its impacts, (2) Skewed distribution of resources and income, (3) Poverty alleviation, (4) Regional inequality and development, (5) Strengthening human resource development and exporting man-power; (6) Developing disaster and environment friendly physical infrastructure, (7) Protecting biodiversity and environment from natural and man-made hazards, and (8) Haphazard growth of cities and rising risks of disasters.

Selected Readings: Ahmad, Q.K., Ahmad, N, and Rasheed, K.B.S. (eds) (1994 hrs.) Resources, Environment and Development in Bangladesh. Dhaka: Academic Publishers. Asiatic Society of Bangladesh, Banglapedia, Dhaka. Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Bangladesh Population Census Reports. Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Bangladesh Census of Agriculture and Livestock. Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Statistical Yearbook of Bangladesh, Published annually by (BBS).

Bangladesh Centre for Advanced Studies, Wetlands of Bangladesh, Dhaka Brammer, Hugh 2012), The Physical Geography of Bangladesh, UPL, Dhaka

Brammer, H. The Geography of the Soils of Bangladesh, UPL, Dhaka. Haroun-er-Rashid, Geography of Bangladesh, UPL, Dhaka Imam, B. Bangladesher Khanis shompod, Bangla Academym, Dhaka ( in Bangla). Islam M.A. Environment; Land use and Natural Hazards in Bangladesh, University of Dhaka. Islam, Nazrul Dhaka from City to Mega City: Perspectives on People, Places, Planning and Development Issues, USP, Department of Geography, DU. Islam, Nazrul and Ahsan, Rosie Majid eds. Urban Bangladesh : Geographical Studies, USP, Department of Geography, Dhaka University.

IUCN/GOB, Water Resources, Flood Control, National Conservation Strategy Report, Dhaka. Rahman A. Atiq et al. Environment and Development in Bangladesh Vol.1-2, UPL Dhaka Rasheed, K.B.Sajjadur, Bangladesh: Resource and Environmental Profile, AHDPH, Dhaka. Rasheed, K.B.Sajjadur, Water Resource Management with example from Bangladesh,, A.H. Development Publishing House, Dhaka. UPL, Report of the Task Forces on Bangladesh Development Strategies for the 1990’s Vol. 1-4 hrs., UPL, Dhaka.

Wadia, D.N. Geology of India, Tata McGraw-Hill.

5


Marks: 100 World Regional Geography

Credits: 4

233207


1. Introduction to Regional Geography: 1.1 The major geographic regions in the world. 1.2 Nature and human geographic processing 1.3 Key topics in the geographic interpretation of countries and regions. 2. Europe: 2.1 Geography and Human experience in Europe 2.2 Environmental and historical factors in Europe’s economic successes 3. Former Soviet Union: 3.1 Geography and planning in the former Soviet Union. 3.2 Core land and outlying regions in the USSR 4. Middle East: 4 hrs..1 The Middle East as cultural focus and problem area. 4 hrs..2 Countries common Threads and national distinctiveness 5. The Orient: 5.1 Geographic themes and variations in the Orient 5.2 The fragmented and contentious world of Southeast Asia 5.3 Continuity and change in the Chinese realm 6. Africa: 6.1 Regions of Tropical Africa 6.2 Condition and problems of the African development 7. Latin America: 7.1 The many faces of Latin America 7.2 The diversity of Latin American regions 8. Anglo –America: 8.1 The geography of national successes in Anglo-America 8.2 National and Regional character of Canada and USA 9. The Pacific world: 9.1 Geographic diversity in the pacific Island 9.2 Environmental and functional relation of Australia and New Zealand. Suggesting Reading 1. Wheeler, J.H and Kostbade J.T 1990. World Regional Geography. Chicago Saunders Publishing. 2. Johnson, DL et al.eds.2010. World Regional Geography, PHI Learning Private Ltd

6


Marks: 100 233209 Cultural Geography

Credits: 4


1. Introduction: Definition of culture and Cultural Geography, scope, themes and methods of Cultural Geography. 2. Culture: Nature, types and traits. 3. Man-Environment Interaction: Environmental determinism and possibilism 4. Processes of Culture Change: Invention/innovation, Diffusion and integration, 5. Assimilation and Acculturation. 6. Overview of Evolution of Human Race and Culture: Evolution of Mankind (Australopithecus to Homo Sapiens), Evolution of material culture and livelihood patterns (Stone ages, Ages of metals, Domestication of plants and animals, agricultural livelihood, industrial revolution and urbanization, globalization and e-culture.) 7. Major Old and Extinct Cultural Hearths: Babylonian/Mesopotamian, Nile Valley, Indus Valley, Chinese/Hwang Ho Valley; Maya, Inca). 8. Geographic Dimensions of Race, Religion and Language. 9. Cultural Heritage and Conservation. 10. Origin and Evolution of the People of Bangladesh: Anthropological origin of the people, including major ethnic groups; Archeological sites. Selected Readings: Bateman, How Man Began Birdshell, Human Evolution Foster, World Civilization

Griffith Taylor; Geography in the 20th Century, London Hoebel , Anthropology: The Study of Man, N.Y. Leakey, Stone Age Perpellese, A.V. Human Geography, London Russell, Culture Worlds Simmons, Change the Face of the Earth Culture Environment Spencer, J. E. & Thomas (Jr.) W.L. Cultural Geography, N.Y. Spencer, J. E. ,Introduction to Cultural Geography, N.Y. Starr, Early Man Prehistory and the Civilization of the Near East. Schenk, The History of Man Wagner & Mikesell (eds), Readings in Cultural Geography, Chicago Wallbank, Walter and Others, Civilization Past and Present

ikx`, †K. we. Gm. mvs¯‹…wZK f~‡Mvj, XvKv t evsjv GKv‡Wgx `vm ¸ß, Agj, gvby‡li wVKvbv, KwjKvZv t ivLvj †mb, KwjKvZv


Marks: 100 Population Geography

Credits: 4

233211


1. Introduction: Definition and concepts, Scope and development of Population Geography, Approaches of studying Population Geography.

7

2. Population Data Sources: Population census and sample survey, Registration systems (Vital Registration System, Population s, International Migration Statistics, Other sources of data-especially in Bangladesh). 3. Population Distribution and Redistribution: Geographical distribution of global and Bangladesh population, Population density, Determinants or Factors affecting population distribution and density, Population redistribution. 4. Patterns of Population Composition: Biological (age and sex), Social (language, religion and education), Occupation and income, Rural and urban. 5. Population Growth: Theories of population growth (Malthus, Optimum Population, Demographic Transition Theory), Patterns of population growth (global, developed and developing countries and Bangladesh). 6. Population Dynamics along with their Determinants and Measures: Fertility, Mortality and Migration. 7. Techniques of Population Analysis: Life table analysis, Age-sex structure analysis, Population projection, Migration estimates. 8. Population Policy: Population policy of Bangladesh and some other countries relevant to Bangladesh. Selected Readings: Beaujeu, G. J. Geography of Population Bogue, D.J., 1978: Principles of Demography, NY Clark, J.J. 1978: Population Geography, London. Demko, G.J., H.M. Rose, and A.A. Schnell 1986: Population Geography: A Reader, NY Ehrlich, P.R. and A.H. Ehrlich 1991: Population, Resources and Environment, NY. ESCAP, 1981: Population of Bangladesh: Country Monograph Series 8, United Nations. NY. Lucas, D. et al 1990: Beginning Population Studies, ANU, and Canberra. Shryock, H.S. and Jacob S Siegel,. The Methods and materials of Demography, Academic Press Inc. Trewartha, G.T. A Geography of Population: World Patterns Woods, R. Population Analysis in Geography Zilensky, W. 1984 hrs.: A Prologue to Population Geography, UK.


Marks: 100 233213 Quantitative Geography

Credits: 4


1. Introduction: Basic statistical concepts in Geography and Environment. 2. Data Sources, Types and Measurements: Sources (primary and secondary); Types (continuous and discontinuous, integer and real number, individuals and variables, Discrete and non-discrete); Levels of Measurement (nominal, ordinal, interval and ratio). 3. Uses of Statistics: Description, inference, significance and prediction. 4. Data Summarization: Frequency table; Techniques of graphical representation (histogram, polygons, relative and cumulative graphs, ogive); Measures of central tendency (mean, median and mode); Measures of dispersion (absolute measures – range, mean deviation, standard deviation- variance, quartile deviation; relative measures, co-efficient of variation, coefficient of quartile and mean deviation);

8

5.

6. 7.

8.

Nature of dispersion (skewness and kurtosis). Correlation and Regression: Linear correlation (Pearson's Product Moment correlation and Spearman's Rank Correlation); Simple linear regression analysis (regression by the LeastSquares Method, Multiple regressions and Residuals Analysis) Hypothesis Testing: Definition and concept of hypothesis, Levels of significance, Student's t-test and Chi-square test, Analysis of variance. Sampling: Concept of population, sample and sampling; Types of sampling in geographical and environmental research (random, systematic; stratified; cluster; hierarchical or multistage); Sample size determination. Probability: Empirical definition of probability, Elementary probability theory, Probability distributions and properties (binomial, normal and Poisson).

Selected Readings: Cole, J.P. & King C.A. M. Quantitative Geography - Techniques and Theories in Geography, Johns Wiley & Sons Ltd. USA. Elahi, K. 1991, Porishonkhan Poddhoti ebong Sthanik Bisleshion; Academic Publishers: Dhaka ( in Bangla). Gregray, S. Statistics Methods and Geography. Hammond, R. and McCullagh, 1990, Quantitative Techniques in Geography: An Introduction, Oxford, UK. Johnston, R.J. 1990: Multivariate Statistical Analysis in Geography, Longman: USA Lippman, Elements of Probability and Statistics Mahmood, A. 1985, Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Regesh Publications, New Delhi: India. Mia, M.A. and Mian, M.a. 1988: Porishonkhan Porichiti; Idean Library, Dhaka (in Bangla) Taylor, P. J. Quantitative Methods in Geography. Houghton Mifflin Company, London. Yeates, M. 1985, An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw Hill Inc: USA.


233214 Marks: 100 Practical-III

Credits: 4


(Exam 75 and Fieldwork with Report 25) Section I: Map Interpretation (Marks - 25) 1. Introduction: Basics of maps and map reading (elements of map, understanding cartographic illustrations and symbols); Concepts and scope of map analysis and interpretation. 2. Understanding and Interpretation of Topographical Maps: The language of maps (conventional signs and symbols; contours and cross sections); Understanding and interpretation of physical features (relief, slopes, drainage system, water bodies, physiographic regions); Understanding and interpretation of human/cultural features (settlement patterns, transport network); Understanding and interpretation of different types of land use (major land use patterns, analysis of physical and anthropogenic factors which influence the development of different land uses). 3. Understanding and Interpretation of Weather Maps: The language of weather and climatic maps and their types and differences; Nature and types of data required for

9

weather maps; Analysis and interpretation of daily weather maps broadcasted by radio and TV media. 4. Understanding and Interpretation of Geological Maps: Folding, faults, lineament, seismic. Section II: Research Methodology (Marks - 50) 1. Introduction: Definition, concept and types of scientific research; Nature and types of research in Geography and Environment. 2. Familiarity with Geographical Data and Publications: Nature, types and sources of data; Geographical publications by national and international organizations. 3. Methods and Techniques in Geographical Research: Techniques of information collection and documentation (observation methods, case study, PRA, RRA, RGA, FGD; Style of writing references and bibliography, footnotes, quotations; Writing reviews (book, articles) and abstracts; Techniques of library research or literature survey. 4. Preparation of Research Proposal: Selecting and defining research problem or topic; A complete outline and methods of writing a research proposal, term paper, report, journal article and thesis. 5. Conducting Field Research: Selection of study area; Hypotheses formulation; Sampling design; Preparation of questionnaire or checklist and base maps; recording field information and conducting field survey; Monitoring and evaluation field survey. 6. Data Processing, Analysis and Presentation: Scientific way of processing of secondary and primary data; Analysis and interpretation of processed data and maps using various statistical, cartographic, graphic and GIS techniques; Organization and drafting of research report; Dissemination or presentation of research findings to a seminar or meeting. Section III: Fieldwork (Marks-25): Study of Soil, Water, Flora and Fauna in a selected study area and stay at least two working days in the field. Selected Readings: Ajaegbu, H.I. and Faniran, A. A New Approach to Practical Work in Geography. Alam, M.S. and Rashid, 2000: Manchitra Pronoyan O Manchitra Bisleshan; Oxfam, Dhaka (in bangla). Avery, T.E. 1965: Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Burgess: Mimmeapolis. Black, James A. & Dean, A. Champion, 1987: Methods and Issues in Social Research. Cansettari, S. 1993: Introduction to Integrated Geo-Information management, Chapman & Hall: London. Greitzer, Elementary Topography and Map Reading. Keates, Cartographic Methods. Lawerence, Cartographic Design and Production. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer, R.W. 1994 hrs.: Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, Wiely: NY. Raitz, K.B. and Hart, J.F. 1987: Cultural Geography on Topographic Maps, Wiley: NY. Rouf, K. A. and Elahi, K.M.: Bhugole Gobeshona Porichiti, Shujoneshu Prokashoni, Dhaka (in Bangla) Singh, R.L. Elements of Practical Geography Taha, M.A. Manobick Bhogal (in Bangla) (Human Geography), Rajshahi University, Rajshahi. Turabian, K.L. 1968: A Manual for writers of term papers, thesis and dissertation, London. White, Complete Guide to Map Reading

10

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Home Economics

Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

1

National University Syllabus for Four Year B. A/B.Sc. Honours Course Subject: Home Economics Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 233501 233503 233505 233507 233509 233511 233513 233514

Paper Title Meal Management Child Behaviour and Guidance History Art Culture of Bangladesh Textile Design and Weaving Human Nutrition and Dietetics Environment, Ecology and Household Equipments Family and Child Welfare in Bangladesh Practical Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4

100 100 800

4 4 32

2


233501 Marks: 100 Meal Management

Credits: 4


1. Menu Planning & meal preparation for a family: a) Principle of planning a meal. b) Factors affecting meal planning. c) Concept of balanced diet. 2. Food Groups: a) Basic food groups & their uses. b) Concept of food servings. c) Food exchange lists. 3. Meal Planning & balanced diet for difference age groups & physiological conditions: a) Infancy and school going children. b) Teen aged, adults,old age. c) Pregnancy and lactation. 4. Cooking methods and Their suitability to different foods: a) Different methods of cooking. b) Effect of different cooking methods on foods. 5. Food Service in institution- Offices, factories, hotels, hostels, hospitals & clinics, rehalilitation center: a) Planning meals b) Buying & storing foods. c) Preparing food using recipes. d) Food service in institutions. 6. Organization & istration in the food institution: a) Duties and responsibilities of food manager. b) Organization and management –definition, types and importance. 7. Equipments used in food service institution: a) Selection and use of equipments in kitchen and dining. b) Use and care of equipments. 8. Safety and sanitation in food service institutions: a) Contamination of food. b) Food borne diseases. c) Safe food preparation practices. d) Means of safety and accident preventions methods. Recommended Books: 1.

ivbœv,Lv`¨ I cywó - wmwÏKv Kexi

2.

cÖvwZôvwbK Lv`¨ eë¯’vcbv - wmwÏKv Kexi

3.

Food service in institution – west and wood

4.

Meal Planning and Tablde service – Beth Balley, Mclean.

5.

Nutrition and Dietitian – S.A. Joshi.

6.

cvwievwiK ivbœv, Lv`¨ I cywóK_v - kvnxb Avn‡g`/iIkb Aviv †eMg|

3


233503 Marks: 100 Child Behaviour and Guidance

Credits: 4


1. Basic Principles of Child behaviour a. Heredity and environment b. Maturation and learning- training before maturation, concept of learning 2 The development of mature behaviour a. General characteristics of mature behaviour b. Differences between mature and immature behaviour c. Emotional maturity 3.

4.

Development of social behaviour a. Importance of socialization b. Social relation of different stages of development c. Social conformity, development of self control Development of world behaviour a. Studies of moral behaviour b. Stages of moral development. c. Criteria of nature morality, conscience and discipline.

5.

Personality & behavior – Problem of childhood. a. Development of personality. b. Behavior changes with personality development c. Common source of parental ------------------ toilet training, sleep patterns, temper tantrums, bedwetting, stuttering, hostility, fears etc.

6.

Parent behavior and the impact of home a. Different types of parental attitudes & behaviour – autocratic, democratic, overprotective, rejection. b. Impact of home &family .

7.

Principles of child guidance. a. Role of parents in guiding. b. Parents as models for childs development. c. Guiding children with special needs.

Books Recommended : 1. Behaviour & Development – A.L. Balduim of Childhood. 2. Childrdn and behaviour – M-Smart & R. Smart 3. Child Psychology – Lester D. Crow 4. Child development – E. Hurlck 5. gvbe weKv‡k g‡bvweÁvb - myjZvbv mviIqvZ Aviv 6. wkï ea©b, weKvk cwiPvjbv - Aa¨vcK kvnxb Avn‡g`, 4_© ms¯‹iY 7. M„n eë¯’vcbv, wkï ea©b I cvwievwiK m¤úK© -


233505 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 History of Art and Culture of Bangladesh


1. Introduction: a) History of art – Meaning, Objectives of studying history of art. b) Ancient art – Primitive, Egyption, Mesopotamian, Minoan, Fareast, Indian. c) Meieval art – Byzantine, Islamic, Roman. d) Modern art – Italian, Gothic, Renaissance, European (1800), America. 4

2. Study of Traditional culture and cultural heritage of Bangladesh such as – Folk culture, Tribal culture, Modern culture: a) literature, songs, dances, games, festival and musical instrument. 3. Some traditional craft of Bangladesh: a) Pottery: Clay tops, Pot, Shoker Hare, terra cota etc. b) Wood Crafts: Wooden toys, House arnamentation (door, windows partition) furniture. c) Bamboo and cane crafts: Household equipments. d) Floor mat: Pati, Shatrengi, Madure. e) Jute craft: snika, Benishilpa, etc. f) Quilt making – Nakshi Kantha 4. Traditional culture and heritage site of Bangladesh: a) Lalbagh e) Shat gambuz b) Sonargoan f) Mahastahan garh c) Mainamati g) Sona Masjid d) Paharpur h) Tara Masjid. 5. Importance of traditional culture in the life of communities: a) Preservation and revitalisation of traditional culture. b) Folk and craft foundation, Sonargaon. 6. Artists and art of Bangladesh – Zainul Abedin, Quamrul Hasan, S.M. Sultan. Recommended Books: 1. Craft from Bangladesh ----------- Parveen Ahamed. 2. Mainamati -------------------------- A.K.M. Shamsul Alam. 3. Basic Crafts -------------------------- John R. Lind Beek. 4. ‡jvKwkí ------------------------------- ˆmq` gvneye Avjg 5. evsj‡`k Drme ------------------------- †Lv›`Kvi wiqvRyj nK 6. evsjv‡`‡ki †jvKMxwZ ------------------- Ave`yj Iqvnve miKvi 7. evsjv‡`‡ki g„rwkí ---------------------- kwdKzi ingvb †PŠayix 8. evsjv‡`‡ki †Ljvayjv -------------------- ikx` nvq`vi 9. †jvKwk‡íi f~e‡b ----------------------- †Zvdv‡qj Avn‡g` 10. Rvg`vbx ------------------------------- †gvt mvB`yi 11. †jvK HwZn¨ --------------------------- ˆmq` gvneye Avjg 12. ev½vjx ms¯‹…wZi iƒc -------------------- †Mvcvj nvj`vi 13. HwZ‡nï †mvbvi Mvu -------------------- ˆmq` eRjyj †nv‡mb


233507 Marks: 100 Textile Design and Weaving

Credits: 4


1. Elements of diesign used in clothing: Colour, Line, form, size, texture, motif and figured pattern. 2. Principles of Design: Proportion, Rhythm, balance, Emphasis, Harmony. 3. Preparing fabric for deg: Bleaching, singeing, deg, mercerizing, scouring, calendaring.

5

4. Elementary concepts of colour and constitution: (Chromospher, auxochrome) 5. Textile dyeing: Application of directs. Acid basic, sulphur and vat dye on different fibers. 6. Textile Printing: a) Methods of printing. Block printing, Batik and tie – dyeing, Roller printing, screen printing, discharge printing,Resist printing, Stencil printing, Warp printing, Photographic printing and Spray printing. b) Treatment after printing. 7. Fabric Construction: a. Felting b. Braiding c. Bondiging d. Kinitting/net e. Knitting f. Weaving 8. a) Weaving: b) History of weaving c) Steps of weaving d) Basic weaves and their characteristics. i) Simple ii) Twill iii) Stain and sateen e) Decorative weaves. Basket, Rib, Herringbone, broken twill, Dobby weaves, Jaquard weaves, Leno weaves, Stop weaves, Lappet weaves, Swinel weaves and pile weaves. Recommended Books: 1. Art in every life ----------------------- Goldstein and Goldstein 2. Home furnishing ---------------------- Anna hong Rutt. 3. Inside Today’s Home ---------------- Faulkner and Faulkner 4. Essentials of Textiles ---------------- Marjory L. Joshep 5. Textile fibres and their uses -------- Hess 6. Modern Textiles ---------------------- Siegett 7. Introduction to textiles --------------- Stout 8. Fibre to Fabric ------------------------- Patter and corbman


233509 Marks: 100 Human Nutrition and Dieteics

Credits: 4


1. Nutritional requirements & Recommended Dietary Allowance: g. Body fitness, body wet mamagement. h. Factors affecting RDA i. Principles of deriving RDA j. Requirment & RDA. k. Energy requirement – Determination of Energy requirement of individual, factors affecting energy requirement – age, sex, physical activity health condition.

6

2. Nutritional food requirements during infancy & early childhood: a) Growth & Development b) Food requirements – breast feeding, supplementary feeding & weaving diets for infants c) Feeding young Children – developing good food habits – Packed lunches & School lunch programme. d) Nutrititional related problems of Children – diarrhea, Malabsotion & appropriate diets in food allergy. 3. Nutrition and food requirements expected & lactating mothers: a) Food requirement & dietary modifications. b) Complications of pregnancy & dietary advice. c) General dietary guidelines. 4. Nutritional & food requirements during old age: a) Physiological changes in old age. b) Dietary modification in old age. c) Nutritional problems of old age. 5. Dietetics: a) Therapeutic diets – its importance, types and factors to consider in planning therapeutic diet. b) Routine hospital diets. c) Special feeding methods – tube feeding parenteral feeding. d) Pre and post operative diet. 6. Diet for infection and fever: a) Effect of short term and long term fever on body metabolism. b) Dietary modification in infection & fever –Typhoid, influenza, tuberculosis. 7. Diet in Diabetes mellitus: a) Etiology & metabolic changes. b) Symptoms & diagnosis & complications. c) Diabetic diet preseription – in IDDM and NIDDM 8. Diet in diseases of liver: a) Agents responsible for liver disease. b) Infective hepatitis & dietary modification. c) Dietary modification in liver cirrhosis. 9. Diseases of blood vessels & Heart – Hypertention, Atherosclerosis, Heart Attack and Stroke 10. Kindney Disease, Electrolyles balance

Recommended Books: 1. Lv`¨ I c_¨ --------------------------- ˆmq`v nvwjgv ingvb 2. Dietetics ----------------------------- B. Srilakshmi. 3. Nutrition & Dietetics ------------- Shubhangini A. Joshi. 4. Nutrition Science ------------------ B. Srilakshmi.

7


233511 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Environment, Ecology and Household Equipments


Environment: 1. Biotic and abiotic components of environment: Social environment and its characteristics. 2. Impact of Biosphere on the environment: a) Apparance of man and grouth of human population b) Activity of man and environment degradation. c) The effect of human activity on the global ecosystemi) Reduction in Ecosystem Complicity and Diversity. ii) Reduction in Genetic Bio-gas chemical cyclesCarbon cycle, Oxygen cycle, Nitrogen cycle. c) Operation of ecosystem- Food chain- Decomposer food web- Energy cycle. Ecology: 3. Introduction: a) Meaning of ecology and ecosystem. b) Interdependency of ecology. c) Human and ecosystemi) Family organizational ecosystem. ii) Family decision making process iii) Reducing uncertainly in decision making iv) Family community interaction. 4. Human impact on ecosystem: Pollution of environment- causes and effects, Resource depletion-pollution of water – soilsound and Arsenic- Air pollution – Green house effects Acidrain- solution. 5. Control of environment pollution: Goverment policies- Responsibilities of family and community to control pollution. Household equipment: 6. Introduction: a) Definition and classification of household equipment. b) Needs of equipment in the house. Selection of equipment. Time and energy saving equipment. d) Materials, construction methods and finishing methods used for equipment. 7. Simple electrical and mechanical appliances: a) Selection, Use and care of household appliances b) Some appliances- Toaster, blender, grinder, mincer, heater, Electric mixer. c) Mechanical appliances- Vaccum cleaner, washing machine, sewing machine etc. 8. Sources and use of fuel and energy: a) Sources of fuel and energy, different types of fuel. b) Measures to be token for energy management to meet energy crisis. c) Characteristics of different types of stoves- Kerosene, gas, solar, mud, biogas, electric. Refference: 1. Ecology – P.S. verma. 2. Natural Resource Conservation – An Ecology Approarch- O.S. Owen 3. Environment – Problems and Solution – Asthana and Asthana.

8

4. Household equipment – Reet and Others. 5. Young home maker’s equipment guide – Louise J. Peet. 6. Equipment in the home – Florence E. And lydia I.


233513 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Family and Child Welfare in Bangladesh


1. The Concept of Child and Family welfare in modern day living, importance of welfare. 2. Basic factors in welfare: a) Economic security b) Physical & mature health facility c) Education and recreation d) Special care for children and aged. 3. Disadvantaged children of Bangladesh: a) Definition of disadvantaged children. b) Types of disadvantaged children. c) Copying with disadvantaged children at the family and national level. 4. Family problems of Bangladesh: a) Factors responsible for family problems in urban and rural area. b) Affect of conflict and serves on family member. c) Copying with family problems – adjustments, family & social responsibilities. d) Legal aspects of marriage & family. 5. Welfare services at public & private sector: a) Preventive service, Play & day care center, Foster homes, Adoption center, planned Parenthood organization. b) Creative services – Correction center, rehabilitation center,vagrant homes, homes for the aged, Handicraft rehabilitation, Dentitute center. 6. Welfare services at public & private sector: a) Department of family & social welfare. b) Child welfare centre. c) Orphanages, voluntary organization for child welfare. 7. International welfare agencies: a) WHO e) CIDA b) UNICEF f) USAID c) CARE g) HKI d) UNDP h) WET 8. Tribal life in Bangladesh: a) Life Styles, Customs & traditions of tribal people. b) Common problems of tribal life in Bangladesh. References: 1. Social stratification & social welfare services in Bangladesh --------- M/A & Others. 2. Problems of children & Adjustments in Bangladesh --------- M/A Gafur, Somay kalian Palitroma. 3. Poverty & Social change in rural Bangladesh ---------------------------- Siddique, Kamal. 4. Changing Society in India, Pakistan & Bangladesh --------------------- Karim, AK Nazmul.

9

5. The Dynamic of Bangladesh ------------------------------------------------- Karim, Nazmul.


233514 Practical

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


A. 1) Use of weights measures in cookery. 2) Plan, prepare & paket nutritionally adequate snacks & tiffin for children. 3) Writing a correct recipe. 4) Table setting & service –Types and correct methods. B. 5) Identifying wover textiles such as 3 basic weaves & other decorative weaves. 6) Prepare usable clothes with different methods of printing – block, batik, tie-dye. 7) Prepare any one traditional craft work. C. 8) Plan, Prapare & serve nutritionally adequate supplementary food for infants. 9) Plan a days menu in – young diabetic patient, patient with kidney disease, heart disease etc. D. 10) Studying different stages of pollution and write a report on findings of the study. 11) Demonstration & repair of different household equipment- electrical & non- electrical. E. 12. Dealing with mentally retarded children in retarded center. Write the methods of their handling. 13. Make a survey on the adolescents vocational choice.

10

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus De p a rt me n t of Mathematics

Four Year B.Sc Honours Course Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

National University Subject: Mathematics Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc Honours Course

Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution THIRD YEAR

Paper Code

233701 233703 233705 233707 233709 233711 233713 233714

Paper Title

Abstract Algebra Real Analysis Numerical Analysis Complex Analysis Differential Geometry Mechanics Linear Programming Math Lab (Practical) Total =

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32


233701 Abstract Algebra

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Congruence: Equivalence relations and equivalence classes. Congruence modulo n. Addition and multiplication of residue classes. Groups : Definition. Subgroups. Cyclic groups. Order of an element. Permutation groups. Symmetric groups. Homomorphisms and isomorphisms. Cosets. Lagrange's theorem. Normal subgroups. Factor groups. The isomorphism theorems. Rings : Definition and simple properties. Commutative rings. Integral domains and fields. Ideals and factor rings. Ring homomorphisms. Ordered integral domains. Polynomials : Polynomials in one and several indeterminates over a ring. Division algorithm. Uniqueness of factorization in Polynomial domain.

Fields : Definition and simple properties. The characteristic. Subfields. Algebraic extensions. Splitting fields. Finite fields. Books Recommended : 1.

W. K. Nicholoson: Introduction to Abstract Algebra

2.

Neal H. Mecoy: Introduction to Abstract Algebra.

3.

Hiram. Paley and P. M. Weichsel: First Paper in Abstract Algebra.

4. 5. 6. 7.

P. B. Bhattacharya. S. K. Jain, S. R. Nagpaul: Basic Abstract Algebra. F. Chowdhury, M. R. Chowdhury: A Textbook of Abstract Algebra. Agarwal – Modern Algebra FazlurRahman - Abstract Algebra


233703 Real Analysis

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Real numbers as complete ordered fields: Supremum and infimum principles. Dedekind theorem and its equivalence. Archimedian property. Denseness of rational and irrational numbers. Topology of real line : Neighborhoods. Open and closed sets. Limit points and Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem. Interior, boundary and closure. Compact sets. Hiene-Borel theorem. Connected sets. Real sequences: Convergence. Theorems on limits. Subsequential limits. Limit superior & limit inferior, Monotone sequence. Cauchy sequence. Absolute convergence. Infinite series of real numbers: Convergent and divergent series. Test for convergence (comparison tests, root test, leibnitz’s test, ratio test, integral test, Raabe's test, Gauss's test). Rearrangements. Real continuous functions: Local properties. Global properties (global continuity theorem, Preservation of compactness, maximum and minimum value theorem, intermediate value theorem, preservation of connectedness, uniform continuity). Differentiability of real functions : Basic properties. Rolle's theorem. Mean value theorem. Taylor's Theorem. Integration of real functions : Riemann sum and Riemann integral. Conditions for integrability. Properties of integrals. Darboux theorem. Fundamental theorem of calculus. Mean value theorem for integrals. Leibnitz theorem on differentiation under integral sign. Riemann-Stieltjes integration. Sequences and Series of Real Numbers: Point-wise convergence and uniform convergence. Tests for uniform convergence. Cauchy criterion. Weierstrass M –test. Continuity, differentiability and integrability of limit functions of sequences and series of functions. Euclidean n-spaces : Norms in Rn. Distance in Rn. Convergence and completeness. Continuous functions and their properties.

Books Recommended :

1. Kenneth A. Ross : Elementary Analysis. 2. Robert G. Bartle, Donald R. Sherbert : Introduction to Real Analysis. 3. Walter Rudin: Principles of Mathematical Analysis. 4. Ramjan Ali Sardar- Real Analysis. 5. Munjibur Rahman Chowdhury - Real Analysis. 6. Fazlur Rahman - Real Analysis.


233705 Numerical Analysis

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Solution of equation in one variable: Bisection algorithm. Method of false position. Fixed point iteration. Newton-Raphson method. Convergence analysis. Interpolation and polynomial approximation: Newton’s forword and bacword, Newton’s general formula.Taylor polynomials. Lagrange polynomial. Iterated interpolation. Extrapolation. Differentiation and Integration: Numerical differentiation. Richardson’s extrapolation. Elements of Numerical Integration. Adaptive quadrature method. Romberg’s integration. Gaussian quadrature. Solutions of linear systems: Gaussian elimination and backward substitution. Pivoting strategies. LU decomposition method. Iterative techniques: Jachobi’s and Gauss-seidel method Error estimations and iterative refinement. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. The power method. Householder’s method. Q-R method. Initial value problems for ODE : Euler’s and modified Euler’s method. Taylor’s method. (Runge-Kutta, Adams-Bashforth, Adams-Moulton, Predictor-Corrector). Methods. Boundary value problems for ODE: Shooting method for linear and nonlinear problems. Finite difference method for linear and nonlinear problems. Books Recommended : 1. 2. 3. 4.

R. L. Burden & J. D. Faires, Numerical Analysis. M. A. Celia & W. G. Gray, Numerical Methods for Differential Equations. L. W. Johson & R. D. Riess, Numerical Analysis. S. S. Sastry Numerical Analysis.


233707 Complex Analysis

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Metric Properties of complex plane. Functions of a complex variable. Differentiability of a complex function. Analytic functions and their properties. Harmonic functions. Complex integration: Line integration over rectifiable curves. Cauchy-Goursat theorem. Cauchy's integral formulae. Fundamental theorem of algebra. Liouville's theorem. Morera's theorem . Different types of singularities. Residues. Taylor's and Laurent's expansion. Entire functions. Meromorphic

function. Cauchy's residue theorem. Evaluation of integrals by contour integration. Branch points and cuts. Rouche's theorem. The maximum modulus principle. Conformal mapping. Bilinear transformations. Books Recommended : 1. Ruel V. Churchill- Complex Variables and Applications. 2. Schaum's Outline Series- Complex Variables. 3. Fazlur Rahman – Complex Analysis 4. Taggi – Complex Variables.

233709 Paper Code Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Paper Title: Differential Geometry Curves in space: Vector functions of one variable. Space curves. Unit tangent to a space curve. Equation of a tangent line to a curve. Osculating plane. Vector function of two variables. Tangent and normal plane for the surface f(x,y,z)=0. Principal normal. Binormal. Curvature and torsion. Serret- Frenet formulae. Theorems on curvature and torsion. Helices and their properties. Circular helix. Spherical indicatrix, Curvature and torsion for spherical indicatrices. Involute and Evolute of a given curve. Bertrand curves. Surface: Curvilinear coordinates, parametric curves, Analytical representation, Monge’s form of the surface, first fundamental form, relation between coefficients E, F, G; properties of metric, angle between any two directions and parametric curves, condition of orthogonality of parametric curves, elements of area, unit surface normal, tangent plane, Weingarten equations (or derivatives of surface normal). Second fundamental form, Normal curvature. Meusrier’s theorem. Curvature directions. Condition of orthogonality of curvature directions. Principal curvatures. Lines of curvature. First curvature mean curvature, Gaussian curvature, centre of curvature, Rodrigues’ formula. Euler’s Theorem. Elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic points. Dupin Indicatrix. asymptotic lines. Third Fundamental form. Books Recommended : 1.

L. P. Eisenhart : An Introduction to Differential Geometry.

2.

Schaum's Outline Series : Differential Geometry.

3.

C. E. Weatherburn : Differential Geometry of three dimensions.

4.

D. J. Struik: Lectures on Classical Differential Geometry.

5.

T. T. Willmore : An Introduction to Differential Geometry.

6.

Fazlur Rahman and Hafizur Rahman - Differential Geometry.


233711 Mechanics

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Motion of a particle in one dimension: Momentum and energy equations. One-dimensional motion under variable forces. Falling bodies. Simple harmonic oscillator. Damped harmonic oscillator. Forced harmonic oscillator. Motion of a particle in two or three dimensions: Kinetics in a plane. Kinematics in three dimensions. Momentum and energy theorems. Plane and vector angular momentum theorems. Projectiles. Harmonic oscillator in two and three dimensions. Motion under a central force. Elliptic orbits. Hyperbolic orbits. Gravitation : Centers of gravity of solid bodies. Gravitational field and gravitational potential. Lagrange's equations: Generalized coordinates. Lagrange's equations. Systems subject to constraints.

Motion of rigid bodies: Moment of inertia. D’Alembert’s principle. Motion about fixed axes. Books Recommended :

1.

S. L. Loney- An Elementary treatise on Statics.

2.

S. L. Loney- An Elementary treatise on the Dynamic of a Particle & of Rigid Bodies.

3.

L. A. Pars : Introduction to Dynamics.


233713 Linear Programming

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Convex sets and related theorems. Introduction to linear programming. Feasibility and optimality. Formulation of linear programming problems. Graphical solutions. Simplex method. Two phase and Big-M simplex methods. Duality of linear programming and related theorems. Dual simplex method. Sensitivity analysis in linear programming. Transportation and assignment problems.

Book Recommended: 1. F. S. Hiller and G. T. Lieberman : Linear Programming. 2. P. R. Thie : Introduction to Linear Programming and Game theory. 3. N. S. Kambu : Mathematical Programming Techniques. 4. Hamdy A. Taha : Operations Research.


233714 Math Lab (Practical)

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Problem solving in concurrent Papers (e.g., Calculus, Complex Analysis, Numerical Analysis and Linear Programming) using FORTRAN. Lab Assignments: There shall be at least 15 lab assignments. Evaluation: Internal Assessment (Laboratory works): 30 marks. Final Exam (Lab : 3 hours) : 70 marks

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Physics


National University Subject: Physics Syllabus for Four Year B. Sc Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

Year wise Papers and marks distribution THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 232701 232703 232705 232707 232709 232711 232713 232714

Paper Title Atomic & Molecular Physics Quantum Mechanics-I Computer Fundamentals and Numerical Analysis Electronics-I Nuclear Physics-I Solid State Physics-I Mathematical Physics Physics Practical-III Total=

2

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32


232701

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Class Hours: 60 hrs. Exam Duration: 4 Hours

Atomic & Molecular Physics

1. Quantum Theory: Quantum character of radiation, Black Body Radiation, Photoelectric effect, Einstein’s photon theory, Photoelectric equation, Compton effect, Wave-particle duality, De Broglie wave, Electron diffraction: Thompson and Davisson-Germer experiment. 2. Rutherford Nucleus: Rutherford alpha scattering experiment, Nucleus, Bohr quantization rules, Hydrogen atom spectra, Franck-Hertz experiment, Sommerfeld-Wilson quantization rules. 3. Electron Spin: Stern-Gerlach experiment, Pauli’s exclusion principle, Electronic configuration of atom, Vector model, Coupling schemes, Hund’s rule. 4. Multiple Structures: Fine structure, Hyperfine structure, Zeeman effect, Paschen-Back effect. 5. X-rays: Production and properties of X-rays, Continuous and characteristic X-rays, X-ray spectra: X-ray absorption: Moseley’s law. 6. Molecular Spectra: Rotational and vibrational levels, Raman effect, Applications of Raman effect. 7. Laser: Stimulated emission, Einstein’s A and B co-efficients, Population inversion, Laser idea, three and four level lasers, Properties of a laser beam, Ruby, He-Ne and CO2 lasers. Books Recommended: 1. Beiser, A. 2. Beiser, A. 3. Svelto, O. 4. Weidner, R.T. and Sells R.L. 5. Verdeyen, J.T. 6. Islam, G.S.


232703

: : : : : :

Perspectives of Modern Physics Concepts of Modern Physics Principles of Laser Elements of Modern Physics Laser Electronics cvigvbweK c`v_©weÁvb 1g LÛ

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Quantum Mechanics-I

1. Physical Basis: Failures of Classical Mechanics and emergence of Quantum Mechanics, Bohr atom model and old quantum theory, Quantization of the phase integral, Particle in a box, Shortcomings of old quantum theory, Wave particle duality, De-Broglie wavelength. 2. Basic Concept of Quantum Mechanics: Uncertainty principle, Postulates of quantum mechanics: (a) Interpretive postulates and (b) Physical postulates, Correspondence principle and complementary principle, Operators and its properties, Eigenfunctions and eigenvalues,

3

Scalar product of two functions, Orthogonality relations of any function f(x), Heisenberg uncertainty relations for arbitrary observables, Momentum eigenfunctions, completeness. 3. Schördinger Wave Equation: Development of the wave equation, Interpretation of wave function, Probability current density, Expectation value of dynamical variables and Ehrenfest’s theorem. 4. Principle of Superposition of States and Fourier Transforms of Wave Functions: Coordinates and momentum representations, Wave packets and uncertainty principle, Monochromatic waves, Spread of Gaussian wave packets with time. 5. Problems in One-Dimension: Particle in a box, Potential step, Potential barrier, Barrier Tunneling, Alpha particle decay, Square-well potentials, Linear harmonic oscillators. 6. Spherically Symmetric Systems: Schrödinger Equation for spherically symmetric potentials, Spherical harmonics, Three-Dimensional square well potential, Hydrogen atom. Books Recommended: 1. Schiff, L.I. 2. Powell, J.L. and Crasemann, B. 3. Rashid, A.M.H 4. Merziacher, E. 5. Mathews, P.T. 6. Golder, S.K. 7. Bhuiya, G.M. 8. Sherwin, C.W. 9. Golam Md. Bhuiyan


232705

: : : : : : : : :

Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics ‡Kvqv›Uvg ejwe`¨v Quantum Mechanics Introduction to Quantum Mechanics ‡Kvqv›Uvg ejwe`¨v

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Computer Fundamentals and Numerical Analysis


1. Fundamental Concepts: Block Structure of a Computer, Characteristics of Computers, Problem Solving with Computers, Generation of Computers, Classification of Computers. 2. Logic Design: Boolean Algebra; De-Morgan's Law, Minimum Boolean Expression; Karnaugh Map Method of Simplification of Logic Expression; Combinational and Sequential Circuits; Arithmetic Circuits. Fixed Point Representation – Integer Storage, Largest Integer Storage, Negative Integer Storage representation, Floating Point representation, Overflow and Underflow. 3. Digital Devices: Logic Gates and their Truth Tables, Canonical Forms, Combinational Logic Circuits, Minimization Technique, Arithmetic and Data Handling Logic Circuits. Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers. Combinational Circuit Design, Flip Flops, Half-Adder, Full-Adder, Race around problems, Counters, Asynchronous Counters, Synchronous Counters and their Applications, Odd Sequence Counter Design, of different types and their Applications; Minimization of Sequential Circuits, and Memory Units.

4

4. Computer U: U Organization, Function of ALU, U Instruction, Types of Buses, Size of U s –Program Counter, Memory Address , Memory Data , Accumulator. Input-Output Devices – Architecture of Keyboard, Mouse, Webcam, Scanner, Types of Monitor, Types of Printer 5. Input and Output Units : Their Functional Characteristics, Types of Primary (Main) Memory, Types of Secondary Memory, Chache Memory, Physical and Virtual Memory, Types of Optical Memory, RAM Disks. Addressing Modes – Direct Addressing, Indirect Addressing, Indexed Addressing, Immediate Addressing Modes. 6. Computer Storage Devices: Overview of Storage Devices- Floppy Disk, Hard Disk, Compact Disk, Tape. Secondary Storage Devices, Sequential and Direct Access Devices, Magnetic Disk, Floppy Disk, Winchester Disk, Mass Storage, Optical Disk, Magnetic Bubble Memory. 7. Software: What is Software, Low level and High Level languages for programming, Relationship between Software and Hardware, Types of Software: System Software (Meaning and its type), Application Software, Acquiring Software, Software Development Steps, Firmware, Middleware. 8. Network: Computer Communication, basic concepts of LAN, WAN, Workstation, and Server, Optical Fiber in Communication, World Wide Web (www) and E-mail, E-commerce. 9. Roots of Equations: Bisection methods, False-Position method, Newton-Raphson method, Secant method, Systems of Linear Algebraic Equations, Naïve Gauss Elimination, GaussJordan method and matrix inversion, Gauss-Seidel method, Nurnerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s rules, Ordinary Differential Equations. Runge-Kutta methods with different orders, Interpolation, Linear interpolation, Quadratic interpolation, Lagrange interpolating Polynomials. Books Recommended: 1. Sarah E. Hutchinson and Stacey. Swyer 2. Byron Gottfried. 3. Stephen G. Kochan. 4. Herbert Schildt

: : : :

Computers and Information Systemsl. Programming with C. Programming in C. Turbo C/C ++ (The Complete Reference)

5. Hidebrand F.M. and Scarborough.

:

Numerical Analysis.

6. Floyd & Jain 7. Norton, P. 8. Ram, B. 9. French, C. S. 10. Trainer, T. N.

: : : : :

Digital fundamentals, Pearson Education. Inside the PC. Computer Fundamentals, Wiley, 1997. Computer Science Computers (4th Edition) McGraw Hill, 1994.


232707

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Electronics-I

1. History of Electronics: Electronics and electricity, Vacuum diode, Triode.

5

2. Semiconductor Diode: p-n junction, Forward and reverse bias, I-V curve, Diode equation, Ge and Si diodes, Breakdown PIV rating, DC and AC resistance, Load line and Q-point, Maximum current. 3. Diode Applications: Application in reverse voltage protection or auto polarity (using bridge) of dc equipment and as an OR gate in instant emergency power supplies, Half wave and full wave rectification of sinusoidal AC, Average voltage, Capacitor smoothing, Ripple factor and voltage, Zener voltage regulator. 4. Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT): npn and pnp configurations, transistor action, CB, CE and CC configuration, alpha and beta parameters, CE characteristics, Load line and operating points, Cut-off and saturation, Transistor as a switch, Active region for liner amplification, Q-point, Graphical analysis, Class A, B and C amplifiers, Transistor biasing: Fixed bias, collector and voltage divider bias, Emitter for bias stabilization (including by capacitor), Ohm meter testing of transistor, Photo transistor characteristics. 5. Equivalent Models and Circuits: Constant voltage and constant current sources, Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems and determination of equivalent circuits for known and unknown network, Superposition theorem, Two-port network equations Z and h-equivalent circuits and parameters, Ebers Mol model and h-equivalent model for a transistor. 6. CE Amplifier: Small signal analysis of a CE amplifier with voltage divider bias (voltage gain, input and output impedences) using Ebers Moll and approximate h-equivalent circuits, Typical CB and CC (Emitter Follower) amplifier circuits, Comparison of important features of CB, CE and CC amplifier, RC couple cascaded CE amplifier, Equivalent circuit and analysis. 7. Frequency Response of Amplifiers: General voltage gain and phase response considerations, Bandwidth, Decibel (dB), Voltage gain, Identification of low and high elements in CE amplifier including stray capacitance and Miller effect capacitance and their responses. 8. Operational Amplifier: Basic concepts on difference amplifier (double ended input, single ended output) as the input stage of an op-amp, Differential and Common mode operation, Common mode rejection ratio, Necessity of negative , analysis for gain, input and output impedance for voltage series , Frequency response, Gain-bandwidth product, Ideal op-amp approximations, Inverting amplifier, Non-inverting amplifier, Adder, Subtractor, Comparator, Applications in millivolt meter and current meter. 9. DC Stabilized Power Supply: Series voltage regulation with using transistor and op-amplifier, IC regulators (positive and negative, fixed and variable).

Books Recommended: 1. Brophy, J.J. 2. Malvino, A.P. 3. Boylestad, R. and Nashelsky 4. Millman, J. and Halkias, C.C. 5. G.M. Chowdhury

: : : : :

Basic Electronics for Scientists Electronic Principles Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory Electronic Devices and Circuits B‡j±ªwb·

6


232709

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Nuclear Physics-I


1. Basis Properties of Nuclei: Constituents of nuclei, Nuclear mass, charge, size; Nuclear density, Mass defect, Binding energy, Nucleon separation energy, Liquid drop mode, Semi empirical mass formula. 2. Nuclear Spin: Nuclear spin and angular moment, Nuclear moments, magnetic dipole moment, Effective magnetic moment expression, Electric moments (Multipole expression). 3. Radioactivity: Radioactive decay laws, Half life, Mean life, Transformation law of successive changes, Secular and transient equilibrium, Measurement of decay constant, Artificial radioactivity, Radioisotopes; production and uses, Units of radioactivity, Energy loss of charged particles, Collision energy loss, Radiation energy loss, straggling of alpha particles range in the absorber. Radiation hazards, Biological effects of radiation, interaction of radiation with human cells. 4. Alpha Decay: Alpha instability, Fine structure, Large range alpha particles, Alpha particle spectra and nuclear energy levels, Theory of alpha decay. 5. Beta Decay: Energy measurement, Conservation of energy and momentum, Neutrino hypothesis, Evidence for antineutrino, orbital electron capture, Positron emission. 6. Gamma Decay: Energy measurement, Pair spectrometer, Theory of gamma emission, Mean lives for gamma emission, Internal conversion, Mossbauer effect. 7. Nuclear Fission and Fusion: Fission process, Energy release in fission, Chain reaction, Nuclear reactor, Nuclear fusion, Thermonuclear reaction is stars. 8. Detectors: Ionization chambers, Proportional counter Geiger-Muller counters, Solid State Detector, Scintillation counter. 9. Nuclear Reactions: Reaction dynamics, The Q-Value equation and threshold energy Conserved Properties. Books Recommended: 1. Enge, H.A. 2. Cohen, B.L. 3. Meyerhoff, W.E. 4. Burcham, W.E 5. Irving Kaplan 6. Gelly, A.H . 7. Krane, K.S. 8. Islam, A.K.M.A. and Islam, M.A., 9. Islam, G.S.

: : : : : : : : :

10. Sen Gupta

:

11. Knolls

:

Introduction to Nuclear Physics Concepts of Nuclear Physics Elements of Nuclear Physics Nuclear Physics Nuclear Physics Fundamentals of Nuclear Physics Introductory Nuclear Physics wbDK¬xq c`v_©weÁvb 2q ms¯‹iY cvigvYweK c`v_©weÁvb 2q LÛ wbDK¬xqvi c`v_©we`¨v Principle of Radioactive protection.

7


232711

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Solid State Physics-I

1. Crystal Structure: Crystalline state of solids, Unit cells and Bravais lattices, Symmetry operations, Miller indices, Crystal planes and directions, Simple crystal structures, Diffraction of X-rays by crystals, Laue equations and Bragg law of x-ray diffraction, Experimental diffraction methods – Laue method, Rotating crystal method and Powder method, Reciprocal lattice. 2. Crystal Bonding: Interatomic forces and crystal bonding, lonic crystals – Calculation of electrostatic energy, Madelung constant, Repulsive interactions and bulk modulus, Covalent crystals, Crystals of inert gases – Van der waals, Metal crystals and Hydrogen bonded crystals. 3. Lattice Vibrations and Thermal Properties: Vibrations of monatomic linear lattice, Vibrations of diatomic linear lattice, Phonon, Phonon momentum, Enumeration of normal modes, Lattice specific heat, Einstein and Debye models, Lattice thermal resistivity. 4. Defects in solids: Point defects, Thermodynamic consideration of defect concentration – Schottky and Frankel types of defects, Colour centers in ionic crystals, Line defects, Various types of dislocations. 5. Free Electron Theory of Metals: Free electron gas, Energy levels, Degenerate and Nondegenerate states, Fermi-energy absolute zero temperature, Density of state, Fermi-function, Effect of temperature on Fermi energy, Average kinetic energy. Electronic specific heat, Electrical conductivity, Thermal conductivity, Hall effect of free electron, Wiedmann-Franz law. 6. Fundamentals of Semiconductors: The electrical properties of solids, Energy levels in crystalline solid, Insulators, Conductors, Semiconductors, Doped semiconductors, n-type semiconductors, p-type semiconductors, pn-junction, Majority and minority carriers, Junction rectifier, Diode, Light-Emitting Diode (LED), Transistor, Integrated Circuit (IC). Books Recommended: 1. Kittel, C. 2. Dekker, A.J. 3. Omar, A.M. 4. Singhal, R.L. 5. Saxena, Gupta and Sexena 6. Islam, M.S. 7. mvB`y¾vgvb

: : : : : : :

Introduction to Solid State Physics Solid State Physics Elementary Solid State Physics Introduction to Solid State Physics Fundamentals of Solid State Physics KwVb Ae¯’vi c`v_©weÁvb mwjW †÷U wdwR·

8


232713

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Mathematical Physics

Exam Duration: 4 Hours

1. Functions of complex Variable: i) Complex algebra, Cauchy-Riemann equations as conditions of analyticity, Cauchy’s integra theorem for analytic function. ii) Taylor series expansion, Types of singularities, Laurent expansion, Cauchy’s Residue Theorem, Contour integration using the residue technique. iii) Gamma function and Beta functions, their recursion properties and singularities. 2. Fourier Series and Integral Transformations: a) Fourier’s theorem about periodic functions. Determination of Fourier coefficients. Gibbs phenomenon. Parseval relation. Summation of series using Fourier method. b) Fourier transformation via Fourier series. Inverse Fourier transformation. Idea of a function Space and the fourier transforms as its dual space. Properties of Fourier transformations. Parseval relation. Dirac delta function. Fourier sine and cosine transformation. Use of Fourier transformations for solving differential equations. Convolution theorem. 3. Transformations: Laplace transform. Inverse Laplace transformation: Bromwich integral. Elements of operational calculus. 4. Special Functions in Physics: Gamma and Beta functions. Series solution of differential equations by Forbenius method. Bessel Functions. Legendre. Hermite and Laguerre Polynomials-generating functions, recursion relation and orthogonality properties. 5. Theory of Matrices: Type of matrices (unitary, hermitian. Symmetric etc.); Determinant of a square matrix; Equivalence; Adt and inverse of a square matrix; Liner equations; Linear transformations: Similarity transformations. Books Recommended: 1. Arfken, G.B. 2. Mary, L. Boas 3. Pipe, L.A.


232714

Mathematical methods in Physics, (4th ed.) Mathematical Methods in Physical Science Applied Mathematics for Physicists and Engineers.

: : :

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Practical Class Hours: 60 hrs.

Physics Practical-III

Exam Duration: 6 Hours

To perform two experiments each of three hours duration. i) Experiments (3 hours each) ii) Laboratory note book iii) Viva-voce

2 x 40= 80 10 10 Total marks = 100

9

Marks for each experiment shall be distributed as follows: a) Theory 5 b) Data collection and tabulation 15 c) Calculation, graphs and result 15 d) Discussions 5 Total marks = 40 1. Formalization of an oscilloscope i) Stabilization of a signal display using triggering mechanism. ii) Measurement of tune period and amplifier. 2. Determination of Rydbegr constant using spectrometer. 3. Determination of dispersive power and resolving power of a prism. 4. Determination of dispersive power and resolving power of grating. 5. To determine the separation between D1 and D2 lines of sodium by Michelson interferometer. 6. To determine the refractive index (or thickness) of a film by Michelson interferometer. 7. To determine wavelength of monochromatic light by Michelson interferometer. 8. Determination of resonance frequency in LCR circuit with (a) L and C in series and (b) L and C in parallel. 9. Plotting the characteristic curve for a semi-conductor diode. 10. Plotting the characteristic curves of a transistor. 11. To construct a power supply and to find the ripple factor of full wave rectifier for two different loads. 12. Construction of an audio frequency amplifier employing transistors and study its frequency response. 13. To study the frequency response of a low RC filter. 14. Determination of Planck’s constant. 15. Study of voltage divider bias for a CE amplifier. Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Worsnop B.L. and Flint, H.T. Ahmed, G.U. and Uddin, M.S. Ahmad, G. and Nasreen, F. Din, K. and Matin, M.A. Ahmed, R. ‡PŠayix, Gm.G

: : : : : :

Advanced Practical Physics Practical Physics Advanced Practical Physics Advanced Practical Physics Experiments in Basic Electronics eënvwiK c`v_©we`¨v

10

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus D e p a r t m e n t of Psychology


National University Subject: Psychology Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc Honours Course

Effective from the Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title History of Psychology Developmental Psychology-II Statistics in Psychology-II Social Psychology

Marks 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4

Biopsychology

100

4

Research Methodology Abnormal Psychology Practical Test: (Marks Distribution) Laboratory Note Book - 20 Conduction - 20 Report/Script - 35 Viva - 25 Total =

100 100 100

4 4 4

800

32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code

233401

Paper Title:

History of Psychology

1. 1.1 1.2 1.3 2. 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 3. 3.1

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Introduction Ancient ideas and thoughts Aristotle’s views Darwin’s theory of Evolution Schools of Psychology Structuralism Functionalism Associationism Behaviorism Psychoanalysis Gestalt Psychology Humanistic Existential Psychology Cognitive Psychology Psychology Today Recent Treads in psychology

References: 1. Boring E.G (1957). A History of experimental Psychology. Appleton Century Cofts. Inc. New York. 2. Flugel J.G (). Hundred Years of Psychology, Gerald Dueworth Co. Ltd. London. 3. Hergenhahn. B.R (1986). An Introduction to the History of Psychology London. Roultedge 4. Lv‡jK Av. I Avn‡g`, G BD (m¤úvw`Z) (1990) gb I g‡bvweÁvb, BDwbfvwmwU †cÖwm wj: 5 5. Missiak H Sexon V.s (1966), History of Psychology an overview crune and stratton, New York. 6. Murphy G (1972) Historical Introduction to modern Psychology, Routledge. miKvi bxi, nK K: Lv‡jK Av (1992) g‡bvweÁv‡bi BwZnvm I gZev`, XvKv eyK Ki‡cv‡ikb| 7. Woodworth R S & Sheehan M R (1966), Contemporary Schools of Psychology, The Ronald Press Company, New York.

Paper Code

233403

Paper Title:

Developmental Psychology-II

1. 1.1 1.2 1.3

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Introduction Period of Adulthood Meaning of Age Influence on the Paper of Adult Development and aging

1.4 1.5 2. 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.3 3. 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 4. 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.3.1 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2 4.5.3

Stages of Adult Development History of Adult Early Adulthood Developmental Tasks Marriage Marital adjustment Divorce Widowhood Remarriage Parenting The world of work Occupational interests Occupational rewards and influence Job satisfaction Personality Development Middle Adulthood/Middle Age Characteristics of Middle age Developmental Tasks Physical Change Menopause and its effect on personality Grand Parenting : Adjustment to changed family situation Work and generativist Late Adulthood/Aging Characteristics Developmental Task Physical Changes Sensory capacities : Vision & Hearing Dependency Financial Dependency Physical Dependency Emotional Dependency Adjustment with death and bereavement Facing death The Process of dying The Survivors : bereavement and grief

Books Recommended: 1. Aiken, L.R (1988) : Human Development in Adulthood; Plenum Press 2. evby, myjZvbv (1997), weKvk g‡bvweÁvb (2q LÛ) evsjv GKv‡Wwg, XvKv| 3. Cavanaugh, J.C (2002) Adult Development and aging Wardswarth Press 4. Hurlock, D.B (1987). Developmental Psychology. McGraw Hill Book Co; New York. 5. nK, †gvt Avwgbyj (2008): weKvk g‡bvweÁvb| nvmvb eyK nvDm, XvKv| 6. Kennedy, E.C (1978) Human Development. Macmillan Publishing co.inc. 7. Kimmel, C.D (1990) Adulthood and aging, John wiley and sons; New York 8. Moody, H.R (1993); Aging Pineforge Press.

9. Neugartan, B.L (1968): Middleage and aging : A Reader in social psychology : the University of Chicago Press. 10. Scaic, K.W and Geiwitz, J (1982) Adult Development and aging. Little Brown & Co (Inc) 11. myjZvbv , KvRx Avwddv (2001) weKvk g‡bvweÁvb, cwRUªb cvewj‡Kkb, XvKv|

Paper Code

233405

Paper Title:

Statistics in Psychology-II

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


1. Elementary concepts; data and their types – Qualitative vs Quantitative data; Primary vs Secondary data; Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and Ratio data. Continuous and Discrete Variables. 2. Normal Curve: Normal curve Defined, Properties of Normal Curve, Concept of Probability, Addition and Multiplication Law of Probabilities. Application and Interpretation of Normal Probability Curve. 3. Test of Hypotheses: Meaning and Steps in testing Hypothesis, some basic concepts – Null Hypothesis, level of significance, Degrees of Freedom, Type-1 and Type –II Errors, One-Tailed and Two-Tailed Test. 4. Test of Significance : Test of significance of Means, Proportions, Variances, and Correlation co-efficients, 5. Parametric Tests: Meaning, Charactriestics of Parametic test, t-test for two independent samples, t-test for Matched or correlated Samples, One-way and Two-way analysis of Variance. 6. Non-Parametric tsts: Meaning, Advantages of Non-Parametric test. x2 test of Independence, x2 test of Goodness of Fit, Signtest, Mann-whiteney U-test, Kruskal-wallis One-way Analysis of Variance, Friedman Two-way Analysis of Variance. 7. Estimate & Estimator: Meaning, Type of Estimate, Point and Interval Estimate, Properties of Estimate. Suggested Readings: 1. Garrett, H.E .,: Statistics in psychology and Education: Vakils Ferrer and Simons Private Ltd. Bombay. 2. Hays. W.L. : Statistics for Social Science: Holt Rinehart and Winston. N.Y. 3. Lindley D.V. : Introduction to Probability and Statistics: C.U.P. London.

4. Stilson D.W.: Probability and Statistics I Psychology Research and Theory : Holder Day. San Francisco. 5. Wolf. F.L. : Elements of Probability and statistics: McGraw Hill. N.Y. 6. Bhattacharyye. G.K. & Jhonson. R.A (1977). Statistical Conceopts and Methodsd. New York: John Wiley & Sons. 7. Bland M. (1995). An Introduction to Medical Statistics (2nt Ed.) New York. Oxford University Press. ; Chapter-8 8. Blommers. P. & Lindquuist. E.F (1960 hrs.). Elementary Statistic a Methods in Psychology and Education Calcutta: Oxford Book & Sty Co. 9. Dowdy, S. & Takane, Y. (1989). Statistical Analysis in Psychology and Education (6th Ed.) New Yrok; McGraw-Hill Book Co. 10. Garrett, H.E. (1966) Statistics in Psychology and Education (6th Ed.) London; Longmans, Green & Co. Ltd. 11. Glasnapp, D.R. & Poggio, J.P (1985). Essentials of Statistical Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Columbus; Charles E., Merriall Publishing Co. 12. Giegel. M.R. (1992) Theory and Problems of Statistics (2nd Ed. In ST Units). London; McGraw rlill International Ltd. Paper Code

233407

Paper Title:

Social Psychology

Marks: 100

1. Introduction: 1.1 Definition and fields 1.2 Research methods 2. Socialization: 2.1 Definition 2.2 Socialization Process 2.3 Agents and products 2.4 Calture and socialization 3. Social Perception: 3.1 Process of Perceptual response 3.2 Perceptual defense 3.3 Person perception 4. Attitude: 4.1 Definition 4.2 Formation of attitude 4.3 Change of attitude 4.4 Measures of attitude 5. Group: 5.1 Structure and process 5.2 Kinds of Group 5.3 Method of investigation 6. Communication:

Credits: 4


6.1 Communication process 6.2 Communication and language 6.3 Non-Verbal communication 6.4 Culture and thinking 7. Interpersonal Attraction: 7.1 Classic explanation 7.2 Factors of attraction 7.3 Measures of attraction 8. Leadership: 8.1 Definition 8.2 Characteristies 8.3 Types 8.4 Functions 8.5 Effectiveness 9. Mass Communication & Collective Behavior: 9.1 Public opinion 9.2 Crowding 9.3 Rumour 9.4 Propaganda 9.5 Prejudice 9.6 Personal Space References: 1. ‡eMg nvwg`v AvLZvi (1996), AvaywbK mgvR g‡bvweÁvb; ivdv‡qj kvnwiqvi, XvKv| 2. Rwni“j nK, mgvR g‡bvweÁvb, Av‡jqv cÖKvkwb, XvKv| 3. ‡eMg kIKZ Aviv, D”PZi mgvR g‡bvweÁvb, XvKv| 4. gxi dLi“¾vgvb, mgvR g‡bvweÁvb, XvKv eB weZvb| 5. Krech, D. Crutchfield R.S. and Ballachey E. L (1962)., individual in Society, Mc. Graw Hill Co Ltd., New York. 6. Lindgrew A.C. (1972). Au Introduction to social Psychology, Wiley and Sons., New York. 7. Myers D.G. (1993), Social Psychology, McGraw Hill Inc., Ny 8. Sargent S.S. and Willanson R.C. (1996). Social Psychology, Ronald Press, New York. 9. Second P.F. and Backman C.W. (1974). Social Psychology, McGraw Hill.


233409

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Biopsychology

1.

Introduction: 1.1. Definition of Physiological Psychology 1.2. Subject-matter of Physiological Psychology 1.3. Development and usefulness of Physiological Psychology

2.

Cell Biology: 2.1. Introduction to different Types of Cells

2.2. Neuron and its types. 2.3. Structure and function of Neurons 2.4. Synapse and synaptic transmission 3.

Nervous System: 3.1 Structure and Function of Human Nervous System 3.2 Central Nervous system, its structure and Function 3.3 Peripheral Nervous system, its structure and function.

4.

Visual System: 4.1. Eye 4.2. Physiology of retina 4.3. Central visual System 4.4. Visual perception 4.5. Light and Dark adaptation

5.

Auditory System: 5.1. Structure and Function of Human Ear 5.2. Auditory Sensation & Human Sensation

6.

Endocrine System: 6.1. Hormones 6.2. Pituitary Gland 6.3. Adrenal gland 6.4. Thyroid gland 6.5. Parathyroid gland

7.

Neurophysiology of Emotion: 7.1. Methods of study behavior 7.2. Thalamus and lower centers 7.3. Cerebral cortex 7.4. Limbic system 7.5. Bodily changes in emotion

8.

Neurophysiology of motivation: 8.1. Neural Mechanism of Hunger 8.2. Neural mechanism of thirst 8.3. Neural mechanism of sex

Readings: 1. Gessman, S.P. (1967). A Textbook of Physiological Psychology. New York: John Wiley and Sons. 2. Morgan, C.S. & Stiller (1950). Physiological Psychology. McGraw Hill Book Company. 3. Morgan, C.S. Physiological Psychology. McGraw Hill Book Company. 4. Wagner, M.A. & Jones, F.A. (1956). Physiological Psychology. Harper & Row. 5. Ali, M.R. (1972). Electrophysiology and Behavior. Dhaka: Dhaka University

Paper Code

233411

Paper Title:

Research Methodology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


1. An Introduction: Meaning of Research, Objectives of Research, Significance of Research, Types of Research-Descriptive vs Analytical, Fundamental vs. Applied, Qualitative Vs. Quantitative, Conceptual vs. Empirical Research, Action Research, Exploratory Research, Cross-Cultural Research, Evaluation Research, Steps in Scientific Research. 2. Research Problems: Definition, Need for defining Research Problems, Technique Involved in defining Research Problem, sources of Research Problem, Selection of a Research Problem. 3. Research Design: Meaning, Need for research design, Features of a good design; Types of research design: Non-Experimental Design-Case-II study, Correctational design, Survey; Quasi Experimental Design – Single Group Pretest – Posttest Design, Nonequivalent Control Group Design, Simple Time Series Design, Multiple Time Series Design; Experimental Design: Single Group Design, Between Group Design – Two Randomized Group Design, Two Matched Group Design, Multiple Group Design, Repeated Measurement Design, Factorial Design. 4. Sampling Design: Population and Sample, Census and Sample Survey, Implications of Sample Design, Determining the Sample size, Characteristics of Good Sample Design, Types of sample: Probability Sample – Simple Random Sample, Systematic Sample, Stratified Random Sample, Cluster Sample; Non-Probability Sample – Purposive Sample, Accidental Sample, Quota Sample. 5. Measurement and Scaling Techniques, Measurement in Research, Measurement Scales, Sources of Error in Measurement Test of Sound Measurement. Meaning of Scaling, scale construction Techniques. 6. Methods of Data Collection: Collection of Primary Data – Observation, Interview, Questionnaire, Schedule, case study, Collection of Secondary Data. 7. Interpretation and Report Writing: Meaning of Interpretation, Techniques of Interpretation. Significance of Report Writing, Different Steps in Writing Research Report, Types of Research Report. 8. The Computer: The Computer and its Role in Psychological Research, Computer Technology, The Computer System, Important Characteristics of Computer, Computer application using SPSS.

Suggested Readings: 1. Avãyj Lv‡jK, mvgvwRK weÁv‡b M‡elYv c×wZ; nvmvb eyK nvDm, XvKv| 2. nvmvb Bgvg, mvgvwRK weÁv‡b M‡elYv c×wZ; Kvwd wej−vn, XvKv| 3. KvRx mvBdzÏxb, (2008). cix¶Y g‡bvweÁvb I M‡elYv c×wZ, Avexi cvewj‡KmÝb, evsjvevRvi, XvKv| 4. KvRx mvBdzÏxb, (2009), w_wmm I M‡elbvi i“c‡iLv, wSbyK cÖKvkbx, evsjvevRvi, XvKv| 5. Craig, J.R. & Metze, L.P. Methods of Psychological Research; Brooks Cole Publishing co. California. 6. Myers. J.L. Fundamentals of Experimental Design; Allyn Bacon, Boston. 7. Kothari, C.R. Research Methodology; 8. Bhatnagar, O.P. Research Methods and Measurements in Behavioural Science; Arsi Publishing Co. New Delhi. 9. Shaughnessy, J.J. Zechmeister, E.B. and Zechmeister, J.S. (2003) Research Methods in Psychology (6th Ed), New York: McGraw Hil


Marks: 100 233413 Abnormal Psychology

Credits: 4

1. Introduction: 1.1 Concepts of Normality and abnormality 1.2 Related fields 1.2.1 Clinical Psychology 1.2.2 Psychology 1.2.3 Psychiatric Social Work 1.2.4 Counseling 1.3 Historical Bookground of Abnormal Psychology 1.4 Causes of Abnormal behavior 1.4.1 Biological Causes 1.4.2 Psychological Causes 1.4.3 Socio-Cultural Causes 1.5 Psychoanalytic theory of Freud 2. Classification and Diagnosis: 2.1 History of Classification 2.2 DSM IV 3. Research Methods: 3.1 Case Study 3.2 Correlation Method 3.3 Single-subject experiment 3.4 Mixed design 4. Clinical Situation: 4.1 Stress and stressors 4.2 Coping strategies 4.3 Adjustment of disorder 4.4 Post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) 5. Anxiety Based Disorder:


Generalized anxiety disorder Phobic disorders Obsessive compulsive disorder 6. Somatoform and dessociative disorder: 6.1 Conversion disorder 6.2 Hypochondriacs disorder 6.3 Dissociative disorder 7. Schizophrenia: 7.1. Types and Symptoms 7.2. Causal factors 7.3. Treatment 8. Personality Disorder: 8.1. Clinical Picture 8.2. Types 8.3. Causal factors 8.4. Treatment 9. Psycho-Physiological Disorder: 9.1. Hypertension, Asthma, Peptic ulcer 9.2. Presentation 9.3. Treatment 10. Developmental Disorder: 10.1. Mental retardation 10.2. Classification 10.3. Casual Factors 10.4. Prevention, Treatment and Rehabilitation 10.5. Autism Reference: 1. gÄyi Avn‡g` (2005), A¯^fvex g‡bvweÁvb, Ávb‡Kvl cÖKvkbx, XvKv| 2. bxnvi iÄb miKvi (2002), A¯^vfvexK g‡bvweÁvb, Ávb‡Kvl cÖKvkbx, XvKv| 3. KvRx mvBdzÏxb (2005), A¯^vfvweK I wPwKrmv g‡bvweÁvb, Avexi cvewj‡Kkb, XvKv| 4. Davison, G.c. and Neale, G.M. (1998) Abnormal Psychology: An Experiment Clinical Approach, Joh Wiley and Sons., New York. 5. Nole-Hocksema, S. (2004). Abnormal Psychology, McGraw Hill Inc., Delhi. 6. Sarasar, I.,G. and Sarason, B.R. (2002), Abnormal Psychology, Englewood, USA. 7. Eysenck, H.J. (Ed.). Handbook of Abnormal Psychology, pitman, London. 8. Rosen, E.F.R. and Gregory (1965). Abnormal Psychology, Saunders, Philadelphia. 9. Davison, G.C. and Neale, G.M. (1998). Abnormal Psychology: An Experimental Clinical Apprach. John Wiley and Sons, New York.

Paper Code

233414

Paper Title:

Practical (Test)

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Any Six of the Following: 1. To study personality by means of Bell Adjustment Inventory.

2. To study value system of the subject by Allport-Vernon-Lindzey study of values. 3. To study skill by Crawford Small Parts Dexterity Test (CSPDT). 4. To study basic concept of the child by Boehm Test of Basic Concept (BTBC). 5. To measure intelligence by means of Otis Self istering test of Mental Ability. 6. To measure Intelligence by Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (WISC). 7. To Measure the intelligence by istering Alexander -along Test. 8. To measure the Scholastic Aptitude by istering Verbal and Numerical sub-tests of Differential Aptitude Test. Marks Distribution: a. Laboratory Note book

20

b. test: i)

istration

20

ii)

Report

35

c. Viva

25 Total = 100

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Soil Science

Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the session : 2013–2014

National University Subject: Soil Science Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution.

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 233301 233303 233305 233307 233309 233311 233313 233314

Dd

Paper Title Pedology Soil Physics-II Soil Chemistry Soil Microbiology Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition Environmental Pollutions and Waste Management Soil and Plant Biochemistry Practical Total =

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32


233301 Pedology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Class hours: 60 hrs.

Scope of Pedology. Pedological and edaphological approaches in the study of soil; Concept of soil as a natural system. Concepts of soil formation; Soil horizons-formation of soil horizons; Master horizons and diagnostic horizons in soil; weathering and soil formation; Pedochemical weathering processes. Detailed study of the factors of soil formation; soils in relation to landscape; soil catena. Geographical distribution of soils in the world: Zonality concept of soils. Major climatogenic and climatogenically subdued soils- their genesis, properties and importance; Study of the orders and suborders of Soil Taxonomy; environmental settings, genetic processes, properties and uses of soil orders. Characteristics of major soil groups of the world. General conditions of soil formation prevailing in Bangladesh; dominant soil forming processes; characteristics of major soil groups. Soil characteristics of the three major landscapes of Bangladesh. Agroecological Zones (AEZ) of Bangladesh. Upazilla land & Soil resource nirdeshika. Books Recommended : 1.

Soil Genesis and Classification

:

Boul et.al. 4th. ed. 1997.

2.

A text book of Pedology

:

J. Sehgal, Kalyani Publisher. New Delhi. - 3rd ed. 2011

3.

Handbook of Pedology

:

Dokuchaev

4.

Upazilla land & Soil resource : nirdeshika

SRDI.

5.

SOILS: Their survey & Taxonomic : classification

SRDI-2013


233303 Soil Physics - II

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


The Solid phase: Soil structurc – genesis, evaluation, management and agricultural significance. Soil consistence -Atterberg constants and their practical significance. The Liquid phase: Water retention in soil - molecular properties of water, fluid properties of water, properties of water near particle surfaces. Soil water content - definition and measurement; Energy state of water in soil: soil water potential, measurement of soil water potential; water retention characteristics; hysteresis. Saturated and unsaturated flow of water; Field capacity concept; Available water; Factors affecting water storage in soil profile; Field water balance; Infiltration; Factors affecting infiltration; Methods of measuring infiltration rate; Evaporations; Evapotranspiration (ET) and consumptive use (CU); Factors affecting Evaporation and Evapotranspiration. Soil air: composition of gaseous phases: variation of air composition under varied conditions; effects of aeration on chemical and biological processes.

Soil water-plant relations; the soil-plant-atmosphere continuum (SPAC); Absorption of water by plant roots.

Books Rccommanded. 1.

Fundamentals of Soil Physics

:

Daniel Hillel.

2.

Soil Physics

:

Willam A Jury.

3.

Soil Physics

:

Helmut Kohnke

4.

Introduction to Environmental : Soil Physics

Daniel Hillel

5.

Methods in Soil Physics

:

Sk. Jalota.

6.

Soil Physics

:

R.P. Tripathi


233305 Soil Chemistry

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Concept and scope of soil chemistry; chemical aspect of the three phases of soil Soil inorganic matter: their nature and general properties. Humus - its origin, functional groups, and various hypotheses of humus formation; humus fractionation, characteristics and importance. Soil solution - its concentration and composition, factors controlling them: dynamics of soil solution, movement of salts in soil; chemical equilibrium, importance of soil solution in soil development and plant growth. Ion exchange in soil: Origin of ion exchange properties; factors influencing ion exchange. Cation, anion and ligand exchange; ion exchange capacities of various soil constituents; importance of ion exchange in Agriculture. Soil reaction: Active, reserve, and potential acidity in soil; measurement of soil acidity: sources of hydrogen and hydroxyl ions in soil, importance of pH on soil properties and plant growth. Chemistry of waterlogged soil - Characteristics of waterlogged soils; electrochemical changes; transformations of N, P, S, Fe, Mn and other nutrients; chemical changes during drying of waterlogged soils; decomposition of organic matter and its effects on soil chemical properties; chemical, physical and biological conditions prevailing in paddy soils; adaptation of plants to waterlogged soils. Books Recommended: 1.

Principles of Soil Chemistry

:

Kim H. Tan.

2.

Soil Chemistry

:

Bohn. McNeal, A. D. connor.

3.

Chemistry of the Soil

:

F.E Bear, Oxford IBH Publishing Co Pvt. New Delhi.

4.

Soil Chemistry application

:

Malcolm Cresser& Ken Kilham & Tony Edwards. Cambridge University press

5.

Principles of Soil Science

:

M. M. Rai

6.

Chemistry of Sube\merged Soil – F. N. PonamPerruma


and

its

233307 Soil Microbiology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Soil micro flora: Bacteria, Actinomyceties, Fungi and Algae - their structure, reproduction and simple classification. Growth and reproduction of bacteria-growth phases, growth measurement. synchronous and asynchronous growth. Most probable numbers (MPN). Counting techniques.

Microorganisms and variours environmental stress on extreme environments, microbial communities and their adaptations. Biological nitrogen fixation (BNF): microbiology and biochemistry of nitrogen fixation: nitrogen fixation under different environmental conditions, preparation and use of inoculum; adaptation and success of biofertilizers; impact of bio-fertilizer on agriculture; measurement of BNF. Mycorrhiza: definition and classification of mycorrhiza: role of production.

ecto-and endo-micorrhiza in crop

Azolla- Anabena symbiosis -its physiology and uses in tropical agriculture. Role of microorganisms in soil fertility and plant growth. Interactions among single and diverse microbial populations neutralism. commensalism, synergism, mutualism, parasitism and predation

Books Recommended: 1.

Introduction to soil microbiology

:

Martin Alexander & John, 2nd’ed.

2.

Soil microbiology

:

Robert L Tate, 2nd’ed

3.

Fundamentals of Microbiology

:

Martin Frobisher W.B.saunders company Phiadelphia/London/ Toronto.

4.

Soil Microbiology

:

N. S. Subba Rao-2011

5.

Soil Microbiology

:

R. R. Mishra-2010


233309

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition

Past and recent advances in the field of soil fertility and plant nutrition: factors affecting plant growth and development. Plant nutrient elements: essentiality of nutrient elements, macro and micronutrients: mechanism of nutrient uptake in plants; physiological functions of various plant nutrient elements. Fertilizer materials: sources and manufacture of major fertilizer materials; single, compound and mixed fertilizer; fertilizer grades and fertilizer ratios; fertilizer law; organic fertilizer and bio-fertilizer. Diagnosis of fertilizer needs: different approaches to diagnosis; visual symptoms; soil and plant analysis; biological methods and laboratory, green house and field experiments. Methods of fertilizer application; fertilizer movement in soil; fate of added nutrient in soil; residual effects of fertilizers; salt index; balanced fertilization; effect of fertilizer application on soil quality and environment. Forms and labile pool of plant nutrients in soil; nutrient buffering capacity of soil; quantity-intensity relationships. Nutrient fixation-mechanisms and factors controlling the non-biological fixation of N, P and K in soil; fate of fixed nutrients in soil. Nutrient interactions; antagonistic-synergistic activity, fertilizer response in plants; mathematical models to express fertilizer response; various equations and curves; calculation of fertilizer needs of soil. Nutrient status of Bangladesh soils; AEZ and fertilizer requirement; fertilizer application in a single crop and in a crop sequence; crop modeling.


Soil Fertility and Fertilizer

:

Tisdale & Nelson

2.

Soils & Soil Fertility

:

L. M. Thompson & F. R. Troch

3.

Soil Fertility

:

Henry D Foth.

4.

Soil Fertility

:

Millar.

5.

Soil Fertility Management for Sustainable Agriculture.

:

R. Prasad.

6.

Principles of Plant Nutrition

:

K. Mengel and E,A, Kirkby . Panima Publishing Co. New Delhi. India


233311 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Environmental Pollutions and Waste Management


Soil environment: meaning of soil environment; environmental awareness; concept of environmental pollution. Sources of soil pollution: sewage sludge, industrial wastes and effluents, hospital wastes, city wastes. agrochemical, PCBs, Organometallic compounds, fossil fuels, radioactive materials and microbiological pollutants. Effects of pollution on soil ecosystem. Effluents and city wastes - their composition (metal contents) and nutrient value; permissible limit values of heavy metals. Heavy metals: sources and world production, contents of heavy metals in normal soil, water and plants; permissible limits in soils, water and crops; biochemistry, chemical toxicology and impact of heavy metals on soil ecology, crops and humans; LD50 values; remediation of heavy metal toxicity. Radioactivity: sources of natural and artificial radioactivity; hazards caused by radioactivity; impact of radioactivity on human and animal management and disposal of radioactive wastes. Waste management principles: Types, collection. transportation, treatment, resources recovery- and disposal of various solid wastes. Principles and practices of bioremediation of solid wastes.


Environment Pollution

: Katyal

2.

Environmental Hazards & Human Health

: Richard B.Philp,Lewis Publishers.

3.

Hand Book of Ecotoxicology

: Peter Calow.

Paper Code

233313

Paper Title:

Soil and Plant Biochemistry

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Biota and biomass of soil fractions. Soil as a catalytic system. General principles of catalysisdefinition, classification, characteristics. Catalysis in soil, biotic and abiotic reactions, enzymes as catalysts in soil, enzyme activity in soil, free and immobilized enzymes, enzymes active on particulate substrate, classification of enzyme, determination of enzyme activities in soil. Factors affecting enzyme activity in soil. The classical Michaelis - Menten equation. Decomposition of organic residues in soil-influence of residue and soil properties. Constraints on biological activity, microbial and enzymic diversity, activity and persistence of extra-cellular enzymes. Clay-enzyme and humus-enzyme complexes. Interaction between soil minerals and microorganisms. Enzymic pathways for the degradation of cellulose, hemicellulose, lignin and pectin. Mineralization of C , N and S; Nitrification and Denitrification.

Carbohydrate and protein synthesis in plants - enzymic pathways, energy relationships and involvement of trace metals. Respiratio glycolysis, Kreb’s cycle & electron transport system, Nucleic acids-composition, classification and functions; Replication of DNA, transcription and translation of RNA. Hormones, vitamins and plant growth regulators.

Books Recommended : 1. Soil Microbiology 2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry 3. Introductory plant Physiology

: : :

4.

:

Plant Physiology

N.S. Subba - 2011 J. L. Jain, S. Jain & N. Jain - 2011 G. Ray Noggle & Geroge J. Fritz. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi Devlin

233314 Paper Code Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class hours: 60 hrs. Paper Title: Practical 1. Study of soil site characteristics: topography, drainage, parent material and vegetation; detailed study of soil profiles in a catena; collection and preservation of soil samples for laboratory analysis. 2. Determination of active and reserve acidity of soil ; determination of lime requirements of soil; determination of total and available N P K and S and micronutrients in soil: determination of EC. Soluble salts, CEC and exchangeable bases; estimation of BSP and ESP; determination of the effects of acidification and liming on soil properties. 3. Preparation of culture solution; sand culture experiment to observe the effects missing elements on some common crops; acquaintance with different fertilizers and methods of their use; choice of extraction methods to assess the availability of N, P, K. S, Ca, Fe and Zn; analysis of plants for different nutrients . 4. Microbiological tools and techniques, preparation of media, counting of bacteria, simple staining techniques. Identification of bacteria by biochemical tests and similarity matrix; determination of ammonification and nitrification potential of soil; study of nitrogen fixation by free living bacteria; preparation of inoculum and its application; measurement of BNF; sterilization of seed and soil. 5. Determination of water quality for drinking and irrigation purposes. 6. Estimation of microbial biomass, carbon, nitrogen and phosphorus.

Books Recommended 1. A. Handbook on Analysis of Soil, Plant & Water- S. M. Imamul Huq & Md. Didar ul Alam 2. Methods in Environmental Analysis – Soil, Water & Air- P.K. Gupta

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Statistics


National University Subject: Statistics Syllabus for Four Year B. Sc Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

Year wise Papers and marks distribution THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 233601 233603 233605 233607 233609 233611 233612 233614 233616 233618

Paper Title Sampling Distribution Statistical Inference Regression Analysis Design of Experiments Applied Statistics Introduction to computer and SPSS Lab 5: Statistical Inference Lab 6: Regression Analysis Lab 7: Design of Experiments Lab 8: Applied Statistics Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 32


Marks:100 233601   Sampling Distributions


Functions of Random Variables and Random Vectors: Methods of distribution functions, Method of transformations. Method of moment generating functions. Probability integral transformation. Distribution of sum, difference, product and quotient of random variables, Functions of random vectors of continuous and discrete type. Sampling from normal distributions. Role of normal distribution in statistics, Distribution of sample mean, sample variance and their independence, Detailed study of χ2, t and F distribution, Standard errors of statistics and their large sample approximations, Transformation of variates. Non-central χ2, t and F-distributions. Order Statistics: Definition and distributions of functions of order statistics for discrete and continuous case, asymptotic distributions, sample cumulative distribution functions. t distribution of n order statistics. t distribution of two order statistics, Distribution of range and some other statistics. Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4

Ashraf Ali Rohatgi Steel and Torre Kapur, J.N. and Saxena, H.C


:Theory of Statistics Vol-2 :Statistical Inference :Principle and Procedures of Statistics :Mathematical Statistics

Marks:100 233603   Statistical Inference


Part A : Estimation Concept of statistical inference. Concept of estimation and problem of estimation, Estimator and Estimate. Properties of a good estimator: Unbiasedness, Consistency, Efficiency, Sufficiency, Minimum Variance, Estimator, Pitman-closer. Pitman-closest.Invariance, Mean Square Error. LMVUE.. UMVUE. Rao-Black Well theorem, Cramer-Rao Inequality, MVB estimator, Use of Cramer-Rao inequality in finding UMVUE. Point Estimation: Method of Maximum likelihood. Method of moments. Method of Least Square. Method of minimum chi square. Bayesian method of estimation. Interval Estimation: Confidence interval and confidence limit. Confidence belt and Confidence bound. Confidence coefficient, Methods for finding confidence interval, confidence interval for mean, variance, difference of mean, ratio of variance, correlation coefficient, regression coefficient. Part B: Test of Hypothesis Concepts and Fundamentals: Problem of testing hypothesis, logic behind testing of hypothesis. Hypothesis; simple and composite, null and alternative. Test function, level of significance, p-value, test errors, size of errors, power of a test, one-tailed and two-tailed test. Concept of test Statistic. Normal, χ2, t and F statistics. Testing the significance of a single mean, single variance, single proportion, single correlation coefficient Difference of two means and proportions, two correlation coefficients. Ratio of two variances and their confidence intervals. Paired t-test. Testing the homogeneity of several population

means, variance and proportions, Correlation coefficients. Test of goodness of fit. Association of Attributes : Concepts of independence, association and disassociation. Derivation of frequency χ2, uses and limitations: Best critical region, most powerful test, unbiased test, Neyman-pearson lemma. Uniformly most powerful test. Definition, Properties, uses, mean and variance test. Non parametric Test: Run test, sign test (one sample, two sample) Median, Rank test, Mann Whitny Utest. Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Hogg, R.Y. and Craig, A. T: Fraser, D.A.S. Islam, M. N. Sexena, H.C. and Surendran, P. U Kendal and Stuart Snedecor K. C Bhuyan


Introduction to Mathematical Statistics Non-Parametric, P.U. -Statistical Inference An Introduction to Statistics and Probability, 4th Ed, Mullick & Brothers Statistical Inference The Advanced Theory of Statistics Statistical Methods Probability Distribution Theory and statistical Inference

Marks:100 233605   Regression Analysis


Introduction: Historical background, definition and uses. Formulation of multiple linear regression model with full rank, assumptions, Estimation of parameters & their properties. Coefficient of determination, Test of significance and confidence intervals of the parameters. Multiple regression models, Regression model in matrix notation, Model assumptions. OLS estimation of regression parameters. Large and small sample properties of estimators. Properties of residuals. Constrained Least squares, Generalized & Weighted least squares, Partitioning of total sum of squares into components, Coefficient of multiple determination (R2, Adjusted R2, Properties and sampling distributions of component SS. Testing general regression model, Confidence intervals for individual parameter, Lack of fit. Polynomial regression & Orthogonal polynomials. Detail study of multiple and partial correlation More on Checking Fitted Models: Detecting outliers using ordinary residuals, the hat matrix H and the various types of residuals, detection of influential observations: Cook’s statistics, other statistics measuring influence. Selecting the “Best” Regression Equation: All possible regression and “best subject” regression, backward elimination, significance levels for selection procedures. Robust Regression : Motivation of Robust regression, Breakdown point and Robust estimators, Computation of the least median of squares and the reweighted Least squares residuals for simple regression. Properties of the LMS, the S-estimators. Outlier diagnostics for single and multiple cases. Indicator/ Dummy Variables: Indicator variables versus regression on allocated codes, dummy variables to separate blocks of data with different intercepts same model interaction involving dummy variables Dummy variables for segmented models. Books Recommended: 1 2

Draper, N. R. and Smith, H. Montgomery, D. C. and Peck, E.

Applied Linear Regression An Introduction to Regression Analysis

3 4 5 6 7

Seber, G.A.F Ashraf Ali Rohatgi Steel and Torre Kapur, J.N. and Saxena, H.C


Linear Regression Analysis Theory of Statistics Vol-2 Statistical Inference Principle and Procedures of Statistics Mathematical Statistics

Marks:100 233607   Design of Experiments


Introduction: Concept of design, design of experiments and different , Different types of models. Analysis of variance of one-way, two way and three-way classified data with single observation per cell. Construction and analysis of basic designs: CRD, RBD and LSD, RBD with multiple but equal observation per cell. Replicated LSD. Estimation of missing value and analysis. Relative efficiency, Multiple comparisons. Factorial Experiments: Factorial experiments of the type 2n and p×q and their analysis of variance. Yates algorithm. Confounding total and partial. Their construction and analysis of variance. Orthogonal latin square design. Gracco LSD. Split plot design, Strip-plot design.

Book Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Montgomery. D.C Das M.N & Giri N.C Yales, F Cox, D.R Scheffc. H Mallick. SA Ship RN & Debnatts SC K. C Bhuiyan


Design and Analysis of Experiment Design and Analysis of Experiment Design and Analysis of Factorial Experiment Planning of Experiment Analysis of Variance cwimsL¨v‡bi wWRvBb An introduction of Theory of Statistics cix¶‡b bKkv (1g I 2h LÛ)

233609   Applied Statistics

Marks:100


Economic Statistics: Determination of Demand and Supply curve from market data. Demand function. Elasticity of Demand. Utility function. Maximization of utility. The choice of utility Index, Indifference curves. Rate of commodity substitution. Income effect. Substitution effect. Return to scale. Marginal propensity to consume. Basic concepts of the theorem of Economic growth. .Distribution of Income. Pareto income distribution, Lognormal distribution, Lorenz curve, Gini's concentration ratio, Engle's law, National Income: Measurement and problems. The Production Function: Productivity curves, Isoquants. Shape of the production function, Elasticity of substitution. Optimization behaviors. Cobb Doglus and C.E.S. production function. Index Number: Definition, problem, Construction of simple and weighted indices, cost of living index number, Test of index number, uses of index number.

Time Series Analysis: Different components of time series data, Measurement of secular trend and seasonal variation. Spencer's I5-points and 2I-point formulae. Correlograms analysis. Evolutatory and stationary time series. Different schemes which for oscillation in a stationary series and their detailed description. SQC: Quality control measures, statistical quality control techniques, its uses and usefulness. Product control and process control. Assignable and non assignable causes of variations. Basic control charts mean, standard deviation, range no. of defective, no. of defects. Acceptance sampling, Derivation of sampling plans (single and double) OC, AOQ and ASN curves.

Book Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5 6

Singh Parashar and Singh Davis Henderson and Quandit Box and Jankins Chatfield, C. Grant, EL


Econometrics and Mathematical Economics Economic Statistics Microeconomic Theory Time Series Analysis Analysis of Time Series, An Introduction Statistical Quality Control

Marks:100 233611   Introduction to Computer and SPSS


Importance and application of computer, Classification of computers, computer organization, function of central processing unit (U), Input & Output devices, memory organization-primary storage, secondary storage. RAM and ROM, Hardware and software, system software and application software, hard disk and floppy disk, magnetic disk and magnetic tape. OCR and OMR, batch processing, Buffer, microprocessor, network, internet, Programming languages, machine language, assembles language, microinstructions, high- level programming languages, assembler and compiler, interpreter.Basic idea of operating system, preliminaries of DOS and WINDOWS. Overview of SPSSWIN, Operation commands, data definition and manipulation commands, file management, commonly used procedure commands for data analysis Computing descriptive statistics, correlation, regression, comparing group means, analysis of categorical data, statistical tests, graphical representation, data plotting using SPSSWIN. Book Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5 6

Zikmaund, William, G Cooper, Donald, R Scheid, F Walker, Terry, M Duncan, R- Advanced MS Sander Dorold, H

Business Research Methods. 6th Edition Business Research Methods. 5th Edition. Introduction to Computer Science Introduction to Computer Science DOS Programming Microsoft Press Computer today.


Marks:50 233612 Lab-5: Statistical Inference


Fitting of curves (t, F & χ2). Test of large samples other common tests (single means, variances correlations coefficients and several means, variances and correlation co-efficient). Paired t-tests, Construction of confidence intervals. Non-parametric test (sign test, run test, median test, mann-whitney test etc). Problem on Maximum likelihood, least squares, method of moments for various distributions.


Marks:50 233614 Lab-6: Regression Analysis


Estimation of parameters of simple and multiple regression model. Test for parameters. Inference of multiple regression model. (Test of significance of the overall regression). Partial correlation, multiple correlation. Fitting of polynomial regression. Orthogonal polynomial. Selecting the best regression model. Paper Code Paper Title:

Marks:50 233616   Lab-7: Design of Experiment


Analysis of variance: (One way and two way classification with single observation per-cell) CRD, RBD, LSD, Missing plots estimation and analysis. Relative efficiency of different designs. Factorial experiment 22, 23, 24, and confounding. p×q factorial experiments. Split plot design


233618

Marks:50


Lab-8: Applied Statistics

Fitting of Parreto, Lognomal, Curve, Determination of concentration ratio. Determination of trend values and seasonal indices by different methods. Computation of index numbers and cost of living index numbers. Control charts (variable & attribute). Derivation of sampling plan (single and double). OC curve and ASN curves.

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

Four-Year B.Sc. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

National University Subject: Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Syllabus for Four Year B. Sc Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution

THIRD YEAR Paper Code

232901 232903 232905 232907 232909 232911 232913 232914

Paper Title

Marks

Credits

Metabolism of Lipids and Nitrogenous Compounds Molecular Biology-II Molecular Genetics & Clinical Biochemistry Microbiology Human Physiology Human Nutrition Endocrinology Practical

100 100 100=(50+50) 100 100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Total =

800

32


232901

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Metabolism of Lipids and Nitrogen compounds

1.

Lipid metabolism: lipoprotein composition and metabolism, fatty acid oxidation, ketone body formation and utilization, fatty acid biosynthesis, regulation of fatty acid metabolism, storage of fatty acids as triglycerides, utilization of fatty acids for energy production, metabolism and functional role of polyunsaturated fatty acids; cholesterol metabolism, arachidonate metabolism: prostagladins, prostacycline, thromboxane, and leukotrienes, phospholipid and glycolipid metabolism.

2.

Disorders of lipid metabolism: Obesity, diabetic ketoacidosis, stress, fatty acids and myocardial infarction: genetic deficiencies in carnitine or carnitine palmitoyl transferase, respiratory distress syndrome, atherosclerosis.

3.

Amino acid metabolism: Overview, general reactions of amino acids, glucogenic and ketogenic amino acids, oxidative degradation of amino acids to specialized products, amino acid biosynthesis, regulation of amino acid metabolism, metabolism of branched chain amino acids, propionate and methylmalonate metabolism, urea cycle, nitrogen fixation, folic acid and one-carbon metabolism, glutathione metabolism, clinical correlations : phenylketonuria, alkaptonuria, folic acid deficiency, hyperamonemia and hepatic coma, deficiencies of the urea cycle enzymes.

4.

Nucleotide metabolism : Overview, metabolic functions of nucleotides, synthesis of purine and pyrimidine nucleotides, formation of deoxyribonucleotides, nucleotide degradation, biosynthesis of nucleotide coenzymes, nucleotide metabolizing enzymes as a function of cell cycle and rate of cell division, antimetabolities of purine and pyrimidine nucleotide metabolism, heme metabolism, regulation of nucleotide metabolism, Lesch-Nyhan syndrome, gout, orotic aciduria.

5.

Metabolism of individual tissues (in brief): Skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, adipose tissues, liver, kidney and blood cells.

6.

Metabolic interrelationship: Overview, starve feed cycle, mechanisms involved in switching the metabolism of the liver between the well-fed state and the starved state, metabolic interrelationships of tissues in various nutritional and hormonal states, metabolism in exercise.


2.

Lehninger Principle of Biochemistry By: D.L. Nelson and M.M. Cox W.H. Freeman and Company Biochemistry By: L. Stryer Publisher: W.H. Freeman and Company


232903

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Molecular Biology-II

1.

DNA replication II: Speed of replication, initiation, priming in Eukaryotes, Elongation, termination. Disentangling daughter DNAs, separate DNA polymerases for initiation and elongation, creating the replication fork at an origin methylation and at the origin of replication and regulation of replication.

2.

DNA damage and repair: Damage by mutagens and repair by different enzymes.

3.

Nucleic acid hybridization principles and application: Preparation of nucleic acid probes, fluorescence labeling and detection system, standard and reverse nucleic acid hybridization assays, Southern blotting.

4.

Genetic codes: Introduction codons and triplet words, codon anticodon interactions, sporadic alterations in the genetic code, nonsense codon redundancy.

5.

Transcription: Prokaryotic and eukaryotic transcription factors, polysomes, transport of eukaryotic mRNA, UTR. promoters, transcription activators and transcription factors, enhancers and terminators, mechanism of RNA splicing and RNA processing, mRNA structure and its relation to stability. Transcriptional and posttranscriptional regulation. Introduction to protein - protein and other macromolecular interaction.

6.

Protein biosynthesis: Ribosome structure, active sites in each subunits, protein synthesis- initiation, elongation and termination, control of translation in both prokaryotes and eukaryotes, peptidyl transterase activity of 23s rRNA.


4.

5.

6.

Lehninger Principle of Biochemistry By: D.L. Nelson and M.M. Cox W.H. Freeman and Company Biochemistry By: L. Stryer Publisher: W.H. Freeman and Company Molecular Biology of the Gene J.D. Walser, N.H. Hokins, J. W. Roberts, J.A. Slietz and A.M. Weiner Publisher: The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company Gene IX Molecular Cell Biology By: Lewin Publisher: W.H. Freeman and Company


232905

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Molecular Genetics & Clinical Biochemistry

Part A: Molecular Genetics

(50 marks)

1.

Host controlled restriction and modification, plasmid incompatibility

2.

General nature of mutation: types of mutation, physico-chemical mutagens, molecular mechanism of mutation, in vitro mutagenesis, site-directed mutagenesis, transposons and insertional elements, repair mechanism in mutation.

3.

Recombination: Various models for recombination, Rec system, conjugation, transduction, transformation and transfection, restriction mapping, chromosome walking, restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP), genetics of lambda phage, assembly of T phage.

4.

Gene expression: Lac and Trp operon, positive and negative control systems of gene expression for both prokaryotic and eukaryotic systems.

5.

Genetic engineering in bacteria, yeast and plants.

Part B: Clinical Biochemistry (50 marks) 1.

Clinical application of enzymes and metabolites as diagnostic tools : Basic approach to diagnosis involving handling and processing of samples, acquisition and interpretation of biochemical data, investigation of CSF, Tumer markers poisons, Biochemical aspects of mental handcrafts. enzymes in diagnosis, use of enzymes e.g. alanine

aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), creatine kinase (CK), lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), amylase, acid phosphatase (A) and metabolites e.g. bilirubin, uric acid, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), cholesterol and electrolytes in diagnosis. Biochemistry of various diseases : Atherosclerosis, Macrophage lipid metabolism in atherosclerosis, vascular dysfunction and its contribution to atheroscelerosis, oxidative stress and platelet function in Atherosclerosis, lipoprotein influx and efflux lipoproteins in Atherosclerosis, protein oxidation in Atherosclerosis, and other diseases hepatitis, diabetes, rheumatoid arthrities, obesity, gout, malabsorption syndromes, acidosis and alkalosis, Thyroids dys-function, HRT . Biochemical interpretation & certain genetic disorders: PKU, Fructose intolerance, Glycogen storage diseases sickle cell anemia, hemolytic anemia, thalassemia, hypercholesterolemia, lipid storage disease, muscular dystrophy. Antioxident intervention studies in human beings, anti-oxidents and co-antioxidation.

2.

3 4


2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Lehninger Principle of Biochemistry a. By: D.L. Nelson and M.M. Cox b. W.H. Freeman and Company Biochemistry a. By: L. Stryer b. Publisher: W.H. Freeman and Company Molecular Biology of the Gene a. J.D. Walser, N.H. Hokins, J. W. Roberts, J.A. Slietz and A.M. Weiner b. Publisher: The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company Gene IX a. Molecular Cell Biology b. By: Lewin c. Publisher: W.H. Freeman and Company Text Book of Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations a. By : J. M. Devlin b. Publisher : John Wiley & Sons. Harper’s Biochemistry a. By: R.K. Murray, D.R. Granner, P.A. Mayer and V.W. Rodwell b. Publisher : Appleton and Tanys

7.

Clinical Chemistry a. By : A.I. Kaplan & A.I. Pesu b. Publisher: Uea & Febrger

8.

The Metabolism Basis of Inherited Diseases a. By : J.S. Slanbury, J.B. Wyngarden and D.s. Fred Rickson b. Publisher: McGraw Hill

9.

Applied Biochemistry of Clinical Disorders a. By A. Gernell b. Publisher : Bippincott


1.

2.

232907

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Microbiology

Overview of history of Microbiology – Biogenesis and abiogenesis; Contributions of Redi, Spallanzani, Needham, Pasteur, Tyndal, Joseph Lister, Koch [Germ Theory], Edward Jenner and Flemming [Penicillin] in Microbiology; Scope of Microbiology. Classification and basic concepts of microbes - Systems of classification; General properties and principles of classification of microorganisms; General characteristics and functions of Microbes; Physical and Chemical Structures of different Microbes.

3.

Microscope: Microscopy and different types of microscope (light microscope, phase contrast microscope, fluorescence microscope, electron microscope)

4.

Stains and staining techniques – Definition of auxochrome, chromophores, dyes; Classification of stains; Theories of staining; Mechanism of gram staining, acid fast staining, negative staining, capsule staining, flagella staining, endospore staining.

5.

Bacteria – Bacterial cell structure; General classification of bacteria; Nutritional aspects of bacterial cultivation media, composition; growth and reproduction; Male and femaleness in bacteria (F+, F' and Hfr); environmental factors affecting growth - temperature, pH, osmotic pressure; isolation of pure culture from natural sources, enumeration; steps to maintain microbial culture in an aseptic & sterile environment (how to inoculate, preserve & maintain).

6.

Basic concepts of virology - General characteristics of viruses; differences between bacteria and viruses; Classification of viruses Physical and chemical Structures of different Viruses on the basis of capsid symmetry – enveloped (Herpes virus), helical (TMV) and icosahedral (Polyoma viruses), Viroids, prions, Virus of plants (TMV), HIV, H1N1 virus

7.

Bacteriophages: E.coli phage lambda; E. coli PhageT4; Stages in the Lytic Life Cycle of a typical phage; Properties of a phage infected bacterial culture; Specificity in phage infection; The lysogenic Cycle.

8.

Beneficial microbial interaction with human: Normal microbial population of healthy human body- skin, mouth, respiratory tract, urino-genital tract, eye.

9.

Harmful microbial interactions with human: Entry of pathogen into the host; Types of bacterial pathogens; Mechanism of bacterial pathogenicity; Colonization and growth; Virulence; Virulence factors- exotoxins, enterotoxins, endotoxins, neurotoxins- avoidance of host defense mechanisms, damage of host cell, Host factors for infection and innate resistance to infection.

10.

Control of pathogens: Definition and classification of antibiotics on the basis of structure and mode of action, antibiotics produced by bacterial (bacteriocin, antibiotic); semi-synthetic antibiotic, drug toxicity, drug resistance.

11.

Industrial microbiology: Examples of industrially important microbes; their isolation from natural habitat; Basic concepts on fermentation technology; Bioconversion (Bio-gas, Bio-fuel); Microorganisms in Agriculture waste water treatment; Microbial pesticides; commercial products from microorganisms enzymes, antibiotics); Bioremediation (chemical degradation, heavy metals).

12.

Food microbiology: Microbiology of milk, cheese, yogurt, spoilage of food, pasteurization.

13.

Agricultural microbiology: Microbes in soil surface and different zones of soil, symbiosis, nitrosofying, nitrifying ammonifying and photosynthetic bacteria.


Microbiology Concepts & Application Micael J. Pelczar, Jr. ECS, Chan & Nocl R. Krieg McGraw Hill Book Company.

2.

Microbiology Bernad D. Davies, Renato Dulbecco Herman N. Eisen and Harold S. Ginsberg Harper and Row.

3.

Microbiology Larry Mckane, Judy Kandel McGraw Hill, Inc.

4.

Fundamentals of Microbiology I.E. Aleamo

Addison-Wesley Publishing Company 5.

Fundamental Virology B.N. Fields, D.M. Knipe Raven Press

6.

Food Microbiology Fundamentals & Frontiers M.P. Doyle. L.R. Benchat, T.J. Montville Am. Soc. for Microbiology.


232909

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Human Physiology

Human Physiology 1.

2.

3. 4. 5. 6.

7.

Circulatory System: Hemostasis, Blood, Blood cells, biochemistry of blood clotting, lymph, serum, plasma, total count (TC), differential count (DC), origin of the blood cells, blood grouping: The ABO system, determination of blood group, Rh- factor, Heart, chambers of heart & its valves, their function & locations, specialized cardiac tissues, sinoaortic node (SA), atrioventricular node (AV), Bundle of His, Purkinjee’s fibres, pacemaker, artificial & natural cardiac output, blood pressure, systemic, pulmonary & coronary blood circulation. Arteries, veins, capillaries, heart sound, cardiac cycle, basic properties of cardiac muscles, blood pressure and measurement. Lymphatic & lymphoid system: Lymph & lymph vessels, lymphatic circulation, outline of primary & secondary lymphoid organs & their functions, structure & function of lymph nodes, spleen, thymus & bone marrowin immunity. Digestive system: Digestive enzymes, digestion of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids and absorption of digested products. Kidney: Excretory system, role of kidney in water, electrolyte and acid-base balance of the body, buffers of the cells, regulation of extra cellular fluid composition and formation and excretion of urine. Hepatobilliary System: Liver- structural organization & function. Reproductive system: male reproductive system: spermatogenesis, hormonal factors that stimulate spermatogenesis, regulation of male reproductive functions by various hormones. Female reproductive system : monthly ovarian and uterine cycle and function of gonadotropic hormones, pregnancy, function of the placenta, hormonal factors in pregnancy, lactation, menopause. Nervous system: Nerve cells, ionic basis of excitation and conduction, synaptic transmission, reflex action,

        the sense, sense receptors, hypothalamus and temperature regulation. 8.

Respiratory system: The breathing apparatus, exchange of gases, ventilation, lung volume and capacity.

Books recommended: 1. Human Biology By: Sylvia S. Mader Publisher : Wm. C. Brown Publishers 2.

Test Bookl of Physiology By: A.c. Guyton Publishers : W.B. Sannders Publishing Company

3.

Human Physiology By: G.J. Tortosa, R.L. Evans & N.P. Ananosakus Oulishers L Harper & Row.


232911

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Human Nutrition

1.

Overview of Nutrition: Definiton of nutrients, introducing the nutrients: carbohydrate, lipids, proteins, vitamin, minerals & water, nutrients & energy, balanced diet, dietary recommendation & reference standards. Components of an adequate diet: Carbohydrate, fat, protein, vitamins and minerals in diet, interrelationship between fat, protein and carbohydrate metabolism.

2.

Role of carbohydrates in human nutrition: Different forms of starch in food, their changes during food processing and cooking.

3.

Role of proteins in human nutrition: Essential amino acids, limiting amino acids, mutual supplementation, protein quality and its evaluation, protein requirement, Protein energy malnutrition: Kwashiorkor, Marasmus and their management.

4.

Fats and oils in human nutrition: Saturated, monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids, omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids in health, essential fatty acids.

5.

Vitamins: Fat soluble and water soluble vitamins, source, biological function, deficiency symptoms, RDA, coenzyme activities of vitamins (where known).

6.

Mineral and trace elements: Function & importance of minerals & trace elements in human body. Ca, P, Mg, Mn, Fe, Cu, I, F, Zn, Se and other trace elements, role of trace elements in enzyme functions.

7.

Energy metabolism: Energy requirement and energy expenditure, obesity, basal metabolic rate, specific dynamic action of foods, measurement of energy metabolism, respiratory quotient.

8.

Life cycle nutrition: Maternal & infant nutrition, nutrition during childhood, adolescence & elderly stage of life.

9.

Planing a healthy diet: Tools for a healthy diet, food group & food guides, diet planning, my pyramid, foods, serving size, food label.

10.

Complementary Nutrition: Functional foods, claims for functional foods, strategies for functional food use, food additives & preservatives, natural toxin in foods, dietary suppliments: vitamins & minerals, natural health products.

11.

Dietary management of diseases: Such as diabetes mellitus, gout, atherosclerosis, jaundice and other liver diseases, obesity and cancer.

12.

Assessment of nutritional status: Of a population, nutritional problems of Bangladesh and their possible remedies.


Human Nutritions & Dietetics By: S. Davidson, R. more, J.T. Brock and A. s. Transwell Publisher: Churchhill L Vingistone

2.

Modern Nutrition in Health and disease (Part I & Part II) Edited by M.I. Stitles, J. A. Olsen and M. Shuhe Publisher: Lea & Febiger Publishers.

3.

Essentials of Nutrition Vol I & Vol. II By: M. Swammathan Publisher: BAPPCO Publishers.


1.

2.

232913

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Endocrinology

Characteristics of the hormone system: Introduction, function of hormones, endocrine glands, target gland concept, negative and positive feed back, hormone receptors and its abnormalities. Classification of hormones, intracellular messengers. Pituitary, Hypothalamic, Thyroid and Parathyroid hormones: structure, synthesis, physiological and biochemical actions.

3.

Hormones of the adrenal cortex, adrenal medulla, gonads and Pancreas: regulation, transport, mechanism of action and pathophysiology.

4.

Gastrointestinal hormones: Gastrin, cholecystokinin (CCK), secretin, glucagon, gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP), vasoactive intestinal polypeptide (VIP), glicentin, neurotensin, substance P and somatostatin.

5.

Hormone assay techniques: Assay of peptide and steroid hormones by radioimmunoassay (RIA) and enzymelinked immunosorbent assay (ELISA).


232914

Marks: 100

Practical

(6 hours/day) 1. Liver glycogen extraction and estimation. 2. Thin layer chromatographic separation of amino acids. 3. Estimation of acetoaminophen and salicylate in serum. 4. Determination of serum GOT and GPT activity. 5. Study of the activity of salivary amylase. 6. Determination of Km and Vmax of bovine kidney alkaline phosphatase. 7. Determination of serum acid phosphatase. 8. Determination of total globulin in serum by precipitation. 9. Effect of pH on protein solubility (precipitation of serum albumin and globulin at their respective pI). 10. Isolation of casein by precipitation at its isoelectric point. 11. Determination of nonesterified fatty acids from serum. 12. Separation of components of a lipid mixture by TLC. 13. Determination of total fatty acids in a lipid extract. 14. Determination of unsaturated fatty acids in a lipid extract. 15. Determination of cholesterol in a lipid extract. 16. Determination of serum cholesterol. 17. Isolation of plasmid DNA from E. coli. 18. Agarose gel electrophoresis of DNA. 19. Isolation and assay of bacteriophage 20. Amplification of DNA by polymerase chain reaction (PCR).

Credits: 4

Their structure biosynthesis,


Books Recommended: 1. Practical Clinical Biochemistry By: A.H. Gowenlock Publisher: CBS Publishers and distributors 2. Clinical Chemistry Interpetation and Techniques By: A. Kaplan and L.I. Szabo Publishers: Lea and Laborger 3. Data for Biochemical Research By: R. Dawson, D.L. Filhott, W.H. Filhoot and K.M. Jones Publishers: Onferd Sciences Publications. 4. An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry By: David R.T. Plummer Publisher: Tata – McGrawhill

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Sociology

Four‐Year B.S.S. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014     1

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Sociology Session: 2013-2014

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 232001 232003 232005 232007 232009 232011 232013 232015

Paper Title Classical Sociological Theory Rural Sociology Sociology of Religion Social Inequality Societies and Communities Social Structure of Bangladesh Urban Sociology Social Psychology Total=

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32

2


232001

Marks: 100


Classical Sociological Theory

1. Historical Setting in Which Sociology Appeared as a Discipline: Socio-economic and political changes leading to the modern Europe, French revolution and Industrial revolution 2. Auguste Comte: Positive philosophy, hierarchy of the sciences: the three stages of development 3. Herbert Spencer: Evolution of society from simple to compound, militant and industrial societies, social Darwinism 4. Karl Marx: Historical and dialectical materialism; concepts of labour, surplus value and alienation; modes of production, transition from feudalism to capitalism and Asiatic mode of production; class and class conflict and conception of socialism and communism 5. Emile Durkheim: Social fact and his methodology, division of labour, social solidarity, mechanical and organic societies, theory of suicide, and religion and society 6. Max Weber: Social action, types of social action, ideal and pure type, types of authority, and bureaucracy 7. Vilfredo Pareto: Logico-experimental method, circulation of elites and social change Books Recommended: 1. George Ritzer, Classical Sociological Theory, New York: McGraw Hill. 1992 2. Doyle Paul Johnson. Sociological Theory: Classical Founders and Contemporary Perspectives. New York :Wiley. 1981 3. Lewis Coser, Masters of Sociological Thought. 2nd Ed. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1977 4. Raymond Aron. Main Currents in Sociological Thought, 2 Vols. New York : Basic Books, 1965 5. Marx, Karl. The communist manifesto 6. Morrison, Ken: Thoughts of Karl Marx.


232003

Rural Sociology

Marks: 100


1. Definition and Scope: Meaning of rural society - rural society, peasant society, agrarian society, indigenous and rural societies

3

2. Nature of Rural Settlement and Its Ecology: nature of rural communities, informal structure – samaj, rural families: types and characteristics, changing pattern of rural families and marriage, dowry and marriage 3. Nature of Farming: Types of farming, changing pattern of farming 4. Agrarian Structure: Agrarian structure of developing countries, land reforms and land ownership 5. Rural Class Structure and Social Mobility: Populist and Marxist theories of rural class structure and peasant mobility; rural power structure, nature of shalish 6. Rural Society and Culture: Peasant worldview, the moral economy of peasantry, rationality and peasantry, modernity and peasant society 7. Peasants and Peasant Movements: Examples from South Asia and Latin America, the contribution of subaltern studies in understanding peasant movements 8. Social Change in Rural Society: Diffusion of innovations, nature and process of innovations in rural society, nature and impact of Green Revolution, agriculture and environment, rural-urban interaction 9. Poverty in Rural Society: Nature of rural poverty, vulnerability and rural society, changing pattern of poverty, migration, non- farm activities and poverty 10. Rural Development: Models of rural development; success and failure of rural development models, local government and rural development, NGOs and rural development- NGO strategies of rural development- examples of Grameen Bank, BRAC and other NGOs Books Recommended: 1. Katar Singh, Rural Development: Principles, Policies and Management, New Delhi: SAGE, 1999 2. Teodor Shanin (ed.), Peasant and Peasant Society, Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1988 Latest ed.

Avmnveyi ingvb (m¤úvw`Z), 1997, evsjv‡`‡k K…wlcÖkœ: ZË¡ I ev¯—eZv, XvKv: BDwbfvwm©wU †cÖm wjwg‡UW| Kvgvj wmwÏKx : evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvgxY `wi`ª : ¯îƒc I mgvavb Avmveyi ingvb : evsjv‡`‡ki K…wl KvVv‡gv : K…lK mgvR I Dbœqb KvRx †ZveviK †nv‡mb I gynv¤§` nvmvb Bgvg (m¤úvw`Z) : evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvg 7. gvneye †nv‡mb : evsjv‡`‡ki cj−x Dbœqb : mgm¨v I mgvavb 8. MvRx mv‡jn DwÏb : evsjv‡`‡ki f~wgmË¡, f~wg ms¯‹vi I MÖvgxY Dbœqb 9. †evinvb DwÏb Lvb Rvnv½xi : MÖvgvÂ‡j abZ‡š¿i weKvk 10. Avby gynv¤§` : evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvgxY mgvR I A_©bxwZ

3. 4. 5. 6.

4


232005

Marks: 100


Sociology of Religion

1. Sociological Perspectives of Religion: Definition, origin, development and scope of sociology of religion, relationship with other social sciences 2. Concepts of Sociology of Religion: Magic, witchcraft and sorcery; characteristics of religion 3. Types of Religion: Totemism and Animism, Polytheism and Monotheism, Hinduism, Judaism, Christianity, Islam 4. Theories of Religion: Durkheim--elementary forms of religion, Weber--protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism 5. Types of Religious Organizations: Churches and state, denominations and cults 6. Religion and Social Stratification: Religion and social status, social class and religious involvement, ethnicity and gender 7. Religion and State: Theocracy in Christian and Islamic state, separation of church and state in the west, caliphate and state in the orient, state and religion in the third world: Iran, Indonesia, Malaysia and India 8. Religious Movements: Religious revivalism-- Fundamentalism in Judaism, Christianity, Islam and Hinduism 9. Social Change and Religion: Secularism in the west, colonization and religion in the developing countries, modernization and religion, problems of secularism in the contemporary developing countries 10. Religion in Bangladesh: History of religions in Bangladesh--Hinduism, Buddhism, Sufism, Islam and Christianity; Role of saints in Bangladesh, State of religion in contemporary Bangladesh Books Recommended: 1. Peter Beyer, Religion and Globalization, London : Sage, 1994 2. Asim Ray, Islam in South Asia, Dhaka: Ankur 3. T.N. Madan (ed.), Religion in India, Delhi : Oxford,1999 Paper Code Paper Title

232007

Marks: 100


Social Inequality

1. Definition and Scope Of Inequality Concept of social inequality, sociological significance of studying social inequality, social stratification and social inequality 5

2. Origin of Social Inequality Ideas of primitive communism and egalitarian society; ownership of property rights in simple societies and emergence of private property; social inequality in hunting and gathering societies 3. Historical Forms of Inequality Slavery Caste Estate Class 4. Theories of Social Inequality Karl Marx: Conflict and change Vilfredo Pareto: Elites and circulation of elites Max Weber: Class, status, and party K. Davis and W.E. Moore vs. Tumin Measurement of Inequality 5. Gender and Inequality Patriarchy and gender discriminations in pre-industrial and contemporary society Capitalism, globalization and status of women 6. Racial and Ethnic Inequality Conceptualization of minority, racial and ethnic group Prejudice and discrimination; patterns of race and ethnic group relations and social inequality 7. Age and Social Inequality Concept of age and ageism; Attitude to the elderly in different cultures: prejudice and discrimination 8. Inequality and Social Mobility Horizontal and vertical mobility Social and psychological correlates of inter and intra-generational mobility Structural determinants of mobility Individual and collective mobility 9. Inequality and Poverty Definition of Poverty: absolute and relative poverty Spatial dimensions of inequality and poverty: Local, national, regional and global 10. Inequality in Bangladesh Values, institutions, agencies and forces related to inequality Confronting inequality: challenges of change and choice 6

Books Recommended: 1. Lenski, Power and Privilege. A theory of Social Stratification 2. Bottomore, Class in Modern Society 3. E.G. Grabb, Social Inequality: Classical and contemporary Theories 4. Yagendra Singh, Social Stratification and Change in India, New Delhi: Manohar, 1999. 5. Amartya Sen, Inequality Re-examined, Cambridge: Harvard University Press 6. gynv¤§` nvexeyi ingvb, mvgwRK AmgZv| 7. G. Gd. Bgvg Avjx, mvgvwRK AmgZv| Paper Code Paper Title

232009

Marks: 100


Societies and Communities

1. Key concepts: Clan, lineage, tribe, community, society, ethnic groups, nation, state, civil society 2. India in historical perspective: Social structure and change: caste system and Indian society, state and agrarian system of Mughal India, class structure and social change in contemporary India 3. United Kingdom: Feudalism, transition from feudalism to capitalism, industrial revolution, development of democracy, colonialism and imperialism, British class structure- upper class, working class, underclass, social mobility and class 4. Japan: Social structure and group life in Japan, socialization, crime and deviance in Japan, Class structure and inequality in modern Japan 5. Mexico Social structure and group life: Social networks in Mexican society, compadrezgo and personal networks /patronage/reciprocity Mexican social institutions—family, political parties Class structure- upper class, middle class and lower class Social change in contemporary Mexico 6. Egypt: Social structure-extended family, clan, marriage, urban networks Social structure: class structure and inequality In Egypt, life of a religious minority Social change in contemporary Egypt 7. China Social Classes: gentry and bureaucracy Agrarian Structure China and the coming of the west Unsuccessful revolutions: kuomintang government 7

Communist revolution 8. Communities in Bangladesh: selected ethnic groups and communities of Bangladesh Chakma, Rakhaine, beday, fishermen, weavers, sweepers, Biharees, Kutties, religious minoritiesHindus, Buddhists, Christians Books Recommended: 1. Linda Schneider and Arnold Silverman, Global Sociology: Introducing Five Contemporary societies. WCB/McGraw, 1997 2. Sugata Bose and Ayesha Jalal, Modern South Asia, Delhi: Oxford, 1999 3. Richard B. Ford Tradition and Change in Four Societies, 1968 Latest ed. New York: Holt, Rineheart and Winston


232011

Marks: 100


Social Structure of Bangladesh

1. Concept and theories of social structure 2. Bangladesh in the context of the orient and pre-capitalist western society 3. The Bengal Frontier: The ecological context of Bangladesh society, land, river and climate 4. Origin and growth of Bengal villages: Social structure of Bengal villages, land tenure system 5. Town in Bengal: Trade, commerce, urbanization, trading communities in Bengal. 6. Colonialism and Bengal: Permanent settlement and the new agrarian structure; English education and Bengal renaissance; new class structure 7. Peasant Movements in Bangladesh 8. Social Background of the Emergence of Bangladesh: Development of internal colonialism, 1947-1970; Language movement and the rise of Bengali nationalism 9. Changing pattern of Inequality in Bangladesh: Classes and status groups in contemporary Bangladesh; changing power structure; women and empowerment; poverty and social exclusion 10. Social change in Bangladesh: Urbanization, modernization and changing socio-cultural values; civil society, NGOs and social change Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Akbar Ali Khan, Discovery of Bangladesh Nazmul Karim, Changing society in India, Pakistan and Bangladesh Rangalal Sen: Political Elites in Bangladesh W. isMjvj †mb, mgvRKvVv‡gv: cyuwRev` I mgvRZš¿ Abycg †mb, evsjv‡`k: ivóª I mgvR 8


232013

Urban Sociology

Marks: 100


1. Introduction: Definition and subject-matter of urban sociology, social and cultural contexts of the emergence of urban sociology, development of urban sociology as a field of study, new urban sociology: global capitalism, political economy and culture 2. Perspectives on Urban Development: Preconditions of city life and ancient urbanization: Sjoberg & Childe; Classical cities: Braudel; The rise of medieval town in Europe: Weber, Pirenne; Capitalism and the rise of the industrial cities 3. Theories and Perspectives in Urban Sociology Political economy and the city: Marx, Engels, Weber, Lefebvre; Class conflict theories: Gordon, Stroper, Walker and Castells; Class accumulation theories: Harvey, Scott The growth of machine: Logan and Molotch Real estate and government intervention: Feagin, Gottdiener 4. Neighborhoods Definition and approaches, types of neighborhood, functions of neighborhood 5. Social Stratification and the Metropolis: Class differences and spatial location: upper class, middle class; working class: working poor and the underclass; women and space: women and urban political economy, women and the environment; ethnicity and residential segregation 6. Metropolitan problems Urban poverty: racism, gender and under class; crime and drugs; housing: suburban inequities. homelessness; fiscal crises and public service cutbacks 7. Third World Urbanization: Patterns of Third World urbanization, primate city development patterns, shantytown development, the informal economy, urban social movements and politics, pattern of Bangladesh urbanization 8. Urban Culture: Urbanism as a way of life, characteristics of urban culture, changing urban culture: modernization and revivalism Books Recommended: 1. Flanagan, William G. Contemporary Urban Sociology (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press) 1993 2. Gottdiener, Mark. The New Urban Sociology (New York: McGraw-Hill), 1994 3. CastelIs, Manual. The Urban Question (Cambridge: mass: MIT-Press), 1977 4. Drakakis-Smith, David. The Third World City (London: Routledge), 1992 5. Pirenne, The Medieval City 6. Weber, Max. The City

9


232015

Marks: 100


Social Psychology

1. Introduction: The Science of social psychology, history of its development, methods used in social psychology 2. Socialization: Processes and products, cultural influences on behaviours 3. Social perception: Basic processes affecting perceptual response, perceptual defense, perceptual accentuation, person perception 4. Attitude: Formation of attitudes, measurement of attitudes, processes of attitude change, some theories of attitude change, persuasive attitude change 5. Group Structures and Processes: Kinds of groups, methods of studying group processes 6. Communication: The process of communication; communication and language; language, culture and thinking; non-verbal communication 7. Personality: Personality and culture; impact of culture on personality formation and development; theories of personality development—Freud, Adler 8. Leadership: The meaning of leadership and its types, traits of leader, role of leaders, leadership and social change 9. Mass behavior: Crowd, audience, mob, rumour, fashion, fad, craze, propaganda 10. Public opinion: Processes and factors of public opinion, agencies of public opinion Books Recommended: 1. Hollander, E.P. Principles and Methods of Social Psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. 2. Krech, D., Crutchfield R.S. and Ballachey, E.L. Individual in Society. New York; Tokyo: McGraw Hill Co. Ltd. 3. Lindgren, H.C., An Introduction to Social Psychology. New York: Wiley and Sons. 4. Sargent, S.S. and Williamson, R.C. Social Psychology. New York: The Ronald Press. 5. Secord, P.F. and Backman, Social Psychology. McGraw Hill.

10

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Economics

Four-Year B.S.S. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Economics Session: 2013-2014 THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 232201 232203 232205 232207 232209 232211 232213 232215

Paper Title Intermediate Macroeconomics Statistics for Economics Studies on Bangladesh Economy Development of Economics International Economics-I Public Finance Urban Economics Agricultural and Rural Economics Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32


232201 Marks: 100 Intermediate Macroeconomics

Credits: 4


Paper Objective To introduce students to basic measures of aggregate-level economic performance such as AD, AS, unemployment, the money supply, and to present the major (competing) theories of national income and employment, inflation as well as the policy recommendations to which the alternative theories give rise. Paper Contents 1. An Overview of AD-AS Model: Factors determining AD and AS; AD curve and AS curve implied by the Classical and Keynesian views; 2. Goods Market: Simple Keynesian income determination model: Mathematical and Graphical; Various concepts of the multiplier: simple and extended; Theory of acceleration. 3. Consumption and Investment: Absolute, Relative, Permanent and Life-cycle Hypothesis; Types of investment; Determinants of investment; PV criterion and MEI; Desired capital stock; Capital stock adjustment; Investment decision-making; TPV, NPV and IRR methods; Investment demand and output growth. 4. Money Market: Quantity theories of money; Demand for money; Types of demand for money; Money supply; Interest rate & money supply; Interaction of demand for and supply of money; Interest rate sensitivity of transaction demand for money; Square root formula of Baumol-Tobin model, Friedman’s model. 5. IS-LM Model: Deriving the IS curve from the Goods Market; Deriving the LM curve from the Money Market; Putting IS and LM Together; Simultaneous equilibrium in the goods and money markets; Deriving the AD curve; Changes in equilibrium; Monetary and fiscal policy in the IS-LM model; Liquidity trap and crowding out effect 6. Labor Market and Aggregate Supply: Demand for and supply of labour; Expectations and Aggregate Supply (AS); Introduction to formation of expectations; Supply side disturbances; Wage Determination in the labour market: Full Employment, Unemployment and Over Employment Equilibrium; Equilibrium unemployment; 7. Macroeconomic Equilibrium: Putting AD and AS Together; Monetary and fiscal policy in the static model. 8. Inflation, Unemployment and Phillips Curve: Short Run and Lon Run Recommended Books: 1.

2.

3.

Rudiger Dornbusch, Stanley Fischer, and Richard Startz. Macroeconomics. New Delhi: McGraw Hill. Richard T Froyen. Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Michael Parkin. Macroeconomics. Addison-Wesley.


232203 Marks: 100 Statistics for Economics

Credits: 4


Paper Objective

Statisticians help to design data collection plans, analyze data appropriately and interpret and draw conclusions from those analyses. The central objective of the undergraduate major in Statistics is to equip students with consequently requisite quantitative skills that they can employ and build on in flexible ways. Majors are expected to learn concepts and tools for working with data and have experience in analyzing real data that goes beyond the content of a service Paper in statistical methods for non-majors. Majors should understand the fundamentals of probability theory, statistical reasoning and inferential methods, statistical computing, statistical modeling and its limitations, and have skill in description; interpretation and exploratory analysis of data by graphical and other means; graduates are also expected to learn to communicate effectively. Paper Contents 1. Probability: Meaning; Events in probability law; Use of combinations; Conditional probability; Probability functions; Mathematical expectations; Theoretical distribution; Binomial, Poisson, Exponential and Normal distributions with applications to real world situations; Properties and uses; Area under the normal curve; Standard normal distribution; Applications of Standard Normal distribution; Normal approximation to Binomial; Central Limit Theorem 2. Sample Methods and Sample Survey: Advantages of sampling; Types of sampling; Sampling error; Non-sampling error; Objectives and importance of sample survey; Appropriateness of data to be collected; Deg a questionnaire; Choice of the sample unit; Sample size; Sample design and sample selection. 3. Sampling and Sampling Distribution: Population and sampling distribution; Mean and standard deviation of X; Sampling from a normally distributed population; Sampling from a non-normally distributed population; Applications of sampling distribution; Sampling distribution of population and sample proportion, mean and standard deviation; Sample size determination 4. Analysis of Variance: Meaning, assumptions and computation of analysis of variance; One way classification model; Two way classification model; Multiple regression analysis. 5. Test of Hypothesis: Introduction, statistical estimation and properties of a statistical estimator; Unbiased and biased estimator; Efficient and inefficient estimator; Point and interval estimators; Small sample properties; Confidence intervals, Construction of confidence intervals; Introduction, procedures of testing hypotheses; Confidence interval approach and test of significance approach; Type I and Type II errors; One tailed and two tailed tests; Tests concerning large samples; Tests about population mean 6. Statistical Tests: Chi-square test; Normal test; T-test; F-test; Non-parametric tests 7. Time Series Analysis: Time-series analysis; Components of time-series; Straight-line trend; Method of least squares; Method of moving average; Measurement of seasonal variations 8. Official Statistics of Bangladesh: Sources; Characteristics; Limitations; Publishing agencies; Statistical publications.

Recommended Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Prem S Mann. Introductory Statistics. Wiley. Paul Newbold, William L Carlson and Betty M Thorne. Statistics for Business and Economics. New Delhi: Prentice and Hall. Murray R Spigel and Larry Stephens. Theory and Problems of Statistics. Schaum’s Outline Series. New Delhi: McGraw Hill Richard I Levin and David Rubin. Statistics for Management. New Delhi: Prentice Hall CR Kothari. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. New Age International Publishers. Douglas A Lind, William G Marchal, and Samuel Wathen. Statistical Techniques in Business and Economics. Boston: Irwin McGraw Hill


232205

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Studies on Bangladesh Economy

Paper Objective The main objective of this Paper is to introduce the students with the socio-economic context of Bangladesh from the different perspectives. The Paper will also help them to know recent issues of Bangladesh economy. The students will be able to understand the trend of economic variable and business phenomenon. The knowledge will help them to take step in the development of the country. Paper Content 1. The Economy of Bangladesh in Transition: The historical perspective; Pre-colonial, Colonial and Pakistan periods 2. Overview of the Economy of Bangladesh: Features, composition and structure of the economy; GDP; Sectoral contribution and overall growth trend, Labor Force, Informal Sector, Non-market Activities (NMWs), Contribution of NMWs. 3. Population and Human Resource Development: Growth, size and composition of population; Population policy; Education and health; Resource allocation and realization 4. Agriculture and Rural Economy: Features and role of agriculture; Components of agriculture; Problems of agriculture; Sharecropping and efficiency; Farm size and productivity; Marketing, credit, modernization, Rural economic structure; Institution, recent approaches to rural development; Resources, development programmes of government and NGOs 5. Industry: Size and composition, large, medium, small and rural industries; Public and private: problems and prospects, finance, industrial policy 6. Urbanization: Features of urbanization; Components of urban growth; Urban concentration; Ruralurban disparity in resource allocation; Social implications of urbanization; and review of policies on urban issues 7. Foreign Trade and Foreign Investment: Volume, composition and direction of foreign trade; Balance of trade and balance of payments; Balance of payment policies; WTO and Bangladesh; Foreign investment and its effects; Foreign investment policy 8. Globalization and Bangladesh Economy 9. Poverty: Nature, dimensions; Poverty alleviation interventions; Role of GOB and NGOs

10. Women and Development: Gender issues; Women’s productive activities; Share of resources; Different policies and constraints Recommended Books: 1. Reports of the Task Forces on Bangladesh Development Strategies for the 1990s. Dhaka: University Press Limited. 2. Annual Reports by the Centre for Policy Dialogue. Dhaka: D. 3. Statiscal Yearbooks and Bulletins published by Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics. Government of Bangladesh. 4. Five Year Plan Documents. Government of Bangladesh. 5. Annual Economic Reviews. Government of Bangladesh. 6. Akhlaqur Rahman: Self Reliance and Foreign Aid. 7. Aoulad Hosen: Unpaid Underpaid and Non-market Activities: Application to Bangladesh, LAP Lambert, . 8. Mahabub Hossain and Rushidan Islam. 2003. Development Strategies of BangladeshAgriculture and Rural Development in Bangladesh (in Bengali, with Dr. Mahabub Hossain), UPL, 2003 9. Atiq Rahman et. al. Environment and Development in Bangladesh. Vols I & II. Dhaka: University Press Limited. 10. Sirajul Islam (ed). History of Bangladesh. Dhaka: Asiatic Society of Bangladesh 11. Kamal Siddiqui. Political Economy of Land Reform. Dhaka: University Press Limited. 12. Abdul Bayes and Anu Muhammad (ed). Bangladesh at 25. Dhaka: University Press Limited.


232207

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Development Economics

Paper Objective The goals of this Paper are for every student to describe the characteristics of and the special challenges facing developing nations, explain alternative theories of economic growth and evaluate their ability to explain the growth experiences of less-developed countries. Discuss the domestic problems that developing nations face assesses the seriousness of these problems, and evaluate the effectiveness of various policies designed to deal with domestic issues. Appreciate the value of empirical evidence in expanding our knowledge within economics. Paper Content 1. Concepts of Development: Nature of development economics and its emergence & evolution. 2. Global Development Mapping: Growth, poverty, industrialization; Human development; Trade concept of third world; Developing economies; Underdeveloped economies; Least developed economies and backward economies. 3. Economics of Growth: Capital, labor and technology; Kuznet’s six characteristics of modern economics growth 4. Development Models: Classical, Marx and Schumpeter 5. Growth Models and Linear Stage Theories: Harrod-Domar; Neoclassical and endogenous growth theories; Rostow-Lewis model 6. Growth Strategies: Big-Push; Balanced and unbalanced growth; Export-led versus substitution strategies 7. Structuralist Theories of Development

8. Applied concepts of Development: Basic concept of MDG, MDG for developing countries,

Structural Adjustment theory - prescription and practice for underdeveloped and developing countries. Recommended Books: 1. 2.

3.

4.

Michael P Todaro and Stephen C Smith. Economic Development. New Delhi: Prentice Hall Polly Hill. Development Economics on Trial. The Anthropological Case for a Prosecution. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Joan Robinson. Aspects of Development and Underdevelopment. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. M Grillis, D Wight, H Perkins, M Roemer, and DR Snodgrass. Economics of Development.


232209

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


International Economics-I

Paper Objective Students will be able to discuss the major economic theories of international trade, and to analyze the economic implications of alternative trade policies. Students will be able to trace the development of the international financial architecture and of the international monetary system, and to evaluate the implications of different exchange rate regimes for domestic macroeconomic policy. Students will be able to identify major economic characteristics of selected world's regions. Students will be able to trace the origins of various processes of international (global or regional) economic integration, and to discuss their implications for the international patterns of productive specialization. Paper Content 1. The Pure Theory of International Trade: The basis of international trade; The mercantilist theory; The trade theory of absolute and comparative advantage; Hecksher-Ohlin trade model; Factor-price equalization theorem; The gains from trade and income distribution; Leontief Paradox; Linder’s thesis; Technological gap and product cycle theories; Some alternative theories of trade 2. Economic Growth and International Trade: Rybczynski theorem, Technical progress and international trade; Relationship between of trade and national income in the growth process; Economic growth and international trade during the 19th and the 20th centuries; Sources of economic growth; The effects of growth on small countries and large countries; Backwash effect; Growth in the world economy; The Prebisch-Singer thesis. 3. Economies of Scale, Imperfect Competition and International Trade: An overview of economies of scale and market structure; Theory of imperfect competition; Monopoly, monopolistic competition and trade; Effects of increased market size; Gains from an integrated market; Economies of scale and comparative advantage, the significance of intraindustry trade, why intra-industry trade matters. 4. Trade Policy: Instruments of trade policy; The theory of tariffs; The Stolper-Samuelson theorem on tariffs and income distribution; Relationship among tariffs; The of trade and domestic price; The optimum tariff; Quotas and quantitative restrictions; Equivalence of

tariff and quota; Relative efficiency of tariff; Quota and subsidy; Distortions in the commodity and factor markets due to tariffs and subsidies; The infant industry argument; Effective rates of protection; Import-substitution versus export-push strategy; Tariff and world welfare 5. Instruments of Commercial Policy: Export taxes; Export subsidies; Quantitative restrictions; International cartels; OPEC, Voluntary export restraints; Dumping; Other nontariff barriers 6. Theory of Economic Integration: Concept of economic integration and its forms; Positive and normative analysis of economic integration; Customs union and free trade union; Theory of the second-best and other welfare effects; Dynamic benefits from customs union; Economic integration in South Asia. Recommended Books: 1.

2. 3.

Paul R Krugman and Maurice Obstfeld. International Economics: Theory and Policy. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Miltiades Chacholiades. International Economics. New York: McGraw Hill. B Sodersten and G Reed. International Economics. London: Macmillan.


232211

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Public Finance

Paper Objective Main Paper objectives are to introduce students to the public sector reform agenda with a focus on public finance issues; to demonstrate istrative, political, and economic constraints to public finance reforms; to develop analytical skills of the students in three major areas of public finance reforms (performance-based budgeting, mid-term financial planning, budget decentralization); to train students how to develop budgeting and performance evaluation systems for public sector institutions; to develop students’ skills on how to write a public policy paper and make a presentation on public policy issue.

Paper Content 1. Theory of Public Goods: Definition and characteristics of public goods; Market and non-market methods of exclusion; Pure public goods and impure public goods; Public goods, private goods and club goods; Public goods and market failure- the free rider phenomenon, the Prisoners’ Dilemma of public goods; Efficient provision of public goods- Samuelson’s solution; Lindahl’s solution. 2. Public Income and Expenditure: Sources of revenue, Major heads of public expenditure, Effects of public expenditure. 3. Theory of Externalities: Definition and characteristics of externalities; Externalities and market failure; Market correction in the presence of externalities- Pigou’s solution; the Coase theorem; the tragedy of the commons 4. Burden of Taxation: Principles of taxation- benefit approach; voluntary exchange approach, ability to pay principle; equi-marginal principal of sacrifice; Taxable capacity- absolute and relative taxable capacity; taxable capacity in developed and developing nations; Causes of low taxable capacity in Bangladesh and steps/reforms taken by the government to improve the situation. 5. Impact, Incidence and Effects of Taxation: Impact, shifting and incidence of direct and indirect taxation; Incidence of taxation under different cost and market situation; Incidence and elasticity of

demand and supply; Shifting of various taxes- income tax, property tax, corporation tax; Effects of income tax on consumption, savings, capital formation, investment, work effort & leisure. 6. Public Debt: The rationale for public debt; Sources and problems with public debt; Burden of public debt; Effect of public debt and debt policy; Public debt in Bangladesh since liberation; Effect of public debt on consumption, investment and internal resource mobilization. 7. Budget: Government budget; Balanced, deficit and surplus budget; Revenue and capital

budget; Budget multiplier, Characteristics of an ideal budget, Budget in developed and developing nations. Recommended Books: Joseph Stiglitz. Economics of the Public Sector. New York: Norton. 2. Harvey Rosen and Ted Gayer. Public Finance. New York: McGraw Hill. 3. David N Hyman. Public Finance. South Western College Pub. 4. Arye L Hillman. Public Finance and Public Policy: Responsibilities and Limitations of Government. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 5. John Culis and Phillip Jones. Public Finance and Public Policy. New York: McGraw Hill. 6. Richard Musgrave and Peggy Musgrave. Public Finance in Theory and Practice. New York: McGrawHill. 1.


232213

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Urban Economics

Paper Objective

This Paper addresses economic development, problems and prospects for the urban sectors. Paper Content 1. Introduction: Definition of urban economics; Major components in urban economics; Definitions of an urban area and differences in definitions; Market forces- land rent, and land use within cities. 2. Market Forces in the Development of Cities: Why do cities exist? A comparative advantage of urban development trade and transport cost-internal scale economics in production-agglomeration economics; Localization economics and urbanization; Shopping externalities; Imperfect substitutes and complementary goods; Retail clusters Why do Cities develop? Transfer-oriented and marketoriented firms; Principle of median location; Orientation towards local inputs; Transport cost versus local-input costs; Role of government in the location of cities How many Cities? The analysis of market areas; Determinants of market area; Central place theory; Regional hierarchy, retailing; How competition among firms leads to the development of hierarchical system of cities 3. Urban Economic Growth: Urban labour market and economic growth; Demand and supply sources of urban labour; Economics base and input-output analysis- Limitations of urban economic growth 4. Land Rent, Urban Land Use Controls and Zoning: Urban land rent; Fertility and accessibility; Land use in the mono-centric city; Bid rent functions of manufactures, office firms, residential, agriculture; Income and location; General equilibrium land use; Land use control and zoning; Types and market effects; Nuisance, fiscal and design zoning; City without zoning; Legal basis for zoning. 5. Urbanization and Economic Development with Reference to Bangladesh: Economic factors and environments that are responsible for urbanization; The prerequisites of urbanization; Factors that initiate and ensure continuity of the urbanization process; Differences in the growth pattern of urbanization in an advanced economy and developing economy; The political economy of organization; World urban order hierarchy.

6. Urban Land Market: Economic and spatial relationships within an urban area; Theories of urban land market including various distortions; The peculiarity of urban land rent and land use; Various models and interventions and policies of government including various land use control and zoning; The political economy of urban land 7. Urban Housing Market: Economics of housing production; Urban housing conditions; Demand and supply of housing; Residential location decisions; Housing models; Urban housing market imperfections and various sub-systems of housing; Why slums exist and persist; Government interventions and housing policy 8. Urban Transportation: Interrelationships between transpiration and other urban market demand for urban transportation services; Short-run supply and pricing; Congestion and its implications 9. Urban Labour Market: Nature and characteristics of urban labour market; Urban labour market inefficiencies; Informal labour market and nature of employment. 10. Urban Poverty: Nature and extent of poverty; Various strategies the urban poor adopts to survive and its fall out; Policy implications Recommended Books: 1. Arthur O’Sullivan. Urban Economics. New York: McGraw Hill. 2. Edwin S Mills and Bruce W. Hamilton. Urban Economics. New York: Harper Collins. 3. David Segal. Urban Economics. New York: Irwin Dorsey. 4. Paul N Balchin, David Issac and Jean Chen. Urban Economics: A Global Perspective. London: Palgrave Macmillan


232215 Marks: 100 Agricultural and Rural Economics

Credits: 4


Paper Objective At the end of the program the graduates should be able to demonstrate the importance of agriculture in the national economy with particular importance to its contribution to development among rural communities in Bangladesh. Integrate the contribution of environmental and natural resources to sustainable agriculture and rural development in Bangladesh. Paper Content 1. Introduction: Definition of Agricultural Economics, Need for a separate study, Concept and Importance of Rural Economics, Difference and Interrelationship between Agricultural Economics and Rural Economics, Agriculture in Developing and Developed Countries. 2. Structure and Characteristics of Traditional Agriculture: Basic Features of Traditional Agriculture, Development in Traditional Agriculture, Lessons from Traditional Agriculture. 3. Contribution of Agriculture to Economic Development: Product Contribution; Factor Contribution, Market Contribution and their Relative Importance: Importance of Agriculture for Industrial Development, Historical Transformation of Agriculture Sector in Bangladesh. 4. The Dual Economy Models: Nature of the Dual Economy Models, the Lewis Model, the Fei-Ranis Model and the Jorgension Model. 5. Types of Farming: Farm Structure, Tenurial Relationship, Technical Changes and Productivity, Commercial, Cooperative and Collective Farming; Share Cropping, Subsistence Farming Vs. Capitalist Farming.

6. Agricultural Finance: Importance of Agricultural Credit, Sources of Agricultural Credit, Institutional and non Institutional, Functions of Rural Money Markets in the LDCs, Rural Incensement, Price Policy in Agriculture Sector. 7. Land Reform: Definition, Objectives of Land Reform, Features of Past and Modern Land Reforms, Difficulties of Implementing Land Reform. 8. Agricultural Marketing: Role of Agricultural Marketing, Marketing Functions and Market Structure, Market Intelligence, Imperfections of Agricultural Marketing in LDCs. 9. Agricultural Supply Response: Concept of Supply Response, Analysis of Supply Response, Evidence of Supply Response in the LDCs. 10. Role of Government: Rationale for Government Intervention in Agriculture, Protections or Farmer’s Income, Price and Input Subsidy-a Comparative Study. 11. Agricultural Sector and Economic Development. Recommended Books: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Ghatak and Ingersent Hill and Ingersent Mellor Southworth and Joshon Barkht, Zaman & Raihan Bangladesh Economy

: Agriculure and Economic Development. : Economic Analysis of Agriculure. : Economic of Agricultural Development. : Agricultural Development. : Political Economy of Khas land. : Rashed, Salim (1995) The Design of Rural Development : Late U. (1995) Rural Development : Theories of the Peasant Economy and Agrarian Economy.

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Political Science

Four-Year B.S.S. (Honours) Paper Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Paper Subject: Political Science Session: 2013-2014

THIRD YEAR

Paper Code 231901 231903 231905 231907 231909 231911 231913 231915

Paper Title Political and Constitutional Development in Bangladesh (1971 to date) Fundamentals of International Politics Government and Politics in South Asia: India, Pakistan, Nepal and SriLanka Approaches to the Study of Politics Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies Public istration in Bangladesh Research Methodology and Statistics Political Sociology Total=

Marks 100

Credits 4

100

4

100

4

100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 32

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code 231901

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Political and Constitutional Developments in

Paper Title: Bangladesh (1971 to date)


Paper Content: A. Liberation War and Emergence of Bangladesh B. The Bangladesh Constitution: Constitution Making of 1972; Salient Features; Fundamental Principles; Fundamental Rights; Constitutional Amendments

C. Parliamentary System in Bangladesh and its Functioning (1973-1975): The role of Government and Opposition Parties (1973-1975); Fourth Amendment and the formation of Bangladesh Krishak Sramik Awami League (BAKSAL). Fall of Sheikh Mujib Regime (1975). General Ziaur Rahman and Civilianization Process; Growth of Bangladesh Nationalist Party,BNP, and the 1979 Election. Military Intervention of 1982 and the Military Regime of General Ershad; General Ershad and Civilianization Process; Fall of General Ershad. 1991 Elections and Re-introduction of Parliamentary System: Khaleda Zia`s Government and its aftermath; Achievements and Failures; The 1996 Elections and Fall of B.N.P. Sheikh Hasina`s Government – Achievements and Failures of Awami League. Parliamentary Elections of 2001 and the Rise of B.N.P.; and Party System in Bangladesh. Selected Readings: Moudud Ahmed, Bangladesh: Constitutional Quest for Autonomy, Dhaka: University Press Limited . Moudud Ahmed, Bangladesh: The Era of Sheikh Mujibur Rahman, Dhaka: University Press Limited, 1983 Moudud Ahmed Democracy and the Challenge of Development Dhaka: University Press Limited, 1995 Dilara Chowdhury Constitutional Development in Bangladesh, Dhaka: University Press Limited, 1980 Mahfuzul H Chowdhury (ed), Thirty Years of Bangladesh Politics, Dhaka: University Press Limited, 2003 Mohammad A Hakim, Bangladesh Politics: The Shahabuddin Interregnum, Dhaka: University Press Limited, 1993 Rounaq Jahan, Pakistan: Failure in National Integration : Rounaq Jahan, Bangladesh Politics: Problems and Issues, Dhaka: University Press Limited, 1980 Bhuyan Md. Monoar Kabir, Politics and Military Rule and the Dilemmas of Democratization in Bangladesh, New Delhi: South Asia Publisher, 2002 Zillur R Khan, From Martial Law to Martial Law; Leadership Crisis in Bangladesh Talukder Maniruzzaman The Bangladesh Revolution and Its Aftermath . Talukder Maniruzzaman Radical Politics and the Emergence of Bangladesh

Talukder Maniruzzaman Group Interests and Political Changes: Studies of Pakistan and Bangladesh. GgvRDÏxb Avng`, evsjv`k ivRbxwZ- wKQy K_v I K_KZv wd‡ivRv †eMg, evsjv‡`‡ki ivRbxwZ Aveyj dRj nK, evsjv‡`‡ki kvmbeë¯’v I ivRbxwZ Aveyj dRj nK, evsjv‡`‡ki ivRbxwZ: msNvZ I ivRbxwZ †gvt Ave`yj I`y` fuyBqv, evsjv‡`‡ki ivR‰bwZK Dbœqb Zv‡iK kvgmyi ingvb, evsjv‡`‡ki ivRbxwZi 25 eQi

Paper Code 231903

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Paper Title: Fundamentals of International Politics


Paper Content: A. International Politics: Meaning, Nature, Scope and Significance B. International Politics as an Academic Discipline: Relations between International Politics and International Relations; International Politics and Law; International Politics and History. C. Approaches to the Study of International Politics: Realist, Liberal and Constructivist Approaches. D. Security: Traditional and Non-traditional Security, National Security, Collective Security, Human Security, Security of Small States E. Elements of National Power; Economic Instrument of National Power; Balance of Power; Balance of Power vs. Balance of Terror F. Foreign Policy: Meaning, Objectives and Principles; Domestic and Systemic Determinants G. Diplomacy: Diplomacy as an

Instrument of Foreign Policy; Role of Diplomats; Economic

Diplomacy and Environmental Diplomacy H. Current Issues of International Politics: Nature of the Post-Cold War International Politics; New World Order; Regionalism and Globalization; New International Economic Order

Selected Readings: Alexander Wendt, Social Theory of International Politics, New York: Cambridge University Press, 1999 Hans J. Morgenthau, Scientific Man vs. Power Politics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1965 Hans J. Morgenthau and Kenneth W. Thompson, Politics among Nations: The Struggle for Power and Peace, New York: Knopf, 1985 John J. Mearsheimer, The Tragedy of great Power Politics, New York: Norton, 2001 Kenneth N. Waltz, Theory of International Politics, Boston: McGraw Hill, 1979 Klaus Knorr and James N. Rosenau, Contending Approaches to International Politics, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1969 Morton A. Kaplan, System and Process in International Politics, New York: Wiley, 1957 Norman J. Padelford and George A Lincoln, The Dynamics of International Politics, London: Macmillan, 1962

Robert Gilpin, War and Change in World Politics, New York: Cambridge University Press, 1981 Robert J Art and Robert Jervis, International Politics: Enduring Concepts and Contemporary Issues, New York: Harper Collins, 1992 Robert Jervis, Perception and Misperception in International Politics, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1976 Peter J. Katzenstein, The Culture of National Security: Norms and Identity in International Politics, New York: Columbia University Press, 1996 T. V. Paul and John A. Hall, International Order and the Future of World Politics, New York: Cambridge University Press, 1999

Paper Code 231905

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Government and Politics in South Asia: India,

Paper Title: Pakistan, Nepal and SriLanka


1. The South Asian Region: Social and Cultural Setting-Political Mobilization and the Rise of Nationalism-Post-Colonial Experiences. 2. Political Systems of the South Asian Region. 3. Patterns of Government: Philosophy of the Constitution and the Nature of Governance-Instruments of Power and Control. 4. Executive Government: Types of Executive Government-The Organization and Functions of Executive Government-Party-Government Relations- Trends and Development in Executive Government 5. Parliamentary Politics: Origin and Development of Parliaments in South Asia Parliament in Constitutional Framework: Parliamentary Sovereignty Versus Judicial Review-Parties and Parliament-Parliament-Government Relations Parliament and Citizen. 6. Parties and Party Systems in South Asia-One-Party Dominant System: Growth and DeclineCompetitive Party System: limits of Competition-Coalition Party Politics. 7. Electoral Systems in South Asia; Majoritarian and Proportional Systems. 8. The South Asian Bureaucratic Systems: Origin and Development-Political Role of the Bureaucracy-Bureaucracy and Legislature-Bureaucracy and Pressure Groups-Bureaucracy and Judiciary-Bureaucracy and Democracy. 9. Civil-Military Relations in South Asia. 10. Dilemmas of Democratization in South Asia. Books Recommended : 1. Craig Baxter et. al.,

: Government and Politics in South Asia.

2. Ralph Braibanti (ed.),

: Asian Bureaucratic Systems: Emergent From the British Imperial Tradition, Durham, N. C. : Duke University Press, 1966. 3. Mahfuzul H. Chowdhury, : Democratization in South Asia, Aldershot: Ashgate publishing limited, 2003. 1. Ayesha Jalal, : Democracy and Authoritarianism in South, Cambridge; Cambridge University Press, 1995. 2. Philip Norton and Nizam Ahmed (eds.), : Parliaments in Asia, London: Frank Cass, 1991. 3. VI Panadiker (ed.), 4. AJ Wilson,

: Problems of Government in South Asia, Dhaka: UPL, 1999. : The Gaulist System in Asia, London: Macmillan, 1980.

Paper Code 231907

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Paper Title: Approaches to the Study of Politics


Paper Content: A. Basic Concepts: Paradigm, Approach, Theory, Theoretical and Conceptual Framework, Methodology, Hypothesis and Generalization, Model B. Traditional Approaches: Institutional Approach; Formal-legal Political Structure; Descriptive-inductive, Formal-legal, Historical and Comparative Methods; Casual Statements and Political Values; Normative and Empirical Study C. Modern Approaches: Behaviorism, Group Theory, Elite Theory, Systems Theory, Game Theory, Structural Functional Analysis, Political Culture, Political Socialization, Political Development: Crisis and Syndrome, Rational Choice Theory, Neo-institutionalism Selected Readings: Allan C. Isaac, Scope and Methods of Political Science, Illinois: Dorsey, 1975 David Easton, The Political System: An Inquiry into the State of Political Science, New York: Knopf, 1953 G. A. Almond and G. B. Powell, Comparative Politics Today: A Worldview, Boston: Foresman & Co., 1988 G. A. Almond and G. B. Powell, Comparative Politics: A Developmental Approach, Boston: Little, Brown and Co., 1966 G. A. Almond and J. S. Coleman, (eds.), The Politics of the Developing Areas, Princeton, N J: Princeton University Press, 1960 hrs. G. A. Almond and Sidney Verba, The Civic Culture, Boston: Little, Brown and Co., 1965 Harold D. Lasswell, Politics: Who Gets What, When and How, New York: The World Publishing Company, 1958 Myron Weiner and Samuel P. Huntington, Understanding Political Development, Boston: Little Brown an Co., 1965 Stephan Wasby, Political Science: The Discipline and its Dimension, New York: Scribner, 1970 GgvRDÏxb Avng`, Zzjbvg~jK ivRbxwZ I ivR‰bwZK we‡k−lY, XvKv: evsjv‡`k eyK Ki‡cv‡ikb wj:, 1995 Paper Code 231909 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies Paper Title:


Paper Content: A. Peace: meaning, concept and dimensions of peace; alternative concept of peace; maintenance of peace; legal framework of peace.

B. Conflict: meaning and formation; factors of conflict; causes and consequences of conflict. C. Peace and conflict studies: meaning, evolution, development of peace studies; present status of peace and conflict studies. D. Building a Science of Peace and Conflict studies: different methods and proposals; Problems and Prospects of Human Society in the 21st Century and Peace Studies; International education and world peace; dilemmas and disPapers.

Selected Readings: Smoker, Paul, Ruth Davies and barbara Munske (eds.), A Reader in Peace Studies, Pergamon Press, 1990 Anthony Weaver, Making for Peace, Brenthem Press, 1988 Martin Ceadel, Thinking about Peace and War, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1987 Michael E. Brown, Sean M. Lynn, Janes and Steven E. Miller, (eds.), Debating the Democratic Peace , Massachusetts: The MIT Press, 1984 Wolfram F. Hanrieder, Global Peace and Security. Trends and Challenges Colorado: Westview Press, 1987 Francis A. Beer, Peace Against War, London: Sage 1987 Michnel Renner, Critical Juncture: The Future of Peace Keeping, World Watch Paper, 1993 C.R. Mitichell, The Structure of International Conflict London: McMillan, 1982 Edmund Cairans, A Safer Future: Reducing the Human Cost of War, An Oxfam Publication, 1997 Maurice Duverger, The Idea of politics; The Issues of Power Society, Metbucns Co. Ltd., 1967 H.G. Lopez (ed.), Peace Studies; Past and Future, London: Sage, 1989 M.M. Merry Field and R.C. Remy (eds.), Teaching about International Conflict and Peace, New York: State university of New York Press, 1995 Clausewitz, C. Von, On War, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1976 Masako Shoji, Peace Education: A Guide for Parents, Hiroshima Peace Culture Foundation, 1997

Paper Code 231911

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Paper Title: Public istration in Bangladesh


Paper Content: A. Historical Background of Public istration in Bangladesh: Nature, National Objectives and Framework of Realization Organization of Civil Service: Socio-Economic Background, Recruitment, Training, Socialization Role of Central Personnel Agencies: Ministry of Public istration B. Bangladesh Public istration: Central istration in Bangladesh: The Secretariat; Relations between the Secretariat and Attached Offices and Public Sector Corporations.

Field istration: District istration and Upazila istration - Structure, Functions and Performances istrative Reforms in Bangladesh: Experience and Prospects Parliament and Public istration in Bangladesh: Scope and Methods of Parliamentary Control; Parliamentary Committees and istrative ability; Limits of Parliamentary Control Politics and Bureaucracy in Bangladesh; Politicization of Bureaucracy: Causes, Consequences and Cures.

Selected Readings: A. M. M. Shawkat Ali, Public Service Commission in Bangladesh, Dhaka: The University of Dhaka Press, 1990 A. M. M. Shawkat Ali, The Lore of the Mandarins, Dhaka: University Press Limited, 2002 Emajuddin Ahmed, Bureaucratic Elites in Segmented Economic Growth, Dhaka: University Press Limited, 1980 Mohammad Mohabbat Khan, istrative Reforms in Bangladesh, Dhaka: University Press Limited, 1998 Najmul Abedin, Local istration and Politics in Modernizing Societies: Bangladesh and Pakistan. Dhaka; NTPA, 1973 Nizam Ahmed, The Parliament of Bangladesh, Aldershot: Ashgate Publishing Limited, 2002 Syed Giasuddin Ahmed, Public Personnel istration in Bangladesh, Dhaka: The University of Dhaka Press, 1986

Paper Code 231913 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Paper Title: Research Methodology and Statistics


Paper Content: A. Research Methodology: Introduction, Meaning and Objectives of Social Science Research; Concepts and Theories; Types of Research; Research Design; Selection of Problems; Testing of Hypothesis; Methods of Data Collection; Survey Methods and Its Limitations; Sampling; Measurement and Scaling; Techniques of Framing Questionnaire; Construction of Interview Schedules, Processing and Analysis of Data; Coding; Tabulation; Use of Statistics; Interpretation of Data; Report Writing B. Statistics: Statistical Techniques; Limitations of Their Applications in Political Analysis; Tables and Graphs; Measurement of Central Tendency- Mean, Median and Mode; Variation; Range; Mean Deviation; Standard Deviation; Co-efficient of Variations; Association between Nominal and Ordinal Variables; Chi-Square; T & F Test; Association between Internal variables; Regression; Correlation; Multiple Correlation; Standard Error Estimation.

Books Recommended: 1. J Galtung 2. M. Hasan Ali & Others 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

: :

Blalock Jr. : PV Young : G Sjoberg and R Nett : SP Gupta : Salauddin M Aminuzzaman :

Paper Code 231915

Theory and Methods of Social Research

Research Methodology and Statistics (Latest Edition), CBO Publications. Social Statistics. Scientific Social Survey and Research. A Methodology of Social Research. Statistical Method. Introduction to Social Research

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Paper Title: Political Sociology


Paper Content: A. Introduction to Political Sociology: Nature and Scope. B. Types of Societies: Traditional, Transitional and Modern. C. Elite Theory: Contribution of Pareto, Mosca, Michels, and C. Wright Mills; Sociological Theories of the Development of State; Ibn Khaldun, Durkhein, Oppenheimer, Gumplowitcz, Morgan and Marx D. Political Socialization; Social Stratification: Patterns of Social Stratification in Bangladesh and Caste system in India; Social Groups: Institutional, Non-Institutional, Associational, Non-associational, and Anomic and Other Groups; Max Weber and Bureaucracy E. Culture, Political Culture & Civilization.

Selected Readings: Eric Nordilinger, Political Sociology TB Bottomor, Sociology Keneth P. Langton, Political Socialization, London: Oxford University Press, 1969. Herbert Hyman, Political Socialization A Study in the Psychology of Political Behaviour, New York: The Free Press, 1959 Richard E. Dawson, Kenneth Prewitt & Koren S. Sawson, Political, Socialization, Canada: Little Brown & Company, 1969 Dean Jaros, Socialization of Politics, New York: Praeger Publishers, 1973 gynv¤§` BqvnBqv AvKZvi, ivR‰bwZK ms¯‹…wZ I mvgvwRKxKiYt cÖm½ evsjv‡`k, (XvKvt wb‡e`b wcÖ›Uvm© A¨vÛ cvewj‡KkÝ, 1989

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Social Work


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Social Work Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title Social Work Methods: Case work and Group work Theories in Social Work Practice Voluntarism and NGOs in Bangladesh Working with the Poor: Policy and Practice Project Planning and Management Population Issues, Policy Planning and Services Human Rights, Social Justice and Social Work Crime and Society Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

800

32


232101 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Social Work Methods: Case work and Group work

Social Case Work 1. Social Case Work as a Social Work Method: Definition, Elements, Objectives, Principles and Scope, Ethical Issues in Casework Practice 2. Problem Solving Process: Psychosocial Study, Diagnostic Assessment, Prognosis, Referral, Treatment, Evaluation and Follow-up. 3. Data Collection Techniques in Social Casework: Interview, Observation, Home visit, Communication and Consultation, Case-records. 4. Rapport Building: Objectives and Principles, Transference and Counter Transference and Counter Transference of Ideas. 5. Change Process in Casework Practice: Basic Helping and Artistic Skills, Approaching the Non-voluntary and Alcoholic Clients. 6. Case Work Recording: Skills, Types and Its Importance in developing Indigenous Readingmaterials. Preventive Aspects of Casework Service. 7. Interviewing: Importance, Techniques of Interviewing, Prerequisites and Types. 8. Casework Practice Fields in Bangladesh.

Social Group Work 1. Social Group: Nature and Types, Significance of Social Group for Individual and Social Development. 2. Social Group Work: Definition, Objectives and Principles, History of Group Work Development, Group Process, Personality Development and Leadership Training, Group Work Process and Group Dynamics, Major Elements, Positive and Negative Interaction Process. Use of the Knowledge of Group Dynamics. Functions of Social Group Work: Preventive, Curative, Rehabilitative, Educational and Developmental. 3. Group Work Strategies: Concept and Functions, Objectives, Planning and Development, Leadership, Supervision in Group Work, Counseling and Therapeutic Group Work. Group Therapy. 4. Group Work Proceedings, Recording, Objectives, Style and Importance of Group Work 5. Group Work Practice Fields in Bangladesh; Relationship with Community Development and Social Action. 6. Major NGO Approaches in Community Development and Social Group Work Practice.

Books Recommended: Briestek, F. (1957). The Case Work Relationship. Chicago: Loyal University Press. Friedlander, W. (1977). Concepts and Methods of Social Work (2nd ed.). New York: Prentice Hall. Garrett, A. (1970). Interviewing: Its Principles and Methods. New York: Family Service Association of America. Hailton, G. (1951). Theory and Practice of Social Case Work. New York: Columbia University. Konopka, G. (1972). Social Group Work: A Helping Process. New York: Englewood Clifts, Prentice Hall. Wilson, G., & Rylad, G. (1949). Social Group Work Practice. USA: Houghton Mifllin Company.

miKvi, Avãyj nvwKg| (2009)| `j mgvRKg© c×wZ I Abykxjb, 2q ms¯‹iY| XvKv: K‡j−vj cÖKvkbx| miKvi, Avãyj nvwKg | (2007)| e¨w³ mgvRKg© c×wZ I cÖwµqv| XvKv: Cgv cÖKvkbx|


Marks: 100 232103 Theories in Social Work Practice

Credits: 4


1. Evolution of Theories in Social Work: Use of Theories in Practicing Social Work, Practice Theory and Theory of Practice in Social Work, Psychoanalytic Theory, System Theory, Role Theory, Learning Theory, Lebeling Theory, Attachment Theory 2. Crisis Intervention and Task Centred Models: Wider Theoretical Perspectives, Application of Crisis Intervention and Task Centred Model in Casework Practice. 3. Cognitive–Behavioural Theory: An analysis of cognitive behavioural theory, its application in group and community practice, Behaviour Theory, Behaviour Modification Theory, Cognative Theory. 4. Social and Community Development: Theoretical perspectives and their Application in Social Development practice, Community Development Approach and Social Development. 5. Anti-oppressive Social Work Theory, Structural Social Work Perspectives, Critical Social Work Perspectives, Social Exclusion Theory. Books Recommended: Friedlander, W. A. (1982). Introduction to Social Welfare (5th Rev. ed.). New‐Jersy: Englewood cliffs, Prentice Hall Inc. Hamilton, G. (1951). Theory and Practice of Social Case Work. New York : Columbia University Press. Payne, M. (2000). Social work practice. London: Sage publications. Smalley, K. E. (1969). Theory of Social Practice. New York: Columbia University Press.

Zastron, C. (2008). Introduction to Social Work and Social Welfare. Belmont: Thomson.


232105 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Voluntarism and NGOs in Bangladesh

1. Voluntarism: Concept, Historical Perspectives, Voluntarism in Bangladesh. 2. Legislations Relating to Voluntary Social Welfare Agencies: Voluntary Social Welfare Agencies (Registration and Control) Ordinance 1961, The Foreign Donations (Voluntary Activities) Regulation Ordinance 1978 and The Foreign Contributions (Regulations) Ordinance 1982. 3. National Council of Social Welfare: Historical Background. Composition and Functions, Grants in Aid Program of the Government for Voluntary Agencies. 4. Important National NGOs in Bangladesh: Their Composition, Role, Contributions and Their Future Prospects in National Development: BRAC, Grameen Bank, CRP, ARBAN, Bangladesh Diabetic Association and Bangladesh Probin Hitaishy Shangha. 5. Bureau of NGO Affairs: History. Structure and Role in Bangladesh. 6. Role of Some International Agencies in Bangladesh: CARE, Oxfam, Action AID, DFID, Save The Children, US-Aid, ICDDR.B, World Vision, Bangladesh Red Crescent Society. 7. Role of UN Agencies in the Field of Social Welfare in Bangladesh: UNICEF, UNESCO. UNFPA, WHO, ILO, FAO. Problems and Prospects of Voluntary Social Welfare Agencies (NGOs) in Bangladesh. 8. Problems and Prospects of Voluntary Social Welfare Agencies (NGOs) in Bangladesh. Books Recommended: Aves, G. M. (1969). The Voluntary Workers in the Social Services. London: Bedford Square Press of NCSS. Chowdhury, D. P. (1971 ). Voluntary Social Welfare in India. New Delhi: Sterling Publishing. GoB. (1992). NGOs in Bangladesh, NGO Affairs Bureau. Dhaka: NGO Affairs Bureau. Reports, A. Relevant Records and Documents of Different NGOs and Government of Bangladesh.   Samad, M. (2002). Participation of the Rural Poor in Government and NGO Programs. Dhaka: Mowla Brothers.

Avby, gynv¤§`| (1988). evsjv‡`k Dbœqb msKU Ges GbwRI g‡Wj| XvKv: cÖvPx cÖKvkbx| mvgv`, gynv¤§`| (1994). evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvgxY `vwi`ª‡gvP‡b GbwRIi f~wgKv| XvKv: AvMvgx cÖKvkbx|


232107

Marks: 100


Working with the Poor: Policy and Practice

1. Poverty: Meaning, Causes, Characteristics and Types of Poverty. 2. Poverty Reduction Perspectives: Marxist, Functionalist, Structural Functionalist, Culture of Poverty and Situational Constraints Perspectives. 3. Approaches to Alleviating Poverty: Income and Material-, labour market strategies, Early Intervention, Community Building Initiatives. 4. Knowledge, Skills and Attitude Required for working with the poor, Participation of the Poor in Poverty Reduction Strategies. 5. Major Actors in Poverty Alleviation in Bangladesh: Role of GOS and NGOs; Activities of International Organizations. Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), PRSP. 6. Micro-Finance: Concept, History, Origin, Role of Micro-Finance in Poverty ReductionProcess in Bangladesh. 7. Application of Social Work Knowledge and Skills in Reducing Poverty. 8. Poverty Alleviation: Human Resource Management, Safety-net Programs, Education and Health Empowerment. 9. Success, Barriers and Challenges in Poverty Alleviation Programs in Banglaesh.

Books Recommended: GoB. (2009). Bangladesh Economic Rewiew‐2009. Dhaka: Ministry of Planning. GoB. (2005). PRSP. Palanning Commisson. Dhaka: Ministry of Planning. NASW. (1995). Encyclopedia of Social Work (19th ed.). Washington DC: NASW Press. Samad, M. (2002). Participation of Rural Poor in Goverment and NGO Program. Dhaka: Mowla Brother. evsjv‡`k miKvi| (2009). evsjv‡`k A_©‰bwZK mgx¶v| XvKv: A_© gš¿Yvjq| mvgv`, gynv¤§`| (2003). evsjv‡`k MÖvgxY `vwi`ª‡gvP‡b GbwRIi f~wgKv| XvKv: AvMvgx cÖKvkbx| ingvb, i“wk`vb Bmjvg| (1998). `vwi`ª I Dbœqb: †cÖ¶vcU evsjv‡`k| XvKv: weAvBwWGm|


232109 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Project Planning and Management

1. Project: Concept, Characteristics, Types, Steps and Project Life Cycle. 2. Log Frame/Logical Framework: Concept, Components, Importance. 3. Network Analysis: Concept, Objectives, Components, Tools and Techniques of Network Analysis, Critical Path Method (M) is a Network Analysis.

4. Project Appraisal/ Feasibility Study of Project Deg: Concept, Types, Financial, Economical, Technical, and Managerial Appraisal. Appraisal of Service Sector Projects. Application in Social Welfare Related Projects. Project Appraisal Criteria/Investment Criteria-Discounting, Criteria-Net Present Value (NVP), Benefit Cost Ratio (BCR), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Non-Discounting Criteria, Payback Period, ing Rate of Return (ARR). 5. Project Management: Concept, Characteristics, Importance; Project Manager and His/Her Qualities. 6. Social Welfare Management Process: Goal Setting, Planning, Controlling, Staffing, Directing, Supervising, and Co-ordinating. 7. Important Theories, Models and Approaches of Management Related to Social Welfare Management System: Human Resource Approach, Abraham Maslow’s Theory, Human Relation Model, The ive Model, Structural Approach, the Seven-S Framework, Management by Objectives (MBO), the Managerial Grid. 8. Monitoring for Social Welfare Project: Concept, Characteristics, Types, Steps, techniques and Importance. 9. Project Evaluation: Concept, Types, Steps and Techniques, Application of Evaluation Techniques in Service Sector Projects in Bangladesh. 10. Social Work Project Planning and Management.

Books Recommended Chadha, S. (1989). Managing projects in Bangladesh. Dhaka: Dhaka University. Chandra, P. (2002). Project‐ Planning, analysis Financing, Implementation and Review. New Delhi: Tata McGraw‐Hill. Davis, K. (1982). Human Behavior at Work‐Organizational Behavior. New Delhi: Tata McGraw‐Hill. Goel, B. (2002). Project Management‐Principles and Techniques. New Delhi: Deep. Griffin, R. W. (1998). Management. Dehli: AITBS. Sirajudding, M. (1980). Project Manamement: Compilation of Lecture Materials. Dhaka: Ministry of Planning.


232111 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Population Issues, Policy Planning and Services

1. Population and Demography: Meaning, Scope and Importance, Difficulties of Demographic Study in Bangladesh.

2. Some Basic Concepts of Demography: Fertility, Mortality, Migration, Nuptiality, Adolescence and Reproductive Health. Its impact on population growth in Bangladesh. 3. Methods of Demographic Data Collection: Population Census, Demographic Sample Survey, Vital Registration System, Population . 4. Theories on Population: Malthusian and Marxist perspectives, Demographic Transition Theory. 5. Bangladesh Population: Nature, Structure, Composition and Distribution, Dimensions of Population Problem. Role of Social Workers in Combating Population Problem in Bangladesh. 6. Population Policy in Bangladesh: Historical Evolution, Main Features, Reflection of Population Policies in the Five Year Plans, Reviewing Population Policy. 7. Population Control and Family Planning Programmes in Bangladesh: History, Achievements, Problems and Prospects, Role of GOs and NGOs. 8. Instruments of Population Control: Conventional and Modern; Methods of Population Control. 9. Population Management and Human Resource Development: Social work strategies in Facilitating Family Planning programs in Bangladesh.

Books Recommended: Govt. of Bangladesh. (2002). Population Census, 2001. Dhaka: Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics. Raj, H. (1990). Fundamental of Demography (4th ed.). New Delhi: Surjeet Publication. U. N. ESCAP. (1981). Population of Bangladesh. Bangkok: Monograph Series N.8.

AvKei, gynv¤§` Avjx m¤úvw`Z| (1989). evsjv‡`‡ki RbmsL¨v mgm¨v I cwievi cwiKíbv, mgvR Dbœqb I mgvR K‡g©i †cÖw¶Z| XvKv: mgvRKj¨vY I M‡elYv Bbw÷wUDU, XvKv wek¦we`¨vjq| mvjvn DwÏb, G,wU,Gg| (1982). AvaywbK Rb weÁvb| XvKv: eyK †mvmvBwU| Paper Code Paper Title

232113

Marks: 100


Human Rights, Social Justice and Social Work

1. Human Rights and Social Justice: Concepts, Philosophy and Types; Different Perspectives of Human Rights. 2. Development of Human Rights: Historical Perspectives of the Development of Human Rights. 3. Human Rights in Major Religions: Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism and Christianity. 4. Human Rights of some Vulnerable Groups: Rights of Children. Women, Older Persons. Workers, Consumers and Tenants.

5. Role of UN in Protecting Human Rights: Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Convention on Elimination of all forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW)I. UN Convention on the Rights of the Children, 1989. UN Principles on Older People. 6. Situation of Human and Fundamental Rights in Bangladesh: Constitutional Provisions of Human Rights in Bangladesh. 7. Role of NGOs in Promoting Human Rights with Special Reference to Bangladesh: AinO-Shalish Kendra, Bangladesh Jatiyo Mohila Ainjibi Samity, Society for Enforcement of Human Rights. Human Rights Commission, Institute of Democratic Rights and Amnesty International, Transparency International Bangladesh (TIB). 8. Role of Government Agencies in Enforcing and Promoting Human Rights: Ministry of Home. Ministry of Law, Justice and Parliamentary Affairs, Ministry of Women Affairs. Books Recommended: Nations, U. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. New York: United Nations. Nations, U. (1992). Teaching and Learning about Human Rights. New York: United Nations. Nations, U. (1948). Universal Declaration of Human Rights. New York: United Nations.

Av³vi“¾vgvb I Ab¨vb¨&| (1980). evsjv‡`‡k †gŠwjK AwaKv‡ii mvsweavwbK fvl¨| XvKv: evsjv‡`k gvbevwaKvi ms¯’v| Ingvb, MvRx kvgmyi| (1993). †gŠwjK AwaKvi I gvbevwaKvi| XvKv: evsjv‡`k gvbevwaKvi ev¯—evqb ms¯’v| kv‡n`, ˆmq` †gvnv¤§` I Ab¨vb¨| (1999). gvbevwaKvi: 50 eQ‡ii AMÖhvÎv | XvKv: evsjv‡`k RvwZmsN mwgwZ| Paper Code Paper Title

1.

2.

3.

4. 5. 6.

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. 232115 Crime and Society Crime: Definition, Evolution of crime (official and non official crime), Roots of crime. Characteristics of Crime, Differences between crime and sin, Crime and Deviance, Crime and Immorality. Crime as a social problem. Patterns of Crime: Women and crime, Violent crime, White collar and Professional crime, Organized Crime, Crime in Custody, Abnormal sex offenses, Homicide and suicide, Trafficking (both human and drugs). Political Crime, Crime in Urban and Rural Areas. Criminal syndicate, Destruction of organized crime. Crime and social process: Criminal behaviour, Physiological and psychological factors factors for crime, social institutions and crime, the Home and Family in relation to crime. Crime and social environment. Crime and Criminal Law, Crime Index: Reported and Actual Crime Issues of Development and Crime: Industrialization, Modernization, Globalization and Urbanization. Environmental Issues of Crime: Politics, Gender and Social Inequality.

7. Dimensions of Crime: Age, Sex, Race, Ethnicity and Religion. 8. Crime and Social Problems: Unemployment problems, Corruption and black money in Society, Juvenile Delinquency and Drug abuse, Cyber Crime, Crime against Women and Children (child Abuse, Acid Throwing, Rape, Eve-Teasing, etc.) 9. Correction and Prevention of Crime: Correctional services, Probation and Parole, Measures for Preventing crime and establishing Justice. Religious and Moral training to prevent criminal activities, Practice of social work with criminals. Books Recommended: Dressler, D. (1962). Practice and Theory: Probation and Parole. New York: Columbia University Press. Sarker, A. H. (2001). Juvenile Delinquency. Dhaka: Numan Nursery Development. Sutherland, E. H., & Cressey, D. R. (1964). Principles of Criminology. Chicago: J.B. Lippincott Company.

†Nvlvj, cÂvbb| (1976). AcivaZË¡| KwjKvZv: evK mvwnZ¨ cÖKvkbx| miKvi, Ave`yj nvwKg| (2007). AcivaweÁvb: ZË¡ I we‡k−lY| XvKv: K‡j−vj cÖKvkbx| mv‡`K, Aciva I ms‡kvab|

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Third Year Syllabus Department of Anthropology


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Anthropology Session: 2013-2014 THIRD YEAR Paper Code 234001 234003 234005 234007 234009 234011 234013 234015

Paper Title Anthropological Theory-II Political Anthropology Peasant Society Religion and Anthropology Environmental Anthropology Gender Issues Ethnic Identity and Nationalism Reading Ethnographic Texts Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32


234001

Marks: 100

Credit: 4

Anthropological Theory-II


The Paper is designed to keep continuity in theory Paper taking queue from the previous Paper, hence it starts with the post Boasian trend ending of the return of Marxism in anthropological disPaper. The Paper is important since this will not only give a general overview of the theoretical trends but also how theories in anthropology progressed over the years. 1. Post Boasian Trends in Cultural Anthropology: Cultural Materialism: Marvin Harris Ray A. Rappaport Eric Wolf 2. Neo Evolutionist School: Julian Steward, Leslie White, Service and Marshal Sahlins. 3. Structuralisms from linguistic to anthropology: A Brief Background. Structuralism: Claude Levi-Strauss 4. The advent of Marx in anthropological thought: Structural Marxism: Meillasoux, M. Godelier and G. Dalton.

Required Texts: Barnard, Alan, 2000, History and Theory in Anthropology, CUP, Cambridge, UK. Eriksen, T. H. and F. S. Nelson, 2001, A History of Anthropology, Pluto Press, Sterling, USA. Smith, Philip, 2001, Cultural Theory: An Introduction, Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, UK. Layton, Robert, 1997, An Introduction to Theory in Anthropology, CUP, Cambridge. Harris, Marvin, 1968, The Rise of Anthropological Theories.


234003

Marks: 100

Political Anthropology

Credits: 4


This Paper is designed to get an understanding of the development of political system starting from the hunter gatherer society to modern nation state from cross-cultural perspectives. Different theories regarding the development of political systems and the states are discussed. The Paper will draw upon examples from different ethnographies and how these operated in different cultures and societies.

Paper Contents: A. Political Anthropology: Development of political anthropology; definition, scope and different approaches B. Evolution of political systems; Types of Pre-industrial state: band, tribe, chiefdom and state; the evolution of state, Anthropological theory of the state, Emergence of economic and political hierarchies, social stratification and power; C. Emergence of factionalism ; Basis of Factionalism, Factions and local politics, anthropological approach to the study of Factions; Contribution of Peter Bertocci and Ralph Nicholas; horizontal and vertical alignment, Factions and local politics, D. Political power and resource distribution; how do these affect development and inequality; Examples from Bangladesh and other countries E. Power and Institutions in Bangladesh: Power Structures at Local and National Levels, Linkages between Local and National Power Structures, Factions and Local Politics

Required Texts and Articles: Lewellen, Ted C. (1983) Political Anthropology. An Introduction. Bergin and Garvey Publishers. Balandier, Gorges (1970) Political Anthropology. Allen Lane, The Penguin Press Bertocci, Peter J. (1972) Rural Communities in Bangladesh: Hazipur and Tinpara. In Clarence Maloney, ed., South Asia: Seven Community Profiles, Holt Rinehart and Winston Publishers pp. 81-130. Carneiro, Robert L. (1970) A Theory of the Origin of the State. Science, Vol. 169, pp. 733-38. Nicholas, Ralph W. (1975) Factions. A Comparative Analysis. In Michael Banton, ed., Political Systems and the Distribution of Power, Tavistock Publications, pp. 21-61. Alam, S. M. Nurul (1986) A New Look at the Dynamics of Social and Political Structure in Rural Bangladesh. Asian Profile, Vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 155-64.


234005

Marks: 100

Peasant Society

Credits: 4


Anthropology has a long history and rich tradition in the study of peasant society. Therefore the aim of the Paper is to examine the socio-cultural, political, and economic characteristics of the peasantry from the historical and the anthropological perspectives. The Paper begins by examining the notion of peasant societies and the question as to why and how anthropologists began to turn their attention to the peasantry. The changing pattern of peasant society, their life and livelihood will be discussed. Examples will be drawn from ethnographic key texts both in and outside of Bangladesh. Topics A. Definition of peasants ; the place of peasantry in society; peasant, farmer and post peasant; peasant society as “part society and part culture”; Origin of agriculture; development of peasant society; B. Anthropological study to the peasant society: Redfield, Wolf, Foster, Shanin and Chayanov; C. Economic, social and political aspects of peasantry: Peasant social organization; peasant and markets; peasant economy and economic theories; state and peasants D. Women in peasant society; changing roles and their contribution E. Peasant Movements/ Resistance in South Asia’; Peasant ‘movements (Tebhagha, Telengana and others)

Reading Lists Wolf, E (1966) Peasants, Prentice-Hall Redfield, R., (1960 hrs.). The little Community and peasant society and culture. The University of Chicago Press Potter, Jack, M, May N.Diaz and George M. Foster . Eds.(1967). Peasant Society: A Reader. The Little, Brown and the Company. Boston Shanin, T. Ed (1973) Peasants and Peasant Societies. Penguin Halperin, R. and J. Dow, eds. (1977) Peasant Livelihood. St. Martin's Press Kearney, Michael (1996) Reconceptualising the Peasantry. Westview Press. Mencher, John P., ed. (1983) The Social Anthropology of Pesantry. Somaiya Publications


234007

Marks: 100

Credit: 4

Religion and Anthropology


Anthropological study of religion constitutes an important concern for anthropologists since the emergence of anthropology as discipline. Having considered this the Paper will survey some of the main conceptual issues in, and theoretical approaches to, the study of religion, and will examine the characteristics of religious ideas, practices and institutions and their relationships to other aspects of social life in specific contexts. It is necessary to examine religions in of their internal system of symbols and meanings as well as in of the relationships of religious practices and institutions to social processes. Paper Contents: A. Conceptualising religion; Typologies of religious beliefs, practices and institutions B. 19th-Century studies on the origins and evolution of religion: Tylor, Frazer The distinction between magic and religion C. Religion and the maintenance of social order Religion and solidarity: Durkheim, Turner Religion as ideology: Marx D. Religion and social change Colonialism and 'revitalization' movements The Protestant ethic and capitalism: Weber Islam and agrarian change in Bengal: Eaton E. Religion as a system of symbols and meanings: Geertz Structuralist interpretation of myths: Lévi-Strauss Psychoanalytical interpretation of myths: Freud A. Religion in the contemporary world Required Readings: Morris, B. (1987) Anthropological Studies of Religion. An Introductory Text. Cambridge Asad, T. (1993) The Construction of Religion as an Anthropological Category. In T. Asad,Geneologies of Religion. Discipline and Reasons of Power in Christianity and Islam, Baltimore: John Hopkins U. Press, pp.27-54.


234009

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Environmental Anthropology


The relationship among the population, society, culture and human activities has become crucial in the backdrop of changes in the relationship and its impact on the economy, society, life and livelihood of people. Having recognized this the Paper focuses on the study of the relationship between society, culture and the environment, and also to the study of environmentalism as a cultural phenomenon. Different examples will be used to illustrate how human culture interacts with environmental phenomena and human intervention brings environmental degradation. Paper Contents: A. Environmental anthropology: Perspectives of human and environment relations; human’s role in changing the environment B. Different Approaches to the study of the environment-Anthropological methods in environmental research

C. Environmentalism: The basis of environmentalism D. Adaptation –a core concept: Adaptation: genetic and non-genetic adaptation; Adaptation as resource management; Adaptation and mitigation strategies; Culture and adaptation E. Ecofeminism: New disPaper(s) on nature, environment and women; Women, the environment and sustainable development; The impoverishment of the environment: Women and children last. F. Environment and Development: Environmental impact of development ;Emergence of the disPaper of "sustainable development"; Who defines? Whose sustainability? G. Agents of Environmental Degradation: Human’s role in environmental degradation; Case Studies of Environmental Degradation: Green Revolution, Flood Action Plan, Deforestation H. Environmental Movements: A review of different environmental movements; Case Studies: Chipko, Narmada, Green Peace Required Readings: Steward, Julian H., Evolution and Ecology, 1977, University of Illinois Press Kormondy, Edward J., Concepts of Ecology, Prentice Hall, 1989 Ankelman, I. and J. Davidson, 1988. Women and the Environment in the Third World: Alliance for the Future. Earthscan Pubs, London. Milton, Kay (ed.) Environmentalism : A View from Anthropology, Routledge, 1993 Sadeque, S. Zahir (ed), Environment and Natural Resource Management in Bangladesh, Bangladesh Sociology Association, 1992 Shiva, Vandana and Maria Mies, 1993, Ecofeminism, Zed Books, London


234011

Marks: 100

Gender Issues

Credits: 4


This Paper has been designed to orient the students of the different theoretical perspectives and also the significance of this concept in understanding the social inequalities, particularly, universal subordination of women. It will explore the way differences are constructed between women and men and look at how these differences shadow unequal status of women and their exploitation. The Paper will incorporate the activities, struggles and power of women and also feminist theories and examine these questions through ethnographic writings.

A. The concept of Gender ; Epistemological foundation of the study of gender: The rise of feminist anthropology; Separation of ‘Public’ and ‘private’ spheres;

B. Biological determinism and sexual identity of women and men: Nature-culture (i.e private vs public), debate; Cultural construction of femininity and masculinity;

C. The concept of ‘patriarchy’: myths of male dominance; example D. Types of feminist approaches: Liberal, Radical and Marxist; socialist; Third world feminism E. F. G. H.

and Black feminism: Caution about ethnocentrism within feminism and anthropology. Women in politics; women and the state; the state and oppression of women. Women, the state and ideology; Exploitation and Violence against women Movements, resistance against male oppression; Gender studies in Bangladesh; Laws to women

Required Reading: Tong, Rosemary (1995), Feminist thought: A comprehensive introduction, Routledge, London Moore, Henrietta (1989), Feminism and Anthropology, Polity press, Gould, Carol (ed) (1997), Gender: Key concepts in Critical theory, Humanities press: NJ Mohanty, C.T., Russa, A. and Toress, L. (eds) (…..) Third World Women and the Politics of Feminism, Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Ortner, S. (1974), 'Is Female to Male as Nature is to Cullure?" in Rosaldo, M. and Lamphere (ed) Woman, Culture and Society: A Theoretical Overview, Stanford University Press Rosaldo, M. and Lamphere (ed) (1974), Woman, Culture and Society: A Theoretical Overview, Stanford University Press Mac Cormack and Strathern (eds) (1995) Nature, culture and gender, Cambridge University Press Stacey, J (1988) “Can there be a feminist ethnography?” in Bryman, Alan ed. Ethnography Vol. 3, Sage Publications: London. Begum Rokeya, Oborodhbashini...


234013

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Ethnic Identity and Nationalism


It highlights the contributions of anthropology to the study of ethnicity and kindred phenomena. It also enable us to explore the ways in which ethnic relations are being defined and perceived by people; how they talk and think about their own group and its salient characteristics as well as those of other groups and how particular world views are being maintained contested and transformed. Paper Contents: A. Concepts: Meaning and definition of ethnicity.Class, race and ethnicity. Historical and theoretical perspective in ethnic issues in Anthropology. B. Ethnic Classification: Assimilation, the plural society, multiculturalism, the melting-pot metaphore; communicating cultural difference; Stereotyping; Ethnic stigma; Ethnicity from the individual’s point of view; Criteria’s for ethnicity C. Theories of Ethnicity: Different approaches to study ethnicity mainly provide by Smith, Geertz, Barth, Cohen etc. Scools of ethnicity: Manchester school, Soviet ethnos school, constructionalist approach. Ethnicity as a form of performance Subjective and objective conditions of ethnicity The cultural construction of ethnic and national identities D. Emerging Issues of Identity: fluidity, narrative self: Identity as a process; The state and its margins; The question of frontiers: real, symbolic, and mental; the paradoxes of identity: where are the margins of the state; Migration, Diaspora, Hybridity and Post Nationalism. E. Nationalism: Nationalism Reconsidered: Nation as modern vs. ethno symbolism; Nation as imagined community: Benedict Anderson Invented Tradition: Eric Hobswam. Nation and Nationalism: Ernest Gellner F. Critical Theory on Race and Ethnicity: aye Harrison, Audrey Smedley,Brett Williams.

G. Issues Related with ethnicity and nationalism in contemporary World: Prejudice and discrimination, indigenous people’s movement, Religion and identity, Violence and identity, the modernity of religious fundamentalism, transnational movements and people’s negotiation etc. Required Readings: Anderson, Benedict (1991) [1983]. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism, 2 nd edition. London: Verso. Banks, M. (1996). Ethnicity: Anthropological Construction. Routledge: New York. Barth, F. (1996). Ethnic groups and boundaries: The social organization of cultural difference. Bergen/ London: UniversitetsForlaget/ George Allen and Unwin. Erikson, Thomas Hylland. (1993). Ethnicity and Nationalism: Anthropological perspectives. London: Pluto Press. Geertz, Clifford (1973)[1963]. ‘The integrative revolution: Primordial sentiments and civil politics in the new states’. In Clifford Geerts.The Interpretation of Cultures, PP. 255-310. New York: Basic Books. Smith, A.D. (1986). The Ethnic Origins of Nations, Oxford: Basil Blackwell.


234015

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Reading Ethnographic Texts


The production of ethnographic texts continues to be an important part of the anthropological enterprise. However, ethnographies are no longer viewed merely as descriptive s of particular communities. The entire process from fieldwork to the writing of ethnographies and their publication has come under much scrutiny in recent decades. While both the poetics and politics of classic ethnographies continue to be examined critically, new experimental modes of ethnographic research & writing are also being developed . This Paper will examine some key issues surrounding the writing and reading of ethnographies on the basis of a few selected texts (both classics and contemporary ethnographies). Selected Texts: (The Paper teacher will select 2-3 texts from the following list for intensive reading. This is just a list to guide but not an exhaustive list. However, if the Paper teacher thinks h/she can add new titles)) Balasco, Gay y and Huon Wardle., (2007). How to read ethnography. Routledge Evans - Pritchard, E. E. (1940) The Nuer. Oxford University Press Firth, Raymond (1936) We the Tikopia. London: Allen and Unwin Leach, Edmund (1954) Political Systems of Highland Burma. Beacon Press Malinowski, B. (1992, orig. 1922) Argonants of the Western Pacific. Routledge Mead, Margaret (1928) Coming of Age in Samoa. Morrow Quill Murphy, Yolanda and Robert E. Murphy (1985) Women of the Forest. 2nd Edition. New York: Columbia University Press. Radcliffe-Brown, A. R. (1933) The Andaman Islanders. Cambridge University Press Shostak, Majorie (1981) Nisa: The Life and Words of a !Kung Woman. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press

Nu 3rd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 3p2a

Overview 6h3y3j

More details h6z72

Related Documents 543cg

Nu 3rd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 3p2a

Nu 2nd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 4e2q11

Nu 4th Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 1f595j

Nu 1st Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus m31k

Syllabus Of Bbi (3rd Year) 504x20

B.sc 2nd And 3rd Year Syllabus Svu 2t5u20

More Documents from "Mukhlesur" 2z3z2e

Nu 3rd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 3p2a

Nu 2nd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 4e2q11

Nu 4th Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 1f595j

Nu 1st Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus m31k